2010-2019十年高考英语真题分类汇编19人物传记、故事类阅读理解（附解析Word版）

十年高考真题分类汇编（2010-2019） 英语 专题 19 人物传记、故事类阅读理解 (2010﹒广东﹒阅读理解 A) When I was growing up in America, I was ashamed of my mother’s Chinese English. Because of her English, she was often treated unfairly. People in department stores, at banks, and at restaurants did not take her seriously ,did not give her good service ,pretended not to Understand her ,or even acted as if they did not hear her . My mother has realized the limitations of her English as well. When I was fifteen, she used to have me call people on phone to pretend I was she . I was forced to ask for information or even to yell at people who had been rude to her. One time I had to call her stockbroker (股票经纪人).I said in an adolescent voice that was not very convincing, “This is Mrs.Tan..” And my mother was standing beside me ,whispering loudly, “Why he don’t send me cheek already two week lone.” And then , in perfect English I said : “I’m getting rather concerned .You agreed to send the check two weeks ago, but it hasn’t arrived.” Then she talked more loudly. “What he want? I come to New York tell him front of his boss.” And so I turned to the stockbroker again, “I can’t tolerate any more excuse. If I don’t receive the check immediately , I am going to have to speak to your manager when I am in New York next week.” The next week we ended up in New York. While I was sitting there red-faced, my mother, the real Mrs.Tan, was shouting to his boss in her broken English. When I was a teenager, my mother’s broken English embarrassed me. But now, I see it differently. To me, my mother’s English is perfectly clear, perfectly natural. It is my mother tongue. Her language, as I hear it, is vivid, direct, and full of observation and wisdom. It was the language that helped shape the way I saw things, expressed ideas, and made sense of the world. 41.Why was the author’s mother poorly served? A.She was unable to speak good English. B.She was often misunderstood. C.She was not clearly heard. D.She was not very polite. 42.From Paragorph 2, we know that the author was . A.good a pretending B.rude to the stockbroker C.ready to help her mother D.unwilling to phone for her mother 43.After the author made the phone call, . A.they forgave the stockbroker B.they failed to get the check C.they went to New York immediately D.they spoke to their boss at once 44.What does the author think of her mother’s English now? A.It confuses her. B.It embarrasses her. C.It helps her understand the world. D.It helps her tolerate rude people. 45.We can inter from the passage that Chinese English . A.is clear and natural to non-native speakers B.is vivid and direct to non-native speakers C.has a verv bad reputation in America D.may bring inconvenience in America 【解析】 41.A 由文中 Because of her English, she was often treated unfairly.可知 42.D 由文中 ‘I was forced to ask for information or even to yell at people who had been rude to her”可知 43.B receive the check immediately , I am going to have to speak to your manager when I am in New York next week.”和 “The next week we ended up in New York.” 可推断出答案 44.C 由文中最后一段 But now, I see it differently. To me, --------and made sense of the world. 45.D 由文中作者母亲的经历可以推测出 (10·江苏 B 篇) It is reported that conservation groups in North America have been arguing about the benefits and dangers of wolves. Some groups believe wolves should be killed. Other people believe wolves must be protected so that they will not disappear from the wilderndss(荒野) For Killing Wolves In Alaska，the wolf almost disappeared a few years ago，because hunters were killing hundreds 0f them forsport .However ． 1aws were established to protect the wolves from sportsmen and people who catch the animals for their fur．So the woIf population has greatly increased. Now there are so many wolves that they are destroying their own food supply． A wolf naturally eats animals in the deer family. People in the wilderness also hunt deer for food．Many of the animals have been destroyed by the very cold winters recently and by changes in the wilderness plant life．When the deer can’t find enough food，they die． If the wolves continue to kill large numbers of deer，their prey(猎物)will disappear some day．And the wolves will．too．So we must change the cycle of life in the wilderness to balance the ecology．If we killed more wolves，we would save them and their prey from dying out．We’d also save some farm animals． In another northern state ， wolves attack cows and chickens for food ． Farmers want the government to send biologists to study the problem．They believe it necessary to kill wolves in some areas and to protect them in places where there is a small woIf population． Against Killing Wolves If you had lived long ago，you would have heard many different stories about the dangerous wolf．According to most stories，hungry wolves often kill people for food．Even today，the stories of the“big bad woIf'＂will not disappear． But the fact is wolves are afraid of people．and they seldom travel in areas where there is a human smell．When wolves eat other animals，they usually kill the very young．or the sick and injured .The strongest survive .No kind of animal would have survived through the centuries if the weak members had lived．And has always been a law of nature. Although some people say it is good sense to kill wolves，we say it is nonsense!Researchers have found wolves and their prey living in balance．The wolves keep the deer population from becoming too large,and that keeps a balance in the wilderness plant life． The real problem is that the areas where wolves can live are being used bv people．Even if wilderness land is not used directly for human needs ． the wolves can’t always find enough food .So they travel to the nearest source,which is often a farm．Then there is danger．The“big bad wolf”has arrived! And everyone knows what happens next． 60．According to the passage，some people in North America favor killing wolves for all the following reasons EXCET that ． A．there are too many wolves B．they kill large numbers deer C．they attack cows and chickens for food D．they destroy the wilderness plant life 【解析】D 根据文中小标题 For killing wolves 第一段第三行“so the wolf population has increased”第三段第一句和第四段第一句话，可知选项 D 不是原因 61．Some people are against killing wolves because ． A．wolves help to keep the ecological balance in the wildemess B．there is too small a wolf population in the wilderness C．there are too many deer in the wilderness D．wolves are afraid of people and never attack people 【解析】A 小标题 Against killing wolves 中第三段最后一句 62．According to those against killing wolves，when wolves eat other animals， ． A．they never eat strong and healthy onesB．they always go against the law of nature C．they might help this kind of animals survive in nature D．they disturb the ecological balance in the wilderness 【解析】C 小标题 Against killing wolves 中第二段最后两行可知强者生存，弱者淘汰是自然 法则 63 ． The last sentence“And everyone knows what happens next”implies that in such cases ． A．farm animals will be in danger and have to be shipped away B．woIves will kill people and people will in turn kill them C．wolves wilI find enough food sources on famls D．people will leave the areas where wolves can live 【解析】B 文中最后一段可知狼居住的地方被人类占据，它们就会跑到就近的农场等地吃 人，那么人类就会反过来杀死它们 (10·全国ⅠE 篇) There were smiling children all the way. Charily they knew at what time the train passed their homes and they made it their business to stand along the railway, wave to complete strangers and cheer them up as they rushed towards Penang. Often whole families stood outside their homes and waved and smiled as if those on the trains were their favorite relatives. This is the simple village people of Malaysia. I was moved. I had always traveled to Malaysia by plane or car, so this was the first time I was on a train. I did not particularly relish the long train journey and had brought along a dozen magazines to read and reread. I looked about the train. There was not one familiar face. I sighed and sat down to read my Economics. It was not long before the train was across the Causeway and in Malaysia. Johore Baru was just another city like Singapore, so I was tired of looking at the crowds of people as they hurried past. As we went beyond the city, I watched the straight rows of rubber trees and miles and miles of green. Then the first village came into sight, Immediately I came alive; I decided to wave hack. From then on my journey became interesting. I threw my magazines into the waste basket and decided to join in Malaysian life. Then everything came alive. The mountains seemed to speak to me. Even the trees were smiling. I stared at everything as if I was looking at it for the first time. The day passed fast and I even forgot to have my lunch until I felt hungry. I looked at my watch and was surprised that it was 3:00 pm. Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth. I looked at the people all around me. They all looked beautiful. When my uncle arrived with a smile, I threw my arms around him to give him a warm hug (拥抱). I had never done this before. He seemed surprised and then his weather-beaten face warmed up with a huge smile. We walked arm in arm to his car. I looked forward to the return journey. 71. The author expected the train trip to be A. adventurous B. pleasant C. exciting D. dull 72.What did the author remember most fondly of her train trip? A. The friendly country people. B. The mountains along the way. C. The crowds of people in the streets. D. The simple lunch served on the train. 73.Which of the following words can best take the place of the word“relish”in the second paragraph? A. choose B. enjoy C. prepare for D. carry on 74.Where was the writer going? A. Johore Baru. B. The Causeway. C. Butterworth. D. Singapore. 75.What can we learn from the story? A. Comfort in traveling by train. B. Pleasure of living in the country. C. Reading gives people delight. D. Smiles brighten people up. 【解析】 71.选 D。根据第二段，作者是第一次坐长途火车，带了很多杂志看，可以看出作者一开始 认为坐火车是 dull（乏味的）。 72.选 A。根据第一段，马来西亚人很热情，总会微笑着在站台上对火车里的陌生人挥手， 欢迎乘客来到马来西亚。作者很感动。 73.选 B。参照第 71 题。作者开始并不享受火车之旅。 74.选 C。倒数第二段，Soon the train pulled up at Butterworth.火车在 Butterworth 停下来。 75.选 D。文章主要讲述作者从看到马来西亚人总会在站台上笑对火车里的陌生人挥手后， 心情由无聊、乏味变成高兴。可以看出，微笑能让人提起精神。 (10·北京 A 篇) Goldie's Secret She turned up at the doorstep of my house in Cornwall. No way could I have sent her away. No way, not me anyway. Maybe someone had kicked her out of their car the night before. "We're moving house.'; "No space for her any more with the baby coming." "We never really wanted her, but what could we have done? She was a present." People find all sorts of excuses for abandoning an animal. And she was one of the most beautiful dogs I had ever seen. I called her Goldie. If I had known what was going to happen I would have given her a more creative name. She was so unsettled during those first few days. She hardly ate anything and had such an air of sadness about her. There was nothing I could do to make her happy, it seemed. Heaven knows what had happened to her at her previous owner's. But eventually at the end of the first week she calmed down. Always by my side, whether we were out on one of our long walks or sitting by the fire. That's why it was such a shock when she pulled away from me one day when we were out for a walk. We were a long way from home, when she started barking and getting very restless. Eventually I couldn't hold her any longer and she raced off down the road towards a farmhouse in the distance as fast as she could. By the time I reached the farm I was very tired and upset with Goldie. But when I saw her licking (舔) the four puppies (幼犬) I started to feel sympathy towards them. "We didn't know what had happened to her," said the woman at the door. "I took her for a walk one day, soon after the puppies were born, and she just disappeared." "She must have tried to come back to them and got lost," added a boy from behind her. ' I must admit I do miss Goldie, but I've got Nugget now, and she looks just like her mother. And I've learnt a good lesson: not to judge people. 56. How did the author feel about Goldie when Goldie came to the house? A. Shocked. B. Sympathetic. C. Annoyed. D. Upset. 57. In her first few days at the author's house, Goldie . AI felt worried B. was angry C. ate a little D. sat by the fire 58. Goldie rushed off to a farmhouse one day because she . A. saw her puppies B. heard familiar barking C. wanted to leave the author D. found her way to her old home 59. The passage is organized in order of . A. time B. effectiveness C. importance D. complexity 【解析】  56.B   情绪推断，较难题。此推断题的难点在于，原文没有直接的形容词表述，要求学生通过 具体的描述总结。原文第 2 段 She hardly ate anything and had such an air of sadness about her. There was nothing I could do to make her happy, it seemed. Heaven knows what had happened to her at her previous owner's.划线句子表明作者同情被遗弃的小狗，希望帮助它高兴起来。   57.A   细节题，较难题。要做对此题主要要排除 C 项的干扰，原文第 2 段 She hardly ate anything and had such an air of sadness about her. hardly ate anything 的表述与 ate little 是不一样的。前 者是几乎什么都不吃，后者是吃得少，此错误选项属于"改变否定/肯定的程度"。   58.D   原因推断题，简单题，通过原文第 4 段的描写可得正确答案。   59.A 问文章的行文结构，简单题，此篇记叙文按照时间顺序发展。 (10·北京 B 篇) Open Letter to an Editor I had an interesting conversation with a reporter recently---one who works for you. In fact, he's one of your best reporters. He wants to leave. Your reporter gave me a copy of his resume (简历) and photocopies of six stories that he wrote for you. The headlines showed you played them proudly. With great enthusiasm, he talked about how he finds issues (问题), approaches them, and writes about them, which tells me he is one of your best. I'm sure you would hate to lose him. Surprisingly, your reporter is not unhappy. In fact, he told me he really likes his job. He has a great assignment (分工), and said you run a great paper. It would be easy for you to keep him, he said. He knows that the paper values him. He appreciates the responsibility you've given him, takes ownership of his profession, and enjoys his freedom. So why is he looking for a way out? He talked to me because he wants his editors to demand so much more of him. He wants to be pushed, challenged, coached to new heights. The reporter believes that good stories spring from good questions, but his editors usually ask how long the story will be, when it will be in, where it can play, and what the budget is. He longs for conversations with an editor who will help him turn his good ideas into great ones. He wants someone to get excited about what he's doing and to help him turn his story idea upside down and inside out, exploring the best ways to report it. He wants to be more valuable for your paper. That's what you want for him, too, isn't it? So your reporter has set me thinking. Our best hope in keeping our best reporters, copy editors, photographers, artists---everyone--is to work harder to make sure they get the help they are demanding to reach their potential. If we can't do it, they'll find someone who can. 60. What does the writer think of the reporter? A. Optimistic. B. Imaginative. C. Ambitious. D. Proud. 61. What does the reporter want most from his editors in their talks? A. Finding the news value of his stories. B. Giving him financial support. C. Helping him to find issues. D. Improving his good ideas. 62. Who probably wrote the letter? A. An editor. B. An artist. C. A reporter. D. A reader. 63. The letter aims to remind editors that they should __ A. keep their best reporters at all costs B. give more freedom to their reporters C. be aware of their reporters' professional development D. appreciate their reporters' working styles and attitudes 【解析】   60.C   判断推理题，难题。原文He wants to be pushed, challenged, coached to new heights..要通 过划线处的具体描述总结出ambitious这个词：有抱负的。   61.D   细节题，较难题。困难之处在于不好定位原文，故用排除法。从选项中找关键词，逐个 排查，得出正确选项 D.   62.A   推断作者身份，较难题。此类型题目把握方法很简单：文章对象（主编）+人称(our)， 不难得出正确答案作者也是主编。   63.C 考查文章写作目的，较难题。抓住文章结尾是王道：Our best hope Our best hope in keeping our best reporters, copy editors, photographers, artists---everyone--is to work harder to make sure they get the help they are demanding to reach their potential 再结合前面 60 题的答案，不难选出 正确答案。 (10·北京 C 篇) Pacing and Pausing Sara tried to befriend her old friend Steve's new wife, but Betty never seemed to have anything to say. While Sara felt Betty didn't hold up her end of the conversation, Betty complained to Steve that Sara never gave her a chance to talk. The problem had to do with expectations about pacing and pausing. Conversation is a turn-taking game. When our habits are similar, there's no problem. But if our habits are different, you may start to talk before I'm finished or fail to take your turn when I'm finished. That's what was happening with Betty and Sara. It may not be coincidental that Betty, who expected relatively longer pauses between turns, is British, and Sara, who expected relatively shorter pauses, is American. Betty often felt interrupted by Sara. But Betty herself became an interrupter and found herself doing most of the talking when she met a visitor from Finland. And Sara had a hard time cutting in on some speakers from Latin America or Israel. The general phenomenon, then, is that the small conversation techniques, like pacing and pausing, lead people to draw conclusions not about conversational style but about personality and abilities. These habitual differences are often the basis for dangerous stereotyping (思维定式). And these social phenomena can have very personal consequences. For example, a woman from the southwestern part of the US went to live in an eastern city to take up a job in personnel. When the Personnel Department got together for meetings, she kept searching for the right time to break in--and never found it. Although back home she was considered outgoing and confident, in Washington she was viewed as shy and retiring. When she was evaluated at the end of the year, she was told to take a training course because of her inability to speak up. That's why slight differences in conversational style--tiny little things like microseconds of pause-can have a great effect on one's life. The result in this case was a judgment of psychological problems---even in the mind of the woman herself, who really wondered what was wrong with her and registered for assertiveness training. 64. What did Sara think of Betty when talking with her? A. Betty was talkative. B. Betty was an interrupter. C. Betty did not take her turn. D. Betty paid no attention to Sara. 65. According to the passage, who are likely to expect the shortest pauses between turns? A. Americans. B. Israelis. C. The British. D. The Finns. 66. We can learn from the passage that __ A. communication breakdown results from short pauses and fast pacing B. women are unfavorably stereotyped in eastern cities of the US C. one's inability to speak up is culturally determined sometimes D. one should receive training to build up one's confidence 67. The underlined word "assertiveness" in the last paragraph probably means __ A. being willing to speak one's mind B. being able to increase one's power C. being ready to make one's own judgment D. being quick to express one's ideas confidently 【解析】   64.C 细节题，难题。难在弄不清谁是 S 谁是 B，耐心读，动笔划，从第一段得出正确答案并 不难：Sara felt Betty didn't hold up her end of the conversation 65.B   细节排序题，难题。还是耐心读，动笔划。S 代表美国人，B 代表英国人（加起来？）， S 比 B 期待谈话间隙时间更短，又在以色列人(Israelis)说话时插不上嘴，故答案选说话嗒嗒 嗒嗒的以色列人。   66.C   变态细节题，较难题。A 不符原文，B 无中生有，D 无中生有，C 关键要理解 culturally determined，由文化决定或者受文化影响。   67.A 词义猜测题，较难。难点在于 A 选项的干扰作用。原文说那位 MM 的 inability to speak up 注意别人认为她没能力，不是说她不愿意。所以 D 比 A 好，此处用反义对比方法。 (10·江西 A 篇) Andy rode slowly on his way to school, day-dreaming about the fishing trip that his father had promised him. He was so busy dreaming about all the fish he would catch that he was unaware of everything else around him. He rode along until a strange sound drew him to the present. He came to a stop and looked curiously up to the heavens. What he saw shocked and terrified him. A huge swarm of bees filled the sky like a black cloud and the buzzing mass seemed to be heading angrily towards him. With no time to waste, Andy sped off in the opposite direction, riding furiously—but without knowing how to escape the swarm. With a rapidly beating heart and his legs pumping furiously, he sped down the rough road. As the bees came closer, his panic increased. Andy knew that he was sensitive to bee stings(蜇). The last sting had landed him in hospital—and that was only one bee sting! He had been forced to stay in bed for two whole days. Suddenly, his father’s words came to him. “When you are in a tight situation, don’t panic. Use your brain and think your way out of it.” On a nearby hill, he could see smoke waving slowly skywards from the chimney of the Nelson family home. “Bees don’t like smoke,” he thought. “They couldn’t get into the house.” Andy raced towards the Nelson house, but the bees were gaining ground. Andy knew he could not reach the house in time. He estimated that the bees would catch up with him soon. Suddenly, out of the corner of his eyes, he spotted a small dam used by Mr. Nelson to irrigate his vegetable garden. Off his bike and into the cool water he lived, disappearing below the surface and away from the savage insects. After holding his breath for as long as he could, Andy came up for air and noticed the bees had gone. Dragging himself out of the dam, he struggled up the hilly slope and rang the doorbell. Mrs. Nelson took him inside and rang his mother. “You’ll really need that fishing break to help you recover,” laughed his mother with relief. “Thank goodness you didn’t panic!” But Andy did not hear her. He was dreaming once again of the fish he would catch tomorrow. 56. Why did Andy fail to notice the swarm of bees earlier? A. He was riding to school. B. He was listening to a strange sound. C. He was going fishing with his father. D. He was lost in the thought of the fishing trip. 【解析】D 为什么 Andy 未能早些发现蜂群？ A. 他正在骑车去学校 B. 他正在听一个奇怪的声音 C. 他将要和他的父亲去钓鱼 D. 他的思绪沉浸于钓鱼之旅。 从第一段最后一句: He was so busy dreaming about all the fish he would catch that he was unaware of everything else around him.可见, Andy 正忙于做抓鱼的白日梦, 没有意识到他周围 的事情。与 D 选项, 他的思绪沉浸于钓鱼之旅相符。 57. Which of the following is NOT mentioned about the swarm of bees in the passage? A. They crowded like a black cloud. B. They shocked and terrified Andy. C. They tried to attack Andy in a mass. D. They made Andy stay in hospital for two days. 【解析】 D 关于蜂群哪一项文中并没有提到？ A. 他们拥挤的像一片乌云 B. 他们吓到了 Andy C. 他们想成群攻击 Andy D. 他们让 Andy 在医院住了两天 A. C. 三项的出处均为原文第二段的最后一句: A huge swarm of bees filled the sky like a black cloud and the buzzing mass seemed to be heading angrily towards him.意为, 一大群蜜蜂像乌云 一样布满天空而嗡嗡作响的蜂群似乎正怒气冲冲的向他飞来。可见, A. 蜂群像乌云一样, C. 蜜蜂想成群攻击 Andy 均有提到；B 选项的出处为第二段倒数第二句:What he saw shocked and terrified him, Andy 看到的景象吓坏了他, 故 B 选项也有提到。D 选项出处为第三段第五 句话和第六句话, 但是文中所述是 Andy 上次被蜜蜂蛰过一次后进了医院住了两天, 选项偷 换了概念, 故 D 选项文章并未提到, 选择 D。 58. How did Andy avoid the bees in the end? A. He asked Mr. Nelson for help. B. He did himself under the water. C. He rushed into the Nelson house. D. He rode off in the opposite direction. 【解析】B 最终 Andy 是如何躲开蜂群的？ A. 他向 Mr. Nelson 求助 B. 他把自己藏在了水下 C. 他冲进了 Nelson 的房子 D. 他骑向了相反的方向 出处为第五段第二三句话, Off his bike and into the cool water he dived, disappearing below the surface and away from the savage insects. After holding his breath for as long as he could, Andy came up for air and noticed the bees had gone .Andy 下了车潜入了水中, 躲开了蜂群, 在屏息了 尽可能长的时间后 Andy 出来发现蜜蜂已经飞走了。故选择 B 选项。 59. Which of the following can best describe Andy’s escape from the bees? A. No pains, no gains. B. Once bitten, twice shy. C. Where there is a will, there is a way. D. In time of danger, one’s mind works fast. 【解析】D 以下哪个能最好的描述 Andy 的蜂群脱险？ A. 不劳无获 B. 一朝被蛇咬, 三年怕井绳 C. 有志者. 事竟成 D. 急中生智 出处, 文章最后一段的第二句, Andy 的妈妈说道: Thank goodness you didn't panic, 谢天谢地 你没有慌神, 可知情急之下 Andy 仍然成功想到办法脱险, 再综合 A. B. C. D 四个选项的意思, 可以判断出 D 选项。 (10·辽宁 D 篇) On May 23,1989, Stefania Follini came out from a cave at Carlsbad, New Mexico. She hadn’t seen the sun for eighteen and a half weeks. Stefania was in a research program, and the scientists in the program were studying body rhythms (节奏)。In this experiment Stefania had spent 130 days in a cave, 30 feet in depth. During her time in the cave, Stefania had been completely alone except for two white mice. Her living place had been very comfortable, but there had been nothing to fell her the time. She’d had no clock or watches, no television or radio. There had been no natural light and the temperature had always been kept at 21℃. The results were very interesting. Stefania had been in the cave for over four months, but she thought she had been there for only two. Her body clock had changed. She hadn't kept to a 24-hour day. She had stayed awake for 20-25 hours and then had slept for 10 hours. She had eaten fewer meals and had lost 17lbs in weight as a result! She had also become rather depressed (抑郁). How had she spent her time in the cave? As part of the experiment she'd done some physical and mental tests. She'd recorded her daily activities and the results of the tests on a computer. This computer had been specially programmed for the project. Whenever she was free, she'd played cards, read books and listened to music. She'd also learned French from tapes. The experiment showed that our body clocks are affected by light and temperature, For example, the pattern of day and night makes us wake up and go to sleep. However, People are affected in different ways. Some people wake up naturally at 5:00 am, but others don't start to wake up till 9:00 or 10;00 am. This affects the whole daily rhythm. As a result, the early risers are at their best in the late morning. The late risers, on the other hand, are tired during the day and only come to life in the afternoon or evening! 68. Stefania stayed in the cave for a long time because___________. A. she was asked to do research on mice B. she wanted to experience loneliness C. she was the subject of a study D. she needed to record her life 【解析】C。细节理解题。根据第一段中 Stefania was in a research program 和整段的意思， 可以排除 A、B、D 项。 69. What is a cause for the change of Stefania’s body clock? A. Eating fewer meals. B. Having more hours of sleep C. Lacking physical exercise. D. Getting no natural light. 【解析】D。细节理解题。根据第二段中 She hadn't kept to a 24-hour day. She had stayed awake for 20-25 hours and then had slept for 10 hours.可知答案。 70. Where does the text probably come from? A. A novel. B. A news story. C. A pet magazine. D. A travel guide 【解析】B。推理判断题。从全文的内容来看，本文主要报道了一个实验及实验得出的结果， 所以由此判断本文可能来自于新闻报道，A 项小说不可能。因为文章没有小说的特点；C 项 不正确，本文没有涉及宠物问题；D 项不正确，因为本文也没涉及旅游的问题。 (10·全国Ⅱ A 篇) When I was six, Dad brought home a dog one day, who was called “Brownie”. My brothers and I all loved Brownie and did different things with her. Ore of us would walk her, another would feed her, then there were baths, playing catch and many other games, Brownie, in return. loved each and every one of us. One thing that most touched my heart was that she would go to whoever was sick and just be with them we always felt better when she was around. One day, as I was getting her food, she chewed up(咬破)one of Dad’s shoes, which had to be thrown away in the end. I knew Dad would be mad and I had to let her know what she did was wrong. When I looked at her and said, ”Bad girl,” she looked down at the ground and then went and hid. I saw a tear in her eyes. Brownie turned out to be more than just our family pet, she went everywhere with us .People would stop and ask if they could pet her. Of course she’d let anyone pet her. She was just the most lovable dog. There were many times when we’d be out walking and a small child would come over and pull pm her hair. she never barked( 吠 ) or tried to get away. Funny thing is she would smile. This frightened people because they thought she was showing her teeth. Far from the truth, she lovely everyone. Now many years have passed since Brownie died of old age. I still miss days when she was with us. 41. What would Brownie do when someone was ill in the family? A. Look at them sadly. B. Keep them company. C. Play games with them. D. Touch them gently. 42. We can infer from Paragraph 2 that Brownie__________. A. world eat anything when hungry B. felt sorry for her mistake C. loved playing hide-and-seek D. disliked the author’s dad 43.Why does the author say that Brownie was more than just a family pet? A. She was treated as a member of the family. B. She played games with anyone she liked. C. She was loved by everybody she met. D. She went everywhere with the family. 44. Some people got frightened by Brownie when she__________. A. smiled B. barked C. rushed to them D. tried to be funny 45.Which of the following best describes Brownie? A. Shy B. Polite C. Brave D. Caring 【解析】 这是一篇大家比较熟悉的一个话题：“宠物”。这篇文章文字简单，情节具有 生活化的特点。就总体而言，考生能理解和掌握它的大意：说明了宠物惹人喜欢、可爱。 从选材和文字特点方面可以看出，这篇文章通俗易懂，不“偏”不“怪”。如果感觉完形难 度偏大的学生在做这道试题时，会相对轻松。 41. 答案：B 考点分析：理解文章具体信息； 解析： 从第一段“she would go to whoever was sick and just be with them”暗示出它的表现 方式，选择 B,keep them company（陪伴他们） 42. 答案：B 考点分析；理解文中的具体信息 解析： 从第二段结尾句“she looked down at the ground and then went and hid. I saw a tear in her eyes”可以推断出它为做错的事感到悲伤 43. 答案：C 考点分析：考查学生的判断和推理能力。 解析： 通过全文的理解，和倒数第二段的提示 “There were many times when….”总有很 多时候，可以推断出它为人们所喜爱 44. 答案：A 考点分析：理解文中具体信息，情节推断 解析： 文中 “Funny thing is she would smile. This frightened people because they thought she was showing her teeth.”是解释，有趣的是：“露出牙齿”吓到了大家，其实它是在“笑” 45. 答案：D 考点分析：考查学生的概括和判断能力。 解析： 上下文的描写突出 love each and everyone，第三段中 She was just the most lovable dog 都做出了暗示。 (10·陕西 B 篇) Brave Frenchman Found Half-way Around the World (NEW YORK) A French tourist highly praised for rescuing a two-year-old girl in Manhattan said he didn’t think twice before diving into the freezing East River. Tuesday’s Daily News said 29-year who left the spot quickly after the rescue last Saturday. He lifted the little girl out of the water after she fell off the bank at the South Street Scaport museum. He handed the girl to her father, David Anderson, who had dive in after him. “I didn’t think at all,” Duret told the Daily News. “It happened very fast. I reacted very fast.” Duret, an engineer on vacation ,was walking with his girlfriend along the pier(码头)when he saw something falling into the water .He thought it was a doll, but realized it was a child when he approached the river. In an instant ,he took off his coat and jumped into the water. When he reached the girl, she appeared lifeless, he said . Fortunately, when she was out of the water, she opened her eyes. Anderson said his daughter slipped off the bank when he was adjusting his camera. An ambulance came later for her, said Duret, who was handed dry clothes from cookers. Duret caught a train with his girlfriend shortly after. The rescue happened on the day before he left for France. Duret said he didn’t realize his tale of heroism he was leaving the next morning . “I don’t really think I’m a hero,” said Duret. “Anyone would do the same ting.” 50. Why was Duret in New York? A. To meet his girlfriend B. To work as an engineer C. To spend his holiday D. To visit the Andersons. 51. What did Duret do shortly after the ambulance came? A. He was interviewed by a newspaper B. He asked his girlfriend for his dry clothes C. He went to the hospital in the ambulance D. He disappeared from the spot quickly 52. Who divide after Duret into the river to save the little girl? A. David Anderson B. A passer-by C. His girlfriend D. a taxi driver. 53. When was duet most probably found to be the very hero? A. The day when he was leaving for home. B. A couple of days after the girl was rescued C. The first day when he was in New York D. The same day when he was interviewed. 【解析】 50.C。推理判断题。根据第五自然段的首句可知本题选 C。 51.D。细节理解题。根据第二自然段的最后一句可知本题选 D。 52.A。细节理解题。由第三自然段的首句可知本题选 A。 53.B。推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二自然段可以推断出本题选 B。 (10·陕西 C 篇) The 1900 house The bowler family was one of more than 400 families who applied to 1900 house, a reality TV shout which took a typical family back a hundred years to se how people lived in the days before the internet, computer games and even electricity. The bowler family spent three months in a London home without a telephone, computers, TV, or fast food. The bowlers wore clothes from 1900, are only food available in English at that time, and cooked their meals on a single stove. Paul bowler still went to work every day in a then uniform. The children changed their clothes on the way to and from school and their classmates didn’t know about then unusual home life. Joyce stayed at home, cooking and cleaning like a typical housewife of the time, though everything took three times as long. So does Joyce think that people’s lives were better in the old days? “I think people in the old days had just ad many troubles and worries,” Joyce said. And I don’t think their life was better or worse, there were lots of things back then that I’m happy I don’t have to deal with nowadays, but on the other hand life was simpler.” “We had a lot more time with our family, and it was hard being nice to each other all the time,” eleven-year-old Hilary said. So what did the Bowler family miss most about modern life while living in the 1900 house? Paul, 39:” telephone and a hot shower” Joyce, 44:” a quick cup of tea from a kettle you could just turn on” Hilary, 11:” rock CD” Joseph, 9:” hamburger and computer games” 54. While the Bowler family was living in 1900 house, _____. A the mother spent more time on housework B the two children wore the then clothes for school C they prepared their meals together on a stove D they ate simple foods they had never seen 55. According to Paragraph 4, what’s Joyce’s opinion about life in 1900? A There were fewer problems for the family B Life was simpler but worse than it is now C There were things she liked and disliked D The family had more time to stay together 56. What would Hilary expect most from modern life in the three months? A To play computer games B. To make phone calls C To listen to music D. To chat on the Internet 【解析】 54.A。推理判断题。根据第二自然段的最后一句可知本题选 A。 55.C。推理判断题。在本自然段中 Joyce 谈到了她对当时生活的感受，有褒有贬，由此可知 本题选 C。 56.C。推理判断题。根据 Hilary，11：rock CD 一句可以推断出她想听音乐，故本题选 C。 (10·上海 A 篇) The elephant was lying heavily on its side, fast asleep. A few dogs started barking at it. The elephant woke up in a terrible anger: it chased the dogs into the village where they ran for safety. That didn't stop the elephant. It destroyed a dozen houses and injured several people. The villagers were scared and angry. Then someone suggested calling Parbati, the elephant princess. Parbati Barua's father was a hunter of tigers and an elephant tamer. He taught Parbati to ride an elephant before she could even walk. He also taught her the dangerous art of the elephant round-up -- how to catch wild elephants. Parbati hasn't always lived in the jungle. After a happy childhood hunting with her father, she was sent to boarding school in the city. But Parbati never got used to being there and many years later she went back to her old fife. "Life in the city is too dull. Catching elephants is an adventure and the excitement lasts for days after the chase," she says. But Parbati doesn't catch elephants just for fun. "My work," she says, "is to rescue man from the elephants, and to keep the elephants safe from man." And this is exactly what Parbati has been doing for many years. Increasingly, the Indian elephant is angry: for many years, illegal hunters have attacked it and its home in the jungle has been reduced to small pieces of land. It is now fighting back. Whenever wild elephants enter a tea garden or a village, Parbati is called to guide the animals back to the jungle before they can kill. The work of an elephant tamer also involves love and devotion. A good elephant tamer will spend hours a day singing love songs to a newly captured elephant. "Eventually they grow to love their tamers and never forget them. They are also more loyal than humans," she said, as she climbed up one of her elephants and sat on the giant, happy animal. An elephant princess indeed! 65. For Parbati, catching elephants is mainly to . A. get long lasting excitement B. keep both man and elephants safe C. send them back to the jungle D. make the angry elephants tame 66. Before Parbati studied in a boarding school, . A. she spent her time hunting with her father B. she learned how to sing love songs C. she had already been called an elephant princess D. she was taught how to hunt tigers 67. Indian elephants are getting increasingly angry and they revenge because __________. A. they are caught and sent for heavy work B. illegal hunters capture them and kill them C. they are attacked and their land gets limited D. dogs often bark at them and chase them 68. The passage starts with an elephant story in order to explain that in India _________. A. people easily fall victim to elephants' attacks B. the man-elephant relationship is getting worse C. elephant tamers are in short supply D. dogs are as powerful as elephants 【解析】 65. B. 本题为归纳概括题。通读全文可知 Parbati 主要是为了保障大象与人之间的安全而驯 象的。 66. A. 通读文章后可知她从小与父亲一起在丛林中度过了她的童年，之后才去寄宿学校的。 67. C. 可从文章第四段直接得出答案。 68. B. 逻辑推理题。 (10·四川 A 篇) I grew up in a house where the TV was seldom turned on and with one wall in my bedroom entirely lined with bookshelves, most of my childhood was spent on books I could get hold of. In fact, I grew up thinking of reading as natural as breathing and books unbelievably powerful in shaping perspectives (观点) by creating worlds we could step into, take part. in. and live in. With this unshakable belief, I, at. fourteen, decided to become a writer. Here too, reading became useful. Every writer starts off knowing that he has something to say, but being unable to find the right ways to say it. He has to find his own voice by reading widely and discovering which parts of the writers he agrees or disagrees with, or agrees with so strongly that it reshapes his own world. He cannot write without loving to read, because only through reading other people’s writing can one discover what works, what doesn’t and, in the end, together with lots of practice, what voice he has. Now I am in college, and have come to realize how important it is to read fiction (文学作 品)．As a. law student, my reading is in fact limited to subject matter—the volume (量) of what I have to read for classes every week means there is little time to read anything else. Such reading made it all the clearer to me that I live in a very small part in this great place called life. Reading fiction reminds me that there is life beyond my own. It allows me to travel across the high seas and along the Silk Road, all from the comfort of my own armchair, to experience, though secondhand, exciting experiences that I wouldn't necessarily be able to have in my lifetime. 41. What can be inferred about the author as a child? A. He never watched TV. B. He read what he had to. C. He found reading unbelievable. D. He considered reading part of his life. 42. The underlined word "voice" in the second paragraph most probably means “ ”. A. an idea B. a sound quality C. a way of writing D. a world to write about 43. What effect does reading have on the author? A. It helps him to realize his dream. B. It opens up a wider world for him. C. It makes his college life more interesting. D. It increases his interest in worldwide travel. 44. Which of the following can be the best title of this text? A. Why do I read? B. How do I read? C. What do I read? D. When do I read? 【解析】 41. D 根据首段第一二句， “I grew up in a house… with one wall in my bedroom entirely lined with bookshelves….I grew up thinking of reading as natural as breathing”可知作者是在一个以 书为伴的环境中长大的，读书像呼吸那样已经成为生活必需。 42. C 根据文中 “...but being unable to find the right ways to say it. He has to find his own …”可 以推断出 voice 所表达的意思是“写作方式”。 43. B 由文章的最后一句：“It allows me to travel across the high seas and along the Silk Road, all from the comfort of my own armchair, to experience, though secondhand, exciting experiences that I wouldn't necessarily be able to have in my lifetime.”可得出答案 44. A 文章作者主要以自己的亲身体验讲述读书的重要性。因此 Why do I read?“我为什么读 书？”作题目最佳。 (10·四川 E 篇) Fear plays no part in this latest problem．“I’m not afraid I'll lose my children．I won't lose my children. We live together, and nothing, nothing,” she repeats, her voice rising when speaking to John's lawyer, “will stop me from being with my children. A law? Year, right. Don't disturb me when it comes to my children. You are never going to win. If John wants to see them, I cannot stop him. He's their father—I want them to see him! However, his visit in his present condition will disturb the children's stable (稳定的) life．” John, who has spent much of his time in California recently, has only hired a house for himself in Pennsylvania, according to his lawyer. "If he'd like to stick to a regular life, I'd be more than happy to do that，" Jane says. "The best thing for any child of a divorced (离婚的) parent is a stable life. I want nothing more than for him to set up a stable life for himself, so that he can be part of making our children's lives more stable. " While matters of money and care won't be settled for weeks, Jane hardly puts her life on hold. Last week the ABC network announced that Jane would return with her own show, Twist of Jane, in which she gives advice to other moms．Jane and her eight children will also return to ABC in a series of Jane Plus 8 specials showing them on various adventures．It’s a rest for Jane．who insists that she needs her new，busy life to provide for her family．“I have to lead such a life．and I’m thankful that I’ve built it to the top where now I can support my children．”she says． And whether a bellicose(好斗的)dance judge or a bellicose former wife，Jane plans to keep 0n facing attacks on her． “Some people try to knock me down—only to make me more fierce， more protective，more determined to do better，”she says．“Go ahead，take me on．This will just make me stronger．” 57. According to Jane in the first paragraph，the low A. can’t take her children away from her B. can’t do anything with the case C. will best settle the problem D. will disturb her children 58. What does “to do that” refer to in the second paragraph? A. To live with John． B．To hire a house for John． C．To allow John to see the children D．To ask John to set up a regular life. 59. What does the underlined sentence in the third paragraph mean? A．Jane’s life is very difficult． B．Jane continues to live as usual． C．Jane almost can’t control her lire D．Jane works very hard to live a happy life． 60. Which word can best describe Jane? A. Proud． B．Fierce． C．Determined． D．Independent 【解析】 57. C 依据文章第一段第 5,6 句 “A law? Year, right. Don't disturb me when it comes to my children. You are never going to win.”可知 58. C 根据上一段的 “If John wants to see them…However, his visit in his present condition …” 可知以 John 现在的状况不适合见孩子们，结合画线词所在句 “if he’d like to stick to a regular life”可以推断出如果 John 生活稳定了 Jane 允许他见孩子们。 59. B 依据第三段首句 “While matters of money and care won't be settled for weeks, Jane hardly puts her life on hold.”此处 while 引导让步状语从句，意为“尽管钱和抚养的问题在几周内难以 解决，……”划线部分因为 Jane 几乎不让生活受到影响。因此正确答案为 B 60.C Jane 面对一切压力，坚决要求孩子的抚养权；钱和孩子的抚养短期内不能解决的情况 下，努力克服困难维持生活都表现了她的坚强决心。 (10·天津 C 篇) In the kitchen of my mother’s houses there has always been a wooden stand（木架）with a small notepad（记事本）and a hole for a pencil. I’m looking for paper on which to note down the name of a book I am recommending to my mother. Over forty years since my earliest memories of the kitchen pad and pencil, five houses later, the current paper and pencil look the same as they always did. Surely it can’t be the same pencil? The pad is more modern, but the wooden stand is definitely the original one. “I’m just amazed you still have the same stand for holding the pad and pencil after all these year.” I say to her, walking back into the living-room with a sheet of paper and the pencil. “You still use a pencil. Can’t you afford a pen?” My mother replies a little sharply. “It works perfectly well. I’ve always kept the stand in the kitchen. I never knew when I might want to note down an idea, and I was always in the kitchen in these days.” Immediately I can picture her, hair wild, blue housecoat covered in flour, a wooden spoon in one hand, the pencil in the other, her mouth moving silently. My mother smiles and says, “One day I was cooking and watching baby Pauline, and I had a brilliant thought, but the stand was empty. One of the children must have taken the paper. So I just picked up the breadboard and wrote it all down on the back. It turned out to be a real breakthrough for solving the mathematical problem I was working on.” This story—which happened before I was born—reminds me how extraordinary my mother was, and is also a gifted mathematician. I feel embarrassed that I complain about not having enough child-free time to work. Later, when my mother is in the bathroom, I go into her kitchen and turn over the breadboards. Sure enough, on the back of the smallest one, are some penciled marks I recognize as mathematics. Those symbols have traveled unaffected through fifty years, rooted in the soil of a cheap wooden breadboard, invisible（看不到的）exhibits at every meal. 46．Why has the author’s mother always kept the notepad and pencil in the kitchen? A．To leave messages. B．To list her everyday tasks. C．To note down maths problems. D．To write down a flash of inspiration. 【解析】D. 细节理解题。从 I never knew when I might want to note down an idea 到下一段的 and I had a brilliant thought, but the stand was empty.可知正确答案时 D. 47. What is the author’s original opinion about the wooden stand? A. It has great value for the family. B. It needs to be replaced by a better one. C. It brings her back to her lonely childhood. D .It should be passed on to the next generation. 【解析】B. 根据第三段中 I’m just amazed you still have the same stand for holding the pad and pencil after all these year.可推断，作者认为 the wooden stand 该换成更好的了。 48. The author feels embarrassed for . A. blaming her mother wrongly. B. giving her mother a lot of trouble. C. not making good use of time as her mother did. D. not making any breakthrough in her field. 【解析】.C. 细节理解题。最后一段中有 I feel embarrassed that I complain about not having enough child-free time to work. 可知答案。 49. What can be inferred from the last paragraph? A .The mother is successful in her career. B. The family members like traveling. C. The author had little time to play when young. D. The marks on the breadboard have disappeared. 【解析】A. 推理判断题。根据最后一段的第一句 This story—which happened before I was born—reminds me how extraordinary my mother was, and is also a gifted mathematician.推断。 50. In the author’s mind ,her mother is . A. strange in behavior. B. keen on her research. C. fond of collecting old things. D. careless about her appearance. 【解析】B. 推理判断题。作者通过 a wooden stand（木架）with a small notepad（记事本）and a hole for a pencil 描写了一位母亲对事业的执着和热爱，由此可以推断 B 项正确。 (10·浙江 A 篇) When you are little, the whole world feels like a big playground. I was living in Conyers, Georgia the summer it all happened. I was a second grader, but my best friend Stephanie was only in the first grade. Both of our parents were at work and most of the time they let us go our own way. It was a hot afternoon and we decided to have an adventure in Stephanie’s basement. As I opened the basement door, before us lay the biggest room, full of amazing things like guns, dolls, and old clothes. I ran downstairs, and spotted red steel can. It was paint. I looked beyond it and there lay even more paint in bright colors like purple, orange, blue and green. “Stephanie, I just found us a project for the day. Get some paintbrushes. We are fixing to paint.” She screamed with excitement as I told her of my secret plans and immediately we got to work. We gathered all the brushes we could find and moved all of our materials to my yard. There on the road in front of my house, we painted bit stripes ( 条 纹 ) of colors across the pavement ( 人 行 道 ). Stripe by stripe, our colors turned into a beautiful rainbow. It was fantastic! The sun was starting to sink. I saw a car in the distance and jumped up as I recognized the car. It was my mother. I couldn’t wait to show her my masterpiece. The car pulled slowly into the driveway and from the look on my mother’s face, I could tell that I was in deep trouble. My mother shut the car door and walked towards me. Her eyes glaring, she shouted, “What in the world were you thinking? I understood when you made castles out of leaves, and climbed the neighbors’ trees, but this! Come inside right now!” I stood there glaring hack at her for a minute, angry because she had insulted (侮辱) my art. “Now go clean it up!” Mother and I began cleaning the road. Tears ran down my cheeks as I saw my beautiful rainbow turn into black cement. Though years have now passed, I still wonder where my rainbow has gone. I wonder if, maybe when I get older, I can find my rainbow and never have to brush it away. I guess we all need sort of rainbow to brighten our lives from time to time and to keep our hopes and dreams colorful. 41. What did the writer want to do when his mother came home? A. To introduce Stephanie to her. B. To prevent her from seeing his painting. C. To put the materials back in the yard. D. To show his artwork to her. 【解析】D 细节理解题。根据第四段“I saw a car in the distance and jumped up as I recognized the car. It was my mother. I couldn’t wait to show her my masterpiece.”可知我当时是很高兴 的想把我的杰作给母亲看。所以选择 D。 42. In his mother’s eyes, the writer_______. A. was a born artist B. always caused trouble C. was a problem solver D. worked very hard 【解析】B 推理判断题。根据第五、六段可以推断出，母亲特别反感作者的一些行为， 所以很生气，认为她是一个麻烦制造者。 43. The underlined word “rainbow” in the last paragraph refers to ______. A. the rainbow in the sky B. the stripes on the pavement C. something imaginative and fun D. important lessons learned in childhood 【解析】 C 推理判断题。根据最后一段作者的感慨“to keep our hopes and dreams colorful”，可以推断此时作者提到的 rainbow 不是指自己曾经画过的街道上的彩虹，而是 指自己的人生中的彩虹。 44. It can be learned from the passage that parents should ________. A. encourage children to paint B. value friendship among children C. discover the hidden talent in children D. protect rather than destroy children’s dreams 【解析】D 推理判断题。从整篇文章开头叙述作者的开心的画彩虹的过程，到后来被母 亲要求把街道清洗干净，到最后的感慨，表明作者写作的最终想要表达的目的之一是： 父母应该支持孩子的某些创造性的行为，而不是一味的否定。 (10·浙江 E 篇) I needed to buy a digital camera, one that was simply good at taking good snaps (快照), maybe occasionally for magazines. Being the cautious type, I fancied a reliable brand. So I went on the net, spent 15 minutes reading product reviews on good websites, wrote down the names of three top recommendations and headed for my nearest big friendly camera store. There in the cupboard was one of the cameras on my list. And it was on special offer. Oh joy. I pointed at it and asked an assistant, “Can I have one of those?” He looked perturbed (不安). “Do you want to try it first?” he said. It didn’t quite sound like a question. “Do I need to?” I replied ,“There is nothing wrong with it？” This made him look a bit insulted and I started to feel bad. “No, no. But you should try it,” he said encouragingly. “Compare it with the others.” I looked across at the others: shelves of similar cameras placed along the wall, offering a wide range of slightly different prices and discounts, with each company selling a range of models based around the same basic box. With so many models to choose from, it seemed that I would have to spend hours weighing X against Y, always trying to take Z and possibly H into account at the same time. But when I had finished, I would still have only the same two certainties that I had entered the store with: first, soon after I carried my new camera out of the shop, it would be worth half what I paid for it; and second, my wonderful camera would very quickly be replaced by a new model. But something in the human soul whispers that you can beat these traps by making the right choice, the clever choice, the wise choice. In the end, I agreed to try the model I had chosen. The assistant seemed a sincere man. So I let him take out of my chosen camera from cupboard, show how it took excellent pictures of my fellow shoppers… and when he started to introduce the special features, I interrupted to ask whether I needed to buy a carry-case and a memory card as well. Why do we think that new options( 选 择 ) still offer us anything new? Perhaps it is because they offer an opportunity to avoid facing the fact that our real choices in this culture are far more limited than we would like to imagine. 57.The shop assistant insisted that the writer should A. try the camera to see if there was anything wrong with it. B. compare the camera he had chosen with the others. C. get more information about different companies. D. trust him and stop asking questions. 【解析】B 细节理解题。根据第一段作者与推销员之间的对话，可以了解到，推销员一 直在劝说作者试一下机器，并且与其他的机器进行比较。故选择 B。 58. What does the writer mean by “it would be worth half what I paid for it ”(paragraph 2) A. He should get a 50% discount. B. The price of the camera was unreasonably high. C. The quality of the camera was not good. D. The camera would soon fall in value. 【解析】D 推理判断题。第二段开头，作者分析了在卖场，自己将会被各种照相机的种 类，弄的不知如何选择。但是“But when I had finished, I would still have only the same two certainties that I had entered the store with”，最终我还是必须选择一款，但是无论选择哪一 款都会有两个必定的结果：（1）会立马贬值。(2)会很快有新的产品。所以选择 D。 59. The writer decided to try the model he had chosen because he A. knew very little about it. B. didn’t trust the shop assistant. C. wanted to make sure the one he chose would be the best. D. had a special interest in taking pictures of his fellow shoppers. 【解析】C 推理判断题。阅读第四段，可知作者经过内心的思量，明白最后还是得做决 定，得买一款，所以还是需要作出明智的决定，就是试一下自己最初选择那一款，从而 确定自己的选择。 60. I t can be inferred from the passage that in the writer’s opinion, . A. people waste too much money on cameras B. cameras have become an important part of our daily life C. we don’t actually need so many choices when buying a product D. famous companies care more about profit than quality 【解析】C 推理判断题。最后一段作者分析了人们为什么老是喜欢新的事物，因为旧的 事物我们了解了，有局限性，而新的事物会带给我们更多我们没想到的。根据作者在购 物的过程中，最终选择了试用自己最初的照相机，所以得出作者的观点是：我们并不需 要了解很多新的东西，只要达到自己的最初的要求就行。 (10·重庆 A 篇) One morning more than thirty years ago, I entered the Track Kitchen, a restaurant where everyone from the humblest(卑微的) to the most powerful came for breakfast. I noticed an empty chair next to an elderly, unshaven man, who looked somewhat disheveled. He was wearing a worn-out hat and was alone. I asked if I might join him. He agreed quietly and I sat down to have my breakfast. We cautiously began a conversation and spoke about a wide rang of things. We never introduced ourselves. I was concerned that he might have no money and not be able to afford something to eat. So as I rose to go back to the counter and buy a second cup of coffee, I asked, “My I get you something ?” “A coffee would be nice.” Then I bought him a cup of coffee, We talked more, and he accepted another cup of coffee, Finally, I rose to leave, wished him well, and headed for the exit. At the door I met one of my friends. He asked, “How did you get to know Mr. Galbreath?” “Who?” “The man you were sitting with. He is chairman of the Board of Churchill Downs.” I could hardly believe it. I was buying, offering a free breakfast, and feeling pity for one of the world’s richest and most powerful men! My few minutes with Mr. Galbreath changed my life. Now I try to treat everyone with respect, no matter who I think they are, and no matter another human being with kindness and sincerity. 56. What does the underlined word “disheveled” mean? A. Unfriendly. B. Untidy. C. Gentle. D. Kind. 57. The author bought coffee for the old man because A. he thought the old man was poor B. he wanted to start a conversation C. he intended to show his politeness D. he would like to thank the old man 58. How did the author probably feel after he talked with his friend? A. Proud. B. Pitiful. C. Surprised. D. Regretful 59. What is the message mainly expressed in the story? A. We should learn to be generous. B. It is honorable to help those in need. C. People in high positions are not like what we expect. D. We should avoid judging people by their appearances. 【解析】本文讲述了“我”在吃早点的时候遇到一个看起来穿着邋遢的老人，并且帮助他买了 一杯咖啡，事后得知他是最富有的 Mr. Galbreath，旨在告诉我们不要以貌取人。。 56. B 猜测词义题。由上文中的 I noticed an empty chair next to an elderly, unshaven man 何下 文中的 He was wearing a worn-out hat and was alone.可知 disheveled 在这儿是指仪容不整，穿 着邋遢的意思。所以答案选 B 项。 57. A 细节理解题。根据文中 I was concerned that he might have no money and not be able to afford something to eat.可以判断选 A 项。 58. C 推理判断题。根据 I could hardly believe it. I was buying, offering a free breakfast, and feeling pity for one of the world’s richest and most powerful men!可知，作者在他朋友告诉他那 个老人是 Mr. Galbreath 之后感到很吃惊。由此判断选 C 项。 59. D 主旨大意题。根据文章最后一句 Now I try to treat everyone with respect, no matter who I think they are, and no matter another human being with kindness and sincerity.可知，作者想要表 达的是不要以貌取人。由此判断选 D 项。 （2011·江苏卷）D Shay asked, “Do you think they’ll let me play?” Shay’s father knew that most of the boys would not want someone like Shay on their team, but the father also understood that if his son, mentally and physically disabled, were allowed to play, it would give him a much-needed sense of belonging and some confidence. Shay’s father approached one of the boys on the field and asked if Shay could play, not expecting much. The boy looked around and said, “We’re losing by six runs (分) and the game is in the eighth inning (局).I guess he can be on our team and we’ll try to put him in to bat in the final inning. Shay struggled over to the team’s bench and put on a team shirt with a broad smile and his father had a small tear in his eye and warmth in heart. The boys saw the father’s joy at his son being accepted. In the bottom of the eighth inning, Shay’s team scored a few runs but was still behind by three. In the top of the final inning, Shay put on a glove and played in the field. Even though no hits came his way, he was obviously joyful just to be in the game and on the field. In the bottom of the final inning, Shay’s team scored again. Now, Shay was scheduled to be next at bat. Would they let Shay bat and give away their chance to win the game? Surprisingly, Shay was given the bat. Everyone knew that a hit was almost impossible. The first pitch (投) came and Shay missed. The pitcher again again took a few steps forward to throw the ball softly towards Shay. As the pitch came in , Shay swung at the ball and hit a slow ground ball right back to the pitcher. The pitcher could have easily thrown he ball to the first baseman and Shay would have been out and that would have been the end of the game .Instead, the pitcher threw the ball right over the head of the first baseman, beyond the reach of all teammates, The audience and the players from both teams started screaming,“Shay, run to first! ”Never in his life had Shay ever run that far but made it to first base, wide-eyed and shocked.. Everyone should, “Run to second!” Catching his breath, Shay awkwardly ran towards second.By the time Shay rounded towards second base, the smallest guy on their team,who had a chance to be the hero for his team fir the first time,could have thrown the ball to the second baseman, but he understood the pitcher’s intentions and he too intentionally threw the ball high and far over the third baseman’s head. All were screaming，“Shay，Shay，Shay，all the way Shay.” Shay reached third base when one opposing player ran to help him and shouted, “Shay, run to third.” As Shay rounded third, all were on their feet, crying,“Shay, run home！”Shay ran to home, stepped on the home base and was cheered as the hero who the who won the game for his team. That day, the boys from both teams helped bring a piece true love and humanity into this world. Shay didn’t make it to another summer and died that winter, having never forgotten being the hero and making his father so happy and coming home and seeing his mother tearfully hug her little hero of the day! 66.Not expecting much, Shay’s father still asked the boy if Shay could play, mainly because the father _________. A. noticed some of the boys on the field were heisting B. guessed his presence would affect the boy’s decision C. learned some of the boys on the field knew Shay well D. understood Shay did need a feeling of being accepted 67. In the bottom of the final inning Shay was given the bat because the boys _________. A. believed they were sure to win the game B. would like to help Shay enjoy the game C. found Shay was so eager to be a winner D. fell forced to give Shay another chance 68. The smallest boy threw the ball high and far over the third baseman’s head, probably because that boy ________. A. was obviously aware of the pitcher’s purpose B. looked forward to winning the game for his team C. failed to throw the ball to the second baseman D. saw that Shay already reached second base 69. Which of the following has nothing to do with Shay’s becoming the hero for his team? A. The pitcher did not throw the ball to the first baseman. B. The audience and the players from both teams cheered for him. C. The opposing players failed to stop his running to home. D. One of the opposing players ran to help him. 70. What to you think is the theme of the story? A. True human nature could be realized in the way we treat each other. B. Everyone has his own strength even if mentally or physically disabled. C. Everyone can develop his team spirit in sports and please his parents. D. The results of the game should not be the only concern of the players. 【解析】 66. D 推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句可以推断，Shay 的父亲理解儿子的心情，虽然身 患残疾，但儿子希望得到别人的认可和接受，这种归属感会让儿子感到自信和乐观。 67. B 推理判断题。根据文章的整体内容，特别是最后一段第一句可推断，这些打棒球的 小男孩都十分善良，他们希望成全 Shay，让他感受到体育运动带来的快乐，所以在 最后一局，他们把球棒传到了 Shay 手中。 68. A 细节理解题。根据倒数第三段最后一句可知，最小的男孩理解了投手的意图，所以 故意把球扔得又高又远。 69. C 推理判断题。为了成全身患残疾的 Shay，球队双方进行了善意地欺骗，故意屡屡失 手，共同制造了一个特殊的“英雄”，让 Shay 在人世间不多的日子里感到了快乐。显 然 C 项与文章内容及主题不符。 70. A 主旨大意题。文章讲述了一个关于爱的故事，一个关于人性的话题，人性是善的， 在我们对待彼此的方式方法上，我们的人性充分显示出来。 （2011·江西卷）A “Mum, what does it mean when someone tells you that they have a skeleton（骨骼）in the closet（衣橱）?” Jessica asked. “A skeleton in the closet?” her mother paused thoughtfully. “Well, it’s something that you would rather not have anyone else know about. For example, if in the past, someone in Dad’s family had been arrested for stealing a horse, it would be ‘a skeleton in his family’s closet’. He really wouldn’t want any neighbor to know about it.” “Why pick on my family?” Jessica’s father said with anger. “Your family history isn’t so good, you know. Wasn’t your great-great-grandfather a prisoner who was transported to Australia for his crimes?” “Yes, but people these days say that you are not a real Australian unless your ancestors arrived as prisoners.” “Gosh, sorry I asked. I think I understand now,” Jessica cut iin before things grew worse. After dinner, the house was very quiet. Jessica’s parents were still quite angry with each other. Her mother was ironing clothes and every now and then she glared at her husband, who hid behind his newspaper pretending to read. When she finished, she gathered the freshly pressed clothes in her arms and walked to Jessica’s closet. Just as she opened the door and reached in to hang a skirt, a bony arm stuck out from the dark depths and a bundle of white bones fell to the floor. Jessica’s mother sank in a faint（晕倒）, waking only when Jessica put a cold, wet cloth on her forehead. She looked up to see the worried faces of her husband and daughter. “What happened? Where am I?” she asked. “You just destroyed the school’s skeleton, Mum,” explained Jessica. “I brought it home to help me with my health project. I meant to tell you, but it seemed that as soon as I mentioned skeletons and closets, it caused a problem between you and Dad.” Jessica looked in amazement as her parents began to laugh madly. “They’re both crazy,” she thought. 56. According to Jessica’s mother, “a skeleton in the close” means ______. A. a family honor B. a family secret C. a family story D. a family treasure 57. What can we learn about some Australians’ ancestors form Paragraph 2? A. They were brought to Australia as prisoners. B. They were the earliest people living in Australia. C. They were involved in some crimes in Australia. D. They were not regarded as criminals in their days. 58. Jessica’s mother fell down into a faint because she was ______. A. knocked B. frightened C. injured D. surprised 59. Why did Jessica bring a skeleton home? A. She was curious about it. B. She planned to keep it for fun. C. She needed it for her school task. D. She intended to scare her parents. 60. Jessica’s parents laughed madly at the end of the story probably because ______. A. they were crazy B. they were over excited C. they realized their misunderstanding D. they both thought they had won the quarrel 【解析】 56.B 根据第一段母亲所说的话“it’s something that you would rather not have anyone else to know about”“它是一件你不希望其他人所知道的事情”，选择 B。 57.A 由第二段”Yes，but people these days say that you are not a real Australian unless your ancestors arrived as prisoners”，“如今的人们说如果你的祖先不是以囚犯的身份到达澳大利亚 的话，那么你就不是一个真正的澳大利亚人。”选择 A 58.B 由第三段“Just as she opened the door and reached in to hang a skirt, a bony arm stuck out from the dark depths and a bundle of white bones fell to the floor.”“正当她打开门伸进手去挂短 裙的时候，一只骨头胳膊从暗处伸出来然后一堆骨头摔倒了地板上。”得出妈妈因该是被吓 晕的。 59.C 由最后一段“I brought it home to help me with my health project.”“我把它带回家是为了帮 我搞定我的健康课题”，project 此处有“学校的科研习作项目, 课题”之意判断出 C 选项。 60. C 结合全文理解，开头讲述了 Jessica 的一个提问“Mum, what does it mean when someone tells you that they have a skeleton（骨骼）in the closet（衣橱）?”引出了父母之间的争论，之 后妈妈被孩子藏在衣橱中的用来完成学校课题的骷髅吓晕过去，最后 Jessica 解释时说，“I meant to tell you, but it seemed that as soon as I mentioned skeletons and closets, it caused a problem between you and Dad.”即本想告诉妈妈衣橱里的骷髅的情况，可是每当提到骷髅和衣 橱的问题后却总会让父母之间有摩擦，然而最后真相大白，Jessica 的父母都意识到了这是一 个误会，故而狂笑。故而选择 C （2011·陕西卷）C In early autumn I applied for applied for admission to college. I wanted to go nowhere but to Cornell University,but my mother fought strongly againsnst it. When she saw me studying a photograph of my father on the sports ground of Cornell,she tore it up. “You can’t say it’s not a great university,just because Papa went there.” “That’s not it at all.And it is a top university.”She was still holding the pieces in her hand. “But we can’t afford to send you to college.” “I wouldn’t dream of asking you for money.Do you want me to get a job to help suppont you and Papa?Things aren’t that bad,are they?” “No,”she said. “I don’t expect you to help support us.” Father borrowed money form his rich cousins to start a small jewellery shop,His chief customers were his old college friends.To get new customers,my mother had to help.She picked up a long-forgotten membership in the local league of women,so that she cound get to know more people. Whether those people would turn into customers was another question. I knew that my Parents had to wait for quite a long time before their small investment ( 投 资 ) could show returns.What’s more ,they had not wanted enough to be roch and successful ； otherwise they cound not possibly have managed their lives so badly. I was torn between the desave to help them and change,their lives,and the determinstion not to repeat their mistakes.I had a strong belief in my power to go what I wanted.After months of hard study I won a full college scholarship（奖学金）.My father could hardly contain his pride in me,and my mother eventually gave in before my success. 53.The author was not allowed to go to Cornell University mainly because A. his father grduated from the university B. his mother did not thinks it a great university C. his parents needed him to help support the family D. his parents did not have enough money for him 54.The father srarted his small shop with the money from A.a local league B.his university C.his relatives D.his college friends 55.Why did the mother renew her membership in the league? A.To help with her husband’s business B.To raise money for her son C.To meet her long-forgotten friends D.To better manage her life 56.According to the text,what was the author determined to do in that autumn? A. To get a well-paid job for himself B. To improve relations with his mother C. To go to his dream university D. To carry on with his father’s business 【解析】DCAC 故事类：主要讲一个贫穷家庭的孩子通过自己的努力成功进入梦想中的大学。典型的 故事类，典型的负正态度转变脉络，想上大学，无奈家庭贫困理想无法实现，最后通过努 力实现梦想。53题细节推理题，送分题，定位到文章第三段 but 题眼句即可得到答案。54 题事实细节题，又一道送分题。通过题干中 shop 定位到文章第六段第一句，就可选出答案。 54题事实细节题，通过题干中 membership 定位到文章第六段第三句和第四句的 so ... That..题眼句。56题细节推理题，文章最后一段的汉语提示‘奖学金’，直接秒杀。 （2011·安徽卷）C They are the sort of friends who are so close they trust each other with their lives. If one falls, the other is there to catch him. They are Wellman, whose legs were permanently injured nine years ago in a rock-climbing accident, and Corbett, an experienced rock climber. Together, they climbed up Half Dome, the famous 2,000-foot rock in the Yosemite National Park, through one of the most difficult routes(路 线). During the climb, Corbett took the lead, hit in the metal spikes（尖状物）that guided the ropes and climbed up. Then, after Wellman pulled himself up the rope, Corbett went down to remove the spikes and climbed up again. This process was repeated time and again, inch by inch, for 13 days. Wellman’s job was not easy either. He got himself up the rope through upper body strength alone. In all, Wellman figured that he had done 5,000 pull-ups up the rope on the climb. However, when the two men first met, they never talked about climbing. “He knew that was how I got injured.” Wellman said. Until one day Wellman decided that he wanted to climb again and they started training. Their climb of Half Dome was not all smooth. At one point, pieces of rock gave way, and Corbett dropped down quickly. Wellman locked their rope in place, stopping the fall at 20 feet. His quick action probably saved his friend’s life. “Your partner can save your life — you can save your partner’s life,” Wellman said as the pair received congratulations from friends. “There are real close ties.” 64. Which of the following was a challenge for Corbett in climbing Half Dome? A. To climb up to remove the spikes. B. To climb it twice C. To do 5,000 pull-ups up the rope. D. To lock the rope in place. 【解析】选 B。细节理解题。根据文章可知，C 项和 D 项是 Wellman 所为，因此排除。 根据第六段可知，Corbett 在攀爬之中掉了下去，是 Wellman 及时固定住缆绳阻止住他下 落，他得再次攀爬上去，对他来说这是个最大的挑战，因此选择 B 项。 65. Why did the two men never talk about climbing when they first met? A. Corbett was poorly trained. B. Wellman had lost interest in climbing. C. Corbett didn’t want to hurt Wellman. D. Wellman hadn’t decided whether to climb again. 【解析】选 C。推理判断题。根据句子 when the two men first met, they never talked about climbing. “He knew that was how I got injured.” Wellman said 和 …Wellman, whose legs were permanently injured nine years ago in a rock-climbing accident 可知，他们没有谈论攀 岩是因为 Corbett 不想伤害 Wellman 这个残疾人的自尊。A、B、D 项没有提及。 66. What do we know about Wellman? A. He climbed Half Dome by himself. B. He was disabled in a traffic accident. C. He stopped rock-climbing for some time. D. He was saved by Corbett during the climb. 【解析】选 C。推理判断题。根据第五段可知，Wellman 过了一段时间才决定再次攀岩， 于是他们二人共同训练，因此 C 项正确。A 项课文中没有提及；B 项错在 in a traffic accident，应为 in a rock-climbing accident；D 项错误，应为 Wellman 挽救了 Corbett 的生 命。 67. The main idea of the text is that . A. two heads are better than one B. friendship is precious in life C. the disabled should never give up D. a man can be destroyed but cannot be defeated 【解析】选 B。主旨大意题。通读全文可知，Wellman 和 Corbett 通过在攀岩活动中互相 帮助，战胜困难，甚至挽救生命的事迹，歌颂了友谊之珍贵，文末的 There are real close ties 也能说明 C 项正确。A 项意为“一人不敌二人计”。 （2011·重庆卷）A There was a gardener who looked after his garden with great care. To water his flowers, he used two buckers. One was a shiny and new bucket. The other was a very old and dilapidated one, which had seen many years of service, but was now past its best. Every morning, the gardener would fill up the two buckets. Then he would carry them along the path, one on each side, to the flowerbeds. The new bucket was very proud of itself. It could carry a full bucket of water without a single drop spilled (溢出). The old bucket felt very ashamed because of its holes: before it reached the flowerbeds, much water had leaked along the path. Sometimes the new bucket would say, “See how capable I am! How good it is that the gardener has me to water the flowers every day! I don't know why he still bothers with you. What a waste of space you are!” And all that the old bucket could say was, “I know I’m not very useful, but I can only do my best. I’m happy that the gardener still finds a little bit of use in me, at least.” One day, the gardener heard that kind or conversation. After watering the flowers as usual, he said, “You both have done your work very well. Now I am going to carry you back. I want you to look carefully along the path.” Then the two buckets did so. All along the path, they noticed, on the side where the new bucket was carried, there was just bare (光秃秃的) earth; on the onther side where the old bucket was carried, there was a joyous row of wild flowers, leading all the way to the garden. 56. What does the underlined word “dilapidated” probably mean? A. Dirty B. Dark C. Worn-out D. Plain-looking. 57. What was the old bucket ashamed of? A. His past. B. His aging. C. His manner. D. His leaking. 58. The new bucket made conversations with the old one mainly to A. laugth at the old one B. take pity on the old one C. show off its beautiful looks D. praise the gardener’s kindness 59. Why was the old bucket still kept by the gardener? A. Because it was used to keep a balance B. Because it stayed in its besr condition C. Because it was taken as a treasure D. Because it had its own function 【解析】CDAD 56. C 猜测词义题。根 One was a shiny and new bucket. The other was a very old and dilapidated one.可知一只桶是崭新的，而另一只是破旧不堪的。注意下文特别提到 The old bucket felt very ashamed because of its holes: before it reached the flowerbeds, much water had leaked along the path.可知是漏水的，当然就破了呀。 57. D 细节题。The old bucket felt very ashamed because of its holes: before it reached the flowerbeds, much water had leaked along the path. 58. A 推理判断题。根据 The new bucket was very proud of itself.和第三段，可知新桶对自己 的表现很是自豪，而看到那个旧桶一路都是漏水，当然要炫耀一下自己，羞辱一下别人。 59. D 推理判断题。根据文章最后两段可知，两个桶都有其存在的价值。 （2011·天津卷) B In the fall of 1985. I was a bright-eyed ghl heading off to Howard University, aiming at a legal career and dreaming of sitting on a Supreme Court bench somewhere. Twenty-one years later I am later I am still a bright-eyed dreamer and one with quite a different tale to tell. My grandma, an amazing woman, graduated from college an the age of 65. She was the first in our family to reach that goal. But one year after I started college, she developed cancer. I made the choice to withdraw from college to care for her. It meant that school and my personal dream would have to wait. Then I got married with another dream: building my family with a combination of adopt and biological children. In 1999, we adopted our first son. To lay eyes on him was fantastic---and very emotional. A year later came our second adopted boy. Then followed son No. 3. In 2003, I gave birth to another boy. You can imagine how fully occupied I became, raising four boys under the age of 81. Our home was a complete zoo---a joyous zoo. Not surprising, I never did make it back to college full-time. But I never gave up on the dream either. I had only one choice: to find a way. That meant talking as few as one class each semester. The hardest part was feeling guilty about the time I spent away from the boys. They often wanted me to stay home with them. There certainly were times I wanted to quit, But I knew I should set an example for them to follow through the rest of their lives. In 2007, I graduated from the University of North Carolina. It took me over 21 years to get my college degree！ I am not special, just single-minded. It always struck me that when you’re looking at a big challenge from the outside it looks huge, but when you’re in the midst of it, it just seems normal. Everything you want won’t arrive in your life on one day. It’s a process. Remember；little steps add up to big dreams. 41. When the author went to Howard University, her dream was tobe A. a writer B. a teacher C. a judge D. a doctor 42. Why did the author quit school in her second year of college? A. She wanted to study by herself. B. She fell in love and got married. C. She suffered from a serious illness. D. She decided to look after her grandma. 43. What can we learn about the author from Paragraphs 4 and 5? A. She was buy yet happy with her family life. B. She ignored her guilty feeling for her sons. C. She wanted to remain a full-time housewife. D. She was too confused to make a correct choice. 44. What dose the author mostly want to tell us in the last paragraph? A. Failure is the mother of success. B. Little by little ,one goes far. C. Every coin has two sides. D. Well begun ,half done. 45.Which of the following can best describe the author ? A. Caring and determine. B. Honest and responsible. C. Ambitious and sensitive . D. Innocent and single-minded. 【解析】 讲述了我从小充满梦想，并持之以恒付诸实践，将梦想变成现实，21 年后拿下法律文凭。 刚开始学习就要弃学照顾患癌症的姥姥。结婚后收养了三个儿子并自己生下一个孩子。从此 既要照顾孩子但又不放弃学习，拿下学历，为孩子树立榜样。一个简单人很简单的思想。很 大的困难融入以后一切都变得那么正常。很多事情都要从量变到质变，不能着急，要持之以 恒。生命就是个过程，伟大的梦想需要一步一步脚踏实地的完成。 41、第一段第一句话 LEGAL 可以判断选项对应法官。 42、第二段第三、第四句话可以做出选择与判断。 43、第四第五段主要写作者在照顾孩子的同时也不辍学，仍然坚持持之以恒，为孩子树立榜 样。生活忙碌但很开心。从 OCCUPIED 与 JOYOUS 可以判断答案。 44、最后一段最后一句话点明主旨。秉承：“泰山不拒细壤，故能成其高；江海不择细流， 故能就其深。”踏踏实实做事，从量变到质变从而使自己走上成功之路。 45、作者既关爱家人同时也坚定信念的学习，处理好生活与学习的关系。文章中有很多描述， 出现了 CARE/RAISE/NERVER QUIT/CHALLENGE 等字眼。 （2011·北京卷）A “I Went Skydiving at 84!” As a young girl growing up in the 1930s, I always wanted to fly a plane, but back then it was almost unheard of for a woman to do that. I got a taste of that dream in 2011,when my husband arranged for me to ride in a hot air balloon for my birthday. But the experience turned out to be very dull. Around that time,I told my husband that I wanted to skydive. So when our retirement community（社区）announced that they were having an essay competition and the topic was an experience of a lifetime that you wanted to have, I decided to write about my dream. In the essay, I wrote about my desire to skydive, stating George Brush Sr. did it at age 80. Why not me? I was just 84 and in pretty good health. A year went by and I heard nothing. But then at a community party in late April 2009, they announced that I was one of the winners. I just couldn’t believe it. Inspired by this.I deeided to realize my dream,even though some of my family members and my doctor were against it. On June 11, 2009, nearly 40 of my family and friends gathered in the area close to where I would land while I headed up in the airplane. My instructor, Jay, guided me through the experience. The plane was the noisiest one I had ever been in, but I wasn’t frightened—I was really just looking forward to the experience. When we reached 13,000 feet, Jay instructed me to throw myself out of the plane. When we first hit the air, the wind was so strong that I could hardly breathe. For a second I thought, “What have I gotten myself into?” But then everything got calmer. We were in a free fall for about a minute before Jay opened the parachute（降落伞）, then we just floated downward for about five minutes. Being up in the clouds and looking at the view below was unlike anything I have ever felt—much better than the hot air ballon. I was just enjoying it. Skydiving was really one of the greatest experiences of my life. I hope other people will look at me and realize that you don’t stop living just because you are 84 years old. If there’s something you want to experience, look into it. If it’s something that is possible, make it happen. 56. What happened to the auther in 2001?[高考资源网 KS5U.COM] A. She flew an airplane B. She entered a competition C. She went on a hot air balloon ride D. She moved into a retirement community 57. The author mentioned George Bush Sr. in her essay to . A. build up her own reputation B. show her admiration for him C. compare their health conditon D. make her argument persuasive 58. How did the author feel immediately after she jumped out of the plane? A. Excited B. Scared C. Nervous D. Regretful 59. What did the author enjoy most when she was skydiving? A.The beautiful clouds B. The wonderful view C. The company of Jay D. The one-minute free fall 【解析】记叙文。作者从小就梦想 skydiving,接着作者说了在 2001 年的时候，她在她丈 夫的帮 57.答案 D。推理判断题。由 In the essay, I wrote about my desire to skydive, stating George Brush Sr. did it at age 80.Why not me? I was just 84 and in pretty good health .可以看出作者引 用 George Brush 是来使她的论点更具有说服力。 59.答案 C。细节理解题。由文章 Being up in the clouds and looking at the view below was unlike anything I have ever felt—much better than the hot air ballon. I was just enjoying it.可以得出答 案。 （2011·湖南卷）B My father was Chief engineer of a merchant ship, which was sunk in Word War II. The book Night of the U-boats told the story. Memories In September, 1940, my mother, sister and I went to Swansea, where my father’s ship was getting ready to sail. We brought him a family photograph to be kept with him at all times and keep him sale. Then I remember my mother lying lace down, sobbing. She had heard from a friend that the ship had been sunk by a torpedo(鱼雷). I can remember the arrival of the telegram(电报),Which in those days always brought had new. My grandmother opened it. It read, “Safe, Love Ted.” My most vivid memory Is being woken and brought down to sit o my father’s knee, his arm in a bandage. He was judged unfit to return to sea and took a shore job in Glasgow for the rest of the war. For as long as I can remember, he had a weak heart. Mother said it was caused by the torpedoes. He said it was because of the cigarettes. Whichever, he died suddenly in his early 50s. Ten years later I read Night of the U-bouts and was able to complete the story. Torpedo One torpedo struck the ship. Father was in the engine room, where the third engineer was killed. He shut down the engines to slow the ship making it easier for it to be abandoned. By the time he got on deck (甲板) he was alone. Every lifeboat was gone except one which had stuck fast. When he tried to cut it free it swung against the ship, injuring his hand and arm. He had no choice but to jump—still with the photograph in his pocket. Three days later, he and other survivors were safe in Glasgow. All 23 with him signed the back of the photograph. In my room is the book and the photograph. Often, glass in hand, I have wondered how I would have dealt with an explosion, a sinking ship, a jump into a vast ocean rind a wait for rescue? Lest（以免）we forget, I have some more whisky and toast the heroes of the war. 61. We can infer that the mother and children went to Swansea ________. A. to meet a friend B. to see the father off C. to take a family photo D. to enjoy the sailing of the ship 62. What did the author learn about the father from the telegram? A. he was still alive. B. His knee was broken. C. His ship had been sunk. D. He had arrived in Glasgow. 63. The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 6 refers to the father’s ________. A. weak heart B. taking a shore job C. failure to return to sea D. injury caused by a torpedo 64. What can we know about the author’s father after his ship was attacked? A. He lost his arm B. He repaired the engines. C. He managed to take a lifeboat. D. He was the last to leave the ship. 65. What is the passage mainly about? A. A group of forgotten heroes B. A book describing a terrifying battle. C. A ship engineer’s wartime experience. D. A merchant’s memories of a sea rescue. 【解析】   61. S 定位，找到 Memories 下面第一段，讲到父亲会从 S 起航，我们带给他 family photograph 目的是 be kept with him 和 keep him safe，推断出我们是去给父亲送行   62. telegram 定位，找到 Memories 下面第三段，电报内容：safe，确定 A   63. 父亲说 it 是由 cigarettes 引起，母亲说 it 由 torpedoes 引起，it 只代前文的 week heart   64. after his ship was attack 定位， 找到 Torpedo 部分，第二段首句 he was alone 确定 D   65. 全文主旨，C。其它选项错误原因：A，forgotten heroes 在文中都没有涉及；B，terrible battle 没有提；D, merchant's memories 应该是作者（merchant's child 的 mermories） （2011·湖北卷）A Honesty, my mum always used to tell me, is the best policy. Of course, this didin’t include her when she told me that if I didn’t eat all my vegetables Father Christmas would find out and wouldn’t give me any presents. But when it comes to medicine, I had assumed it was important to always be honest with my patients. After all, the doctor patient relationship is based on trust, and therefore honesty is essential, Or so I thought. I had just started working in geriatrics(老年病科). Mr. McMahon was brought in when his baby was faound very swollen. I took a medical history from his daughter would accompanied him in the ambulance. She’d been his main carer for years. I stood looking at him as she gave a detailed history. “Has he lost any weight recently?” I asked, “Well, it’s funny you should mention that, but yes.” She said slowly. There was silence for a few moments. “Why? What are you worried about?” she asked, I hesitated. She was obviously very involved in his care and it was only fair that I told her the truth. “Well, we need to prove it’s not cancer.” I said and talked briefly about some of the tests I was going to order. Half an hour later, a nurse called me: “Mr. McMahon’s daughter broke down－she said you told her he had cancer.” My heart sank. By the time I arrived at the ward, my consultant was already there, explaining that we still had to run lots of tests and that it was by no means confirmed that he had cancer. I stood silently at the end of the bed. My consultant was obviously angry with me and as we left Mr. McMahon, she turned to me. “Why on carch did you do that?” she asked to disbelief. I looked at her andbit my hp. “She asked me what I was worried about and I told her.” I said, hanging my head. “And give her more to worry about?” replied my consultant. “You don’t say the word ‘cancer’ until it’s confirmed. Even if you suspect it, think very carefully before you tell people.” As it turned out, it wasn’t cancer. But I did learn that when somecone is stressed and worried about their loved one they’re sometimes selective in what they hear － and as a doctor it’s important to be mindful of this. In being truthful, I’d made the situation worse. 51.The purpose of the first two paragraphs is to show that the author . A. misunderstood the doctor-patient relationship B. was anxious to receive Christmas gifts C. regarded honesty as the best policy D. had an unhealthy eating habit 52.The author’s consultant was angry with him because . A. he told the daughter what he suspected. B. he delayed running the necessary tests. C. he failed to confirm the parent’s disease. D. he forgot what the consultant had advised. 53．The author hung his head (the underlined part in Para.4) because he was feeling . A. guilty B. hurt C. disappointed D. helpless 54.What lesson has the author learnt from his experience? A. Learning form parents is necessary. B. Jumping to a conclusion is dangerous. C. Telling the truth may not always be the best solution. D. Selecting pleasant words may not be the perfect policy. 【解析】CAAC （2011·广东卷）C A year after graduation, I was offered a position teaching a writing class. Teaching was a profession I had never seriously considered, though several of my stories had been published. I accepted the job without hesitation, as it would allow me to wear a tie and go by the name of Mr. Davis. My father went by the same name, and I liked to imagine people getting the two of us confused. “Wait a minute” someone might say, “are you talking about Mr. Davis the retired man, or Mr. Davis the respectable scholar?” The position was offered at the last minute, and I was given two weeks to prepare, a period I spent searching for briefcase (公文包) and standing before my full-length mirror, repeating the words, “Hello, class. I’m Mr. Davis.” Sometimes I would give myself an aggressive voice. Sometimes I would sound experienced. But when the day eventually came, my nerves kicked in and the true Mr. Davis was there. I sounded not like a thoughtful professor, but rather a 12-year-old boy. I arrived in the classroom with paper cards designed in the shape of maple leaves. I had cut them myself out of orange construction paper. I saw nine students along a long table. I handed out the cards, and the students wrote down their names and fastened them to their breast pockets as I required. “All right then,” I said. “Okey, here we go.” Then I opened my briefcase and realized that I had never thought beyond this moment. I had been thinking that the students would be the first to talk, offering their thoughts and opinions on the events of the day. I had imagined that I would sit at the edge of the desk, overlooking a forests of hands. Every student would yell. “Calm down, you’ll all get your turn. One at a time, one at a time!” A terrible silence ruled the room, and seeing no other opinions, I inspected the students to pull out their notebooks and write a brief essay related to the theme of deep disappointment. 36. The author took the job to teach writing because ______. A. he wanted to be expected B. he had written some storied C. he wanted to please his father D. he had dreamed of being a teacher 37. What can we learn about the author from Paragraph 2? A. He would be aggressive in his first class. B. He was well-prepared for his first class. C. He got nervous upon the arrival of his first class. D. He waited long for the arrival of his first class. 38. Before he started his class, the author asked the students to ______. A. write down their suggestions on the paper cards B. cut maple leaves out of the construction paper C. cut some cards out of the construction paper D. write down their names on the paper cards 39. What did the students do when the author started his class? A. They began to talk. B. They stayed silent. C. They raised their hands. D. They shouted to be heard. 40. The author chose the composition topic probably because ______. A. he got disappointed with his first class B. he had prepared the topic before class C. he wanted to calm down the students D. he thought it was an easy topic 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。作者叙述了自己成为老师所上是第一节课的情景。和自己事先 预想的大不一样，这节课竟然很沉闷，这令作者很失望。 36. A 考查细节理解。根据文章第一段 I accepted the job without hesitation, as it would allow me to wear a tie and go by the name of Mr. Davis.可知，我毫不犹豫地接受了这个工作， 这表明作者想成为一名老师。所以选 A。 37. C 考查推理判断。根据文章第二段 But when the day eventually came, my nerves kicked in and the true Mr. Davis was there. I sounded not like a thoughtful professor, but rather a 12-year-old boy.可知当作者第一次进入课堂的时候，他的声音不像一名有思想的教授倒像一 个 12 岁的小男孩。这表明作者很紧张。故选 C。 38. D 考查细节理解。根据文章第三段 I handed out the cards, and the students wrote down their names and fastened them to their breast pockets as I required.可知选 D。 39. B 考查细节理解。根据文章第五段 A terrible silence ruled the room, and seeing no other opinions 可知，教室里一片沉静，没有学生发表意见。所以选 B。 40. A 考查推理判断。根据文章的第四段可知，作者想象他的第一节课学生会很积极地 发言表达自己的观点，自己只能让学生一次一个地说。可没想到的是自己的第一节课竟然一 片寂静，没有人发言。所以作者很失望。故选 A。 （2011·浙江卷）D It was Saturday. As always, it was a busy one, for “Six days shall you labor and all your work” was taken seriously back then. Outside, Father and Mr. Patrick next door were busy chopping firewood. Inside their own houses, Mother and Mrs. Patrick were engaged in spring cleaning. Somehow the boys had slipped away to the back lot with their kites. Now, even at the risk of having Brother caught to beat carpets, they had sent him to the kitchen for more string(线). It seemed there was no limit to the heights to which kites would fly today. My mother looked at the sitting room, its furniture disordered for a thorough sweeping. Again she cast a look toward the window. “Come on, girls! Let’s take string to the boys and watch them fly the kites a minute.” On the way we met Mrs. Patric, laughing guiltily as if she were doing something wrong, together with her girls. There never was such a day for flying kites! We played all our fresh string into the boys’ kites and they went up higher and higher. We could hardly distinguish the orange-colored spots of the kites. Now and then we slowly pulled one kite back, watching it dancing up and down in the wind, and finally bringing it down to earth, just for the joy of sending it up again. Even our fathers dropped their tools and joined us. Our mothers took their turn, laughing like schoolgirls. I think we were all beside ourselves. Parents forgot their duty and their dignity; children forgot their everyday fights and little jealousies. “Perhaps it’s like this in the kingdom of heaven,” I thought confusedly. It was growing dark before we all walked sleepily back to the housed. I suppose we had some sort of supper. I suppose there must have been surface tidying-up, for the house on Sunday looked clean and orderly enough. The strange thing was, we didn’t mention that day afterward. I felt a little embarrassed. Surely none of the others had been as excited as I. I locked the memory up in that deepest part of me where we keep “the things that cannot be and yet they are.” The years went on, then one day I was hurrying about my kitchen in a city apartment, trying to get some work out of the way while my three-year-old insistently cried her desire to “go park, see duck.” “I can’t go!” I said. “I have this and this to do, and when I’m through I’ll be too tired to walk that far.” My mother, who was visiting us, looked up from the peas she was shelling. “It’s a wonderful day,” she offered, “really warm, yet there’s a fine breeze. Do you remember that day we flew kites?” I stopped in my dash between stove and sink. The locked door flew open and with it a rush of memories. “Come on,” I told my little girl. “You’re right, it’s too good a day to miss.” Another decade passed. We were in the aftermath(余波) of a great war. All evening we had been asking our returned soldier, the youngest Patrick Boy, about his experiences as a prisoner of war. He had talked freely, but now for a long time he had been silent. What was he thinking of --- what dark and horrible things? “Say!” A smile sipped out from his lips. “Do you remember --- no, of course you wouldn’t. It probably didn’t make the impression on you as it did on me.” I hardly dared speak. “Remember what?” “I used to think of that day a lot in POW camp (战俘营), when things weren’t too good. Do you remember the day we flew the kites?” 56. Mrs. Patrick was laughing guiltily because she thought________. A. she was too old to fly kites B. her husband would make fun of her C. she should have been doing her how D. supposed to the don’t game 57. By “we were all beside ourselves writer means that they all ________. A. felt confused B. went wild with joy C. looked on D. forgot their fights 58. What did the think after the kite-flying? A. The boys must have had more fun than the girls. B. They should have finished their work before playing. C. Her parents should spend more time with them. D. All the others must have forgotten that day. 59. Why did the writer finally agree to take her little girl for an outing? A. She suddenly remembered her duty as a mother. B. She was reminded of the day they flew kites. C. She had finished her work in the kitchen. D. She thought it was a great day to play outside. 60. The youngest Patrick boy is mentioned to show that ______. A. the writer was not alone in treasuring her fond memories B. his experience in POW camp threw a shadow over his life C. childhood friendship means so much to the writer D. people like him really changed a lot after the war 【解析】 56. 答案 C。细节分析题。找到文中出现 laughing guilty 的上下文，原本大人们都在热火朝 天地 spring clean，Mrs Patrick，“Come on, girls! Let’s take sting to the boys and watch them fly the kites a minute.” On the way we met Mrs. Patrick, Iaughing guiltily as if she were doing something wrong, together with her girls.大人和小孩一起放风筝，把家务放在一边， 所以感到很罪过。 57. 答案 B。解答此题联系后文，parents forgot their duty and their dignity; children forgot their everyday fights and little jealousies,可以看出大人小孩放风筝的时候都很 high, 几近疯狂。 58. 答案 D。如果只看完第六段就做此题的话，很容易误选 D，因为此段中大人小孩玩得很 疯，很多学生很容易先入为主，想当然地表达“父母应该多陪孩子”的思想。但是我们看 第七段，“The strange thing was, we didn’t mention that day afterward I felt a little embarrassed .Surely none of the of the others had been as excited as I.” 作者认为，只有他一 个人还记得当初那个放风筝的美好时刻，而其他人都忘记了，所以选 D。 59. 答案 B。原本这位母亲用各种借口来推脱孩子想去外面玩的要求，但是当母亲的母亲回 忆起当日那个放风筝的日子时，往日美好的场景开始充斥这位母亲的思绪，所以她欣然 答应外出。 60. 答案 A。第七段作者觉得只有自己还封存着那个美好的饿回忆，自己是孤单的，但是这 个从战场回来的男孩，却也是靠着那个美好的回忆在战俘营中生存了下来，所以 A，作 者不是一个人在珍惜那段记忆。 （2011·四川卷）A It’s 5:00 in the morning when the alarm (闹钟) rings in my ears. I roll out of bed and walk blindly through the dark into the bathroom. I turn on the light and put on my glasses. The house is still as I walk downstairs while my husband and three kids sleep peacefully. Usually I go for a long run, but today I choose my favorite exercise DVD insanity. Sweat pours down my face and into my eyes. My heart races as I face my body to finish each movement. As I near the end of the exercise, I feel extremely tired, but a smile is of my face. 41It’s a smile because the DVD is over, but a smile of success from pushing my body to its extreme limit. Some people enjoy shopping, smoking, food, work, or even chocolate. But I need exercise to get through each day. 42Some shake heads when they see me run through the town. Others get hurt when I refuse to try just one bite of their grandmother’s chocolate cake. 42They raise their eyebrows, surprised by my “no thank you,” or by my choice to have a salad. Over the years, I have learned it’s okay to just say “no.” I shouldn’t feel sorry for refusing food that I don’t want to eat. 43So what drives me to roll out of bed at 5:00 a.m.? What gives me the reason to just say to ice cream? Commitment. A commitment to change my life with a way that reduces daily anxiety, increases self–confidence and energy, extends life and 44above all improves my body shape. This is the point where a smile appears on my face as I look at myself in the mirror or try on my favorite pair of jeans that now fit just right. It’s through commitment and sweat that I can make a difference within myself inside and out. 41. Why is there a smile on the author’s face in the morning? A. Because she sees her family sleeping peacefully. B. Because she finishes her favorite exercise C. Because she enjoys the interesting DVD D. Because she feels a sense of achievement 42. Which of the following is true according to Paragraph 2 ？ A. She doesn’t like others r politely B. She likes to make others surprised C. Others don’t understand what she does. D. Others try to help her by offering her food 43. What does the underlined word “commitment” in the last paragraph mean? A. Good health B. Firm belief C. A strong power D. A regular half 44. What can we learn about the author from the text? A. She acts in a strange way B. She wants to look different from others C. She aims to develop a good body shape D. She has difficult getting along with others 【解析】 41. D 本题考查细节理解。根据第一段最后一句话“It’s a smile because the DVD is over, but a smile of success from pushing my body to its extreme limit.”可知作者脸上的微笑不是因为 DVD 的结束，而是因为一种成功的微笑，因为自己锻炼挑战了身体的极限。 42. C 本题考查细节理解。从别人看到我跑步穿过城镇摇头；当我拒绝别人给我的可口食物 时我拒绝接受，他们感到惊讶可以看出他们不明白，我这样做是为了保持体形，愉悦身 心。 43. B 本题考查推理判断。我能够每天早上很早起床锻炼，抵御住美味的诱惑，需要坚定的 信念和意志力。 44. C 本题考查细节理解。根据最后一段中的“…above all improves my body shape.”可知作者 加强锻炼，克制饮食的主要目的是为了保持一个好的体型。 （2011·辽宁卷）A I got my first driver’s license(执照)in 1953 by taking driver education in my first year at Central High School in Charlotte,North Carolina. Four years later when it was time to renew my license I was a married woman. Henry and I were living in Baltimore, Maryland. Two weeks before my 20th birthday, Henry drove me to the motor vehicle office on a hot July afternoon. When I got to the office and showed to the man behind the counter my North Catrolina driver’s license, ready to renew, the man told me that I was under age by Maryland law since I was not yet 21. “Mr. Henry Smith, your husband, will have to sign for you,” he said. I argued, pointing to a very large belly(肚子)of mine,” I am married. I am having a baby. Why should I have to have someone sign for me to drive?” He answered coldly, “It’s the law, madam?” Henry encouraged me to calm down, just go ahead and get the license and be done with it “No.” I said. I refused to have him sign for me. So I left without a Maryland license. I called the North Carolina Motor Vehicle Office and renewed my NC license by mail-using my name Susan Brown. And thus it was for the next twelve years. Since Henry was in the army I could drive under my home state license. By the time Henry left the army we were once again living in Maryland, and I had to take the Maryland driver’s exam. Since then I just go in and renew every four years-sign the name Susan Brown, have my new picture taken, and walk out with a license to drive. 56. Susan got her first driver's license . A. before she got married to Henry B. when she was twenty years old C. after she finished high school D. when she just moved to Maryland 【解析】A 细节理解题。由第 1 段可知拿证 4 年后作者 20 岁，排除 B，由第 1 句知道是作 者在中学第 1 年取得的驾驶证，排除 C，领了证件 4 年后作者和丈夫在 Maryland 排除 D。选 A。 57. Susan failed to renew her license the first time in Maryland because . A. she was forbidden to drive by Maryland law B. she lacked driving experience in Maryland C. she was to give birth to a baby soon D. she insisted on signing for herself 【解析】D 细节理解。由第 3 段 I refused to have him sign for me. So I left without a Maryland license 可知选 D。 58. We can infer from the text that in the U.S. . A. American males should serve in the army B. different states my have different laws C. people have to renew their licenses in their home states D. women should adopt their husbands' family names after marriage 【解析】B 推理判断题。从全文可知苏珊在 Charlotte，North Carolina 可以获得驾照，而四 年后在 Marvland 却因不够年龄不能重续驾照，可知在美国不同的州有不同的法律。所以选 B。 1.【2012 全国新课标】 C About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene. Although our "act" would last only for a short time, we could see quite a number of interesting things. We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene, setting up trees at the edge of a winding path. Very soon, bright lights were turned on and the big movie-camera was wheeled into position. The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went to speak to the two famous actors nearby. Since it was hot in the studio, it came as a surprise to us to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path. A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold. The next scene was a complete contrast (对比). The way it was filmed was quite unusual. Pictures in front taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen (幕). An actor and actress stood of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the water’s edge on an island. By a simple trick like this, palm trees, sandy beaches, and blue, clear skies had been brought into the studio! Since it was our turn next, we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for us. For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"! 64. Who is the author? A. A cameraman. B. A film director. C. A crowd-scene actor. D. A workman for scene setting. 【解析】C 根据文章中的第一段“About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene. Although our "act" would last only for a short time, we could see quite a number of interesting things.”可知 C 正确。 65. What made the author feel cold? A. The heavy snowfall. B. The man-made scene. C. The low temperature. D. The film being shown. 【解析】B 根据文章中的“A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.”可知：这里的 picture 即是 the man-made scene。 66. What would happen in the "three minutes" mentioned in the last paragraph? A. A new scene would be filmed. B. More stars would act in the film. C. The author would leave the studio. D. The next scene would be prepared. 【解析】A 根据文章中的“For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"!”可知 A 正确。 2.【2012 全国 I】 B About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene. Although our "act" would last only for a short time, we could see quite a number of interesting things. We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene, setting up trees at the edge of a winding path. Very soon, bright lights were turned on and the big movie-camera was wheeled into position. The director shouted something to the camera operator and then went to speak to the two famous actors nearby. Since it was hot in the studio, it came as a surprise to us to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and start walking along the path. A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold. The next scene was a complete contrast (对比). The way it was filmed was quite unusual. Pictures in front taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen (幕). An actor and actress stood of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the water’s edge on an island. By a simple trick like this, palm trees, sandy beaches, and blue, clear skies had been brought into the studio! Since it was our turn next, we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for us. For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"! 60. Who is the author? A. A cameraman. B. A film director. C. A crowd-scene actor. D. A workman for scene setting. 【解析】C 根据文章中的第一段“About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene. Although our "act" would last only for a short time, we could see quite a number of interesting things.”可知 C 正确。 61. What made the author feel cold? A. The heavy snowfall. B. The man-made scene. C. The low temperature. D. The film being shown. 【解析】B 根据文章中的“A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him, and soon the trees were covered in "snow". Two more fans were turned on, and a "strong wind" blew through the trees. The picture looked so real that it made us feel cold.”可知：这里的 picture 即是 the man-made scene。 62. What would happen in the "three minutes" mentioned in the last paragraph? A. A new scene would be filmed. B. More stars would act in the film. C. The author would leave the studio. D. The next scene would be prepared. 【解析】A 根据文章中的“For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being film "stars"!”可知 A 正确。 3.【2012 陕西卷】 B Three Boys and a Dad Brad closed the door slowly as Sue left home to visit her mother. Expecting a whole day to relax, he was thinking whether to read the newspaper or watch his favourite TV talk show on his first day off in months. “This will be like a walk in the park,” he’d told his wife. “I’ll look after the kids, and you can go visit your mom.” Things started well, but just after eight o’clock, his three little “good kids”—Mike, Randy, and Alex—came down the stairs in their night clothes and shouted “breakfast, daddy.” When food had not appeared within thirty seconds, Randy began using his spoon on Alex’s head as if it were a drum. Alex started to shout loudly in time to the beat（节拍）. Mike chanted “Where’s my toast, where’s my toast” in the background. Brad realized his newspaper would have to wait for a few seconds. Life became worse after breakfast. Mike wore Randy’s underwear on his head. Randy locked himself in the bathroom, while Alex shouted again because he was going to wet his pants. Nobody could find clean socks, although they were before their very eyes. Someone named “Not Me” had spilled a whole glass of orange juice into the basket of clean clothes. Brad knew the talk show had already started. By ten o’clock, things were out of control. Alex was wondering why the fish in the jar refused his bread and butter. Mike was trying to show off his talent by decorating the kitchen wall with his colour pencils. Randy, thankfully, appeared to be reading quietly in the family room，but closer examination showed that he was eating apple jam straight from the bottle with his hands. Brad realised that the talk show was over and reading would be impossible. At exactly 11:17, Brad called the daycare centre (日托所）.“I suddenly have to go into work and my wife’s away. Can I bring the boys over in a few minutes?” The answer was obviously “yes” because Brad was smiling. 49. When his wife left home. Brad expected to . A. go out for a walk in the park B. watch TV talk show with his children C. enjoy his first day off work D. read the newspaper to his children 50. Which of the following did Randy do? A. Drawing on the wall B. Eating apple jam C. Feeding the fish. D. Reading in a room 51.Why did Brad ask the daycare centre for help? A. Because he wanted to clean up his house. B. Because he suddenly had to go to his office C. Because he found it hard to manage his boys home. D. Because he had to take his wife back 52. This text is developed . A. by space B. by comparison C. by process D. by time 【解析】母亲回娘家去照顾外婆了，留下父亲照看三个淘气的小家伙，此时，家里的一切都 乱套了…… 49.C 推理判断题。根据第一自然段的第二句可知本题选 C。 50.B 事实细节题。根据第四自然段的倒数第二句可知本题选 B。 51.C 推理判断题。通读全文可知 Brad 打电话给日托所的原因是他照顾不了三个淘气的小家 伙，选 C。 52.D 篇章结构题。通读本文可知本文是按时间顺序进行描述的，故选 D。 4.【2012 四川卷】 C I left university with a good degree in English Literature, but no sense of what I wanted to do. Over the next six years, I was treading water, just trying to earn an income. I tried journalism, but I didn’t think I was any good, then finance, which I hated. Finally, I got a job as a rights assistant at a famous publisher. I loved working with books, although the job that I did was dull. I had enough savings to take a year off work, and I decided to try to satisfy a deep-down wish to write a novel. Attending a Novel Writing MA course gave me the structure I needed to write my first 55,000 words. It takes confidence to make a new start — there’s a dark period in-between where you’re neither one thing nor the other. You’re out for dinner and people ask what you do, and you’re too ashamed to say, “Well, I’m writing a novel, but I’m not quite sure if I’m going to get there.” My confidence dived. Believing my novel could not be published, I put it aside. Then I met an agent（代理商）who said I should send my novel out to agents. So, I did and, to my surprise, got some wonderful feedback. I felt a little hope that I might actually become a published writer and, after signing with an agent, I finished the second half of the novel. The next problem was finding a publisher. After two-and-a-half years of no income, just waiting and wondering, a publisher offered me a book deal — that publisher turned out to be the one I once worked for. It feels like an unbelievable stroke of luck — of fate, really. When you set out to do something different, there’s no end in sight, so to find myself in a position where I now have my own name on a contract（合同）of the publisher — to be a published writer — is unbelievably rewarding（有回报的）. 49. What does the underlined part in Paragraph 1 mean? A. I was waiting for good fortune. B. I was trying to find an admirable job. C. I was being aimless about a suitable job. D. I was doing several jobs for more pay at a time. 50. The author decided to write a novel ______ . A. to finish the writing course B. to realize her own dream C. to satisfy readers’ wish D. to earn more money 51. How did the writer feel halfway with the novel? A. Disturbed. B. Ashamed. C. Confident. D. Uncertain. 52. What does the author mainly want to tell readers in the last paragraph? A. It pays to stick to one’s goal. B. Hard work can lead to success. C. She feels like being unexpectedly lucky. D. There is no end in sight when starting to do something. 【解析】文章叙述了作者从英语文学专业毕业之后，几经周折，最终幸运地找到自己喜爱的 写书这门职业的事情。 49. C 推理判断题。根据前后文“but no sense of what I wanted to do”“just trying to earn an income. I tried journalism, …then finance, which I hated. Finally, I got a job…”可知作者对于找怎样的 一份适合自己的工作这件事漫无目的。故选 C。 50. B 细节理解题。根据第二段话“I decided to try to satisfy a deep-down wish to write a novel” 可知作者决定写小说的目的只是满足自己内心深处的愿望，实现自己的梦想。故答案为 B。 51. D 推理判断题。根据文章第三段话“It takes confidence to make a new start”“ My confidence dived”“ Believing my novel could not be published, I put it aside”及本段叙述了作者回答别人问 题时提到“I’m writing a novel, but I’m not quite sure if I’m going to get there”可知，此时他的感 觉应该是还不完全确定他现在是否还要继续写他的小说。故答案选 D。 52. A 推理判断题。本段作者表达他刚刚开始时“there’s no end in sight”到后来的“an unbelievable stroke of luck” “to be a published writer — is unbelievably rewarding（有回报的）”是想要告诉 读者，坚持自己的目标是值得的，总会碰到运气的降临。B 项“刻苦努力是成功之路”，不符 合文章意思。C、D 项停留于文章表面意思。故答案为 A。 5.【2012 重庆卷】 A One of my wonderful memories is about a Christmas gift. Unlike other gifts, it came without wrap(包装). On September 11th. 1958. Mum gave birth to Richard. After she brought him home from hospital, she put him in my lap, saying. "I promised you a gift, and here it is. " What an honor! I turned four a month earlier and none of my friends had such a baby doll of their own. I played with it day and night. I sang to it. I told it stories. 1 told it over and over how much I loved it! One morning, however, I found its bed empty. My doll was gone! I cried for it. Mum wept and told me that the poor little thing had been sent to a hospital. It had a fever. For several days, I heard Mum and Dad whispering such words as "hopeless", "pitiful", and "dying", which sounded ominous. Christmas was coming. "Don’t expect any presents this year." Dad said, pointing at the socks I hung in the living room. "If your baby brother lives, that'll be Christmas enough. " As he spoke, his eyes filled with tears. I'd never seen him cry before. The phone rang early on Christmas morning. Dad jumped out of bed to answer it. From my bedroom I heard him say. "What? He's all right?" He hung up and shouted upstairs. " The hospital said we can bring Richard home!" "Thank God.'" I heard Mum cry. From the upstairs window, I watched my parents rush out to the car. I had never seen them happy. And I was also full of joy. What a wonderful day! My baby doll would be home. I downstairs. My sacks still hung there flat. But I knew they were not empty; they were filled with love! 56. what happened to the author on September 11 1958 ? A He got a baby brother B He got a Christmas gift C He became four years old D He received a doll 【解析】A 根据短文第 2 段开头可知，作者的母亲在 1958 年 9 月 11 日生了一个男孩，也就 是作者得到了一个小弟弟。因此，正确答案为 A 选项。 57.What does the underlined word “ominous” in Paragraph 3 probably mean？ A. Impossible. B. Boring C. Difficult D. Fearful 【解析】D 根据短文第 3 段，划线词前面提到“‘hopeless’, ‘pitiful’，and ‘dying’”。由此可猜 测 D 选项的词义与划线词一致。因此，正确答案为 D 选项。 58. Which word can best describe the feeling of the father when Christmas was coming? A. Excitement. B. Happiness. C. Sadness. D. Disappointment. 【解析】C 根据短文，在圣诞节即将来临之际，作者的弟弟仍然在住院而且情况不容乐观， 为此，作者的父亲感到悲伤。因此，正确答案为 C 选项。 59. What is the passage mainly about ? A A sad Christmas day B Life with a lovely baby C. A special Christmas gift. D. Memories of a happy family 【解析】C 作者以一个特别的圣诞礼物为中心线索来展开故事情节，因此，最佳标题应该是 “A special Christmas gift.”。因此，正确答案为 C 选项。 6.【2012 辽宁卷】 C If Confucius（孔子）were still alive today and could celebrate his September 28 birthday with a big cake, there would be a lot of candles. IIe’d need a fan or a strong wind to help him put them out. While many people in China will remember Confucius on his special day, few people in the United States will give him a passing thought. It’s nothing personal. Most Americans don’t even remember the birthdays of their own national heroes. But this doesn’t mean that Americans don’t care about Confucius. In many ways he has become a bridge that foreigners must cross if they want to reach a deeper understanding of China. In the past two decades, the Chinese studies programs have gained huge popularity in Western universities. More recently, the Chinese government has set up Confucius Institutes in more than 80 countries. These schools teach both Chinese language and culture. The main courses of Chinese culture usually included Chinese art, history and philosophy（哲学）. Some social scientists suggest that Westerners should take advantages of the ancient Chinese wisdom to make up for the drawbacks of Westerners philosophy. Students in the United States, at the same time, are racing to learn Chinese. So they will be ready for life in a world where China is an equal power with the United States. Businessmen who hope to make money in China are reading books about Confucius to understand their Chinese customers. So the old thinker’s ideas are still alive and well. Today China attracts the West more than ever, and it will need more teachers to introduce Confucius and Chinese culture to the West. As for the old thinker, he will not soon be forgotten by people in the West, even if his birthday is. 64. The opening paragraph is mainly intended to ________ A. . provide some key facts about Confucius B. attract the readers’ interest in the subject C. show great respect for the ancient thinker D. prove the popularity of modern birthday celebrations 65. We can learn from Paragraph 4 that American students______ A. have a great interest in studying Chinese B. take an active part in Chinese competitions C. try to get high scores in Chinese exams D. fight for a chance to learn Chinese 66. What is the best title for the passge? A. Forgotten Wisdom in America B. Huge Fans of the Chinese Language C. Chinese Culture for Westerners D. Old Thinker with a Big Future 67. The passage is likely to appear in ___________. A. a biography B. a history paper C. a newspaper D. a philosophy textbook 【解析】本文阐述了西方学生学习中国的文化的现象，并告诉我们中国古代伟大的思想家— 孔子的思想仍然受到人们的追捧。 64.B 目的意图题。第一段选说如果孔子仍然活着并能庆祝生日的话，将会有很多的蜡烛， 他需要一个扇子或很大的风才能吹灭，是为了吸引读者的注意力，让读者继续读下去。 65.A 推理判断题。根据第四段第一句“In the past two decades, the Chinese studies programs have gained huge popularity in Western universities.”和第四句中的“are racing to learn Chinese 可知， 美国学生对中国文化很感兴趣。 66.D 主旨大意题。本文主要向我们介绍了孔子思想对西方的影响，以用将来可能产生的影 响，所以选 D。 67.C 文章出处题。本文向我们介绍了孔子思想对西方的影响，以用将来可能产生的影响， 应该是出自报纸，所以选 C。 【2012 浙江卷】 D As a young boy, I sometimes traveled the country roads with my dad. He was a rural mill carrier, and on Saturdays he would ask me to go with him. Driving through the countryside was always an adventure: There were animals to see, people to visit, and chocolate cookies if you knew where to stop, and Dad did. In the spring, Dad delivered boxes full of baby chickens, and when 1 was a boy it was such a fun to stick your finger 'through one of the holes of the boxes and let the baby birds peck on your fingers. On Dad' s final day of work, it took him well into the evening to complete his rounds because at least one member from each family was waiting at their mailbox to thank him for his friendship and his years of service. "Two hundred and nineteen mailboxes on my route." he used to say, "and a story at every one. " One lady had no mailbox, so Dad took the mail in to her every day because she was nearly blind. Once inside, he read her mail and helped her pay her bills. Mailboxes were sometimes used for things other than mail. One note left in a mailbox read. "Nat, take these eggs to Marian; she's baking a cake and doesn't have any eggs. " Mailboxes might be buried in the snow, or broken, or lying on the groom:. bat the mail was always delivered On cold days Dad might find one of his customers waiting for him with a cup of hot chocolate. A young wrote letters but had no stamps, so she left a few button on the envelope in the mailbox; Dad paid for the stamps. One businessman used to leave large amounts of cash in his mailbox for Dad to take to the bank. Once, the amount came to 8 32,000. A dozen years ago, when I traveled back to my hometown on the sad occasion of Dad’s death, the mailboxes along the way reminded me of some of his stories. I thought I knew them all, but that wasn't the case. As I drove home, I noticed two lamp poles, one on each side of the street. When my dad was around, those poles supported wooden boxes about four feet off the ground. One box was painted green and the other was red, and each had a long narrow hole at the top with white lettering: SANTA CLAUS, NORTH POLE. For years children had dropped letters to Santa through those holes. I made a turn at the comer and drove past the post office and across the railroad tracks to our house. Mom and I were sitting at the kitchen table when I heard footsteps. There, at the door, stood Frank Townsend, Dad's postmaster and great friend for many years. So we all sat down at the table and began to tell stories. At one point Frank looked at me with tears in his eyes. " What are we going to do about the letters this Christmas?" he asked. "The letters?" 'I guess you never knew. " "Knew what?" " Remember, when you were a kid and you used to put your letters to Santa in those green and red boxes on Main Street? It was your dad who answered all those letters every year. " I just sat there with tears in my eyes. It wasn’t hard for me to imagine Dad sitting at the old table in our basement reading those letters and answering each one. I have since spoken with several of the people who received Christmas letters during their childhood, and they told me how amazed they were that Santa had known so much about their homes and families. For me, just knowing that story about my father was the gift of a lifetime. 55. It can be inferred from the passage that the writer regarded his travels with Dad us_____. A. great chances to help other people B. happy occasions to play with baby chickens C. exciting experience* with a lot of fun D. good opportunities to enjoy chocolate cookies 56. The writer provides the detail about the businessman to show that_____. A. Dad had a strong sense of duty B. Dad was an honest and reliable man C. Dad had a strong sense of honor D. Dad was a kind and generous man 57. According to the passage, which of the following impressed the writer most? A. Dad read letters for a blind lady for years. B. Dad paid for the stamps for a young girl. C. Dad delivered some eggs to Marian. D. Dad answered children's Christmas letters every year. 58. The method the writer uses to develop Paragraph 4 is______. A. offering analyses B. providing explanations C. giving examples D. making comparisons 59. What surprised the children most when they received letters in reply from Santa Claus every year? A. Santa Claus lived alone in the cold North Pole. B. Santa Claus answered all their letters every year. C. Santa Claus had unique mailboxes for the children. D. Santa Claus had so much information about their families. 60. Which of the following is the best title for the passage? A. The Mail B. Christmas Letters C Special Mailboxes D. Memorable Travels 【解析】本文主要讲述了邮递员爸爸的简单、丰富而又充实、有趣的邮递生活，尤其是给孩 子们回复给圣诞老人的邮件更是感人至深。 55.C 推理判断题。根据文章的前两段作者和父亲一起大家经历的所见所闻所感，可知那些 是愉快的经历，故答案Ｃ符合文意。 56.B 推理判断题。商人把那么多钱放在邮箱里托付给爸爸存入银行，可见爸爸是一个诚 实的、可以信赖的人，故答案Ｂ符合文意。 57.D 推理判断题。根据文章最后几段对父亲给孩子们回复圣诞老人的回信的回忆的大段描 述，可以推断出答案Ｄ符合文意。 58.C 推理判断题。根据第四段的整体理解，可知本段主要用了举例的写作手段，故答案 C 符合文意。 59.D 细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段最后一句：and they told me how amazed they were that Santa had known so much about their homes and families.可知答案Ｄ符合文意。 60.A 文章标题题。根据文章的整体理解，本文主要讲的是邮递员爸爸的简单而又朴实的邮 递生活，故答案Ａ符合文意。本题可用排除法。 8.【2012 江苏卷】 D Franz Kafka wrote that "a book must be the ax (斧子) for the frozen sea inside us. " I once shared this sentence with a class of seventh graders, and it didn't seem to require any explanation. We’d just finished John Steinbeck's novel Of Mice and Men. When we read the end together out loud in class, my toughest boy, a star basketball player, wept a little, and so did I. "Are you crying?" one girl asked, as she got out of her chair to take a closer look. "I am," I told her, "and the funny thing is I've read it many times. " But they understood. When George shoots Lennie, the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to happen. In my 14 years of teaching in a New York City public middle school, I've taught kids with imprisoned parents, abusive parents, irresponsible parents; kids who are parents themselves; kids who are homeless; kids who grew up in violent neighborhoods. They understand, more than I ever will, the novel's terrible logic—the giving way of dreams to fate (命运). For the last seven years, I have worked as a reading enrichment teacher, reading classic works of literature with small groups of students from grades six to eight. I originally proposed this idea to my headmaster after learning that a former excellent student of mine had transferred out of a selective high school--one that often attracts the literary-minded children of Manhattan's upper classes—into a less competitive setting. The daughter of immigrants, with a father in prison, she perhaps felt uncomfortable with her new classmates. I thought additional "cultural capital" could help students like her develop better in high school, where they would unavoidably meet, perhaps for the first time, students who came from homes lined with bookshelves, whose parents had earned Ph. D.'s. Along with Of Mice and Men, my groups read: Sounder, The Red Pony, Lord of the Flies, Romeo and Juliet and Macbeth. The students didn't always read from the expected point of view. About The Red Pony, one student said, "it’s about being a man, it’s about manliness. " I had never before seen the parallels between Scarface and Macbeth, nor had I heard Lady Macbeth's soliloquies (独白)read as raps (说唱) , but both made sense; the interpretations were playful, but serious. Once introduced to Steinbeck's writing, one boy went on to read The Grapes of Wrath and told me repeatedly how amazing it was that "all these people hate each other, and they're all white. " His historical view was broadening, his sense of his own country deepening. Year after year former students visited and told me how prepared they had felt in their first year in college as a result of the classes. Year after year, however, we are increasing the number of practice tests. We are trying to teach students to read increasingly complex texts, not for emotional punch ( 碰 撞 ) but for text complexity. Yet, we cannot enrich (充实) the minds of our students by testing them on texts that ignore their hearts. We are teaching them that words do no. amaze but confuse. We mav succeed in raising test scores, but we will fail to teach that reading can be transformative and that it belongs to them. 66. The underlined words in Paragraph 1 probably mean that a book helps to________ A. realize our dreams B. give support to our life ' C. smooth away difficulties D. awake our emolions 67. Why were the students able to understand the novel Of Mice and Men? A. Because they spent much time reading it. B. Because they had read the novel before. C. Because they came from a public school. , D. Because they had similar life experiences. 68. The girl left the selective high school possibly because_______. A. she was a literary-minded girl B. her parents were immigrants C. she couldn't fit in with her class D. her father was then in prison 69. To the author's surprise, the students read the novels________. A. creatively B. passively C. repeatedly D. carelessly 70. The author writes the passage mainly to________. A. introduce classic works of literature B. advocate teaching literature to touch the heart C. argue for equality among high school students D. defend the current testing system 【解析】本文主要介绍作者讲述在自己教学生涯中，在文学课上，如何教学生文学阅读的亲 身体验，可以美化他们的心灵。 66.D 句意理解题。这句话运用了明喻和暗喻的修辞手法，“一本书就是能融化我们冰冻着的 内心的一把斧子”，这是表面意思，即指一本书能够唤醒我们内心深处的情感，引起共鸣之 意。故选D项。 67D 细节理解题。根据第三段“But they understood. When George shoots Lennie, the tragedy is that we realize it was always going to happen”可知，D项正确。 68.C 细节理解题。根据第四段“The daughter of immigrants, with a father in prison, she perhaps felt uncomfortable with her new classmates”可知C项正确。 69.A 推理判断题。根据第五段第四句“I have never before seen the parallels between Scarface and Macbeth, nor had I heard Lady Macbeth’s soliloquies read as raps, but both made sense; the interpretations were playful, but serious.”可推断作者对孩子阅读小说的创造力感到惊讶，字里 行间流露出自豪，故A项正确。 70.B 主旨大意题。纵观全文，主要介绍了作者讲述在自己教学生涯中，教学生文学阅读的 亲身体验，故B项正确。 10.【2012 天津卷】 B Barditch High School decided to an All-School Reunion. Over 450 people came to the event. There were tours of the old school building and a picnic at Confederate Park. Several former teachers were on hands to tell stories about the old days. Ms. Mabel Yates, the English teacher for fifty years, was wheeled to the Park. Some eyes rolled and there were a few low groans(嘟囔声)when Ms.Yates was about to speak. Many started looking at their watches and coming up with excuses to be anywhere instead of preparing to listen to a lecture from and old woman who had few kind words for her students and made them work harder than all the other teachers combined. Then Ms. Yates started to speak: “I can’t tell you how pleased I am to be here. I haven’t seen many of you since your graduation, but I have followed your careers and enjoyed your victories as well as crying for your tragedies. I have a large collection of newspaper photographs of my students. Although I haven’t appeared in person, I have attended your college graduations, weddings and even the birth your children, in my imagination.” Ms. Yates paused and started crying a bit. Then she continued: “It was my belief that if I pushed you as hard as I could, some of you would succeed to please me and others would succeed to annoy me. Regardless of our motives, I can see that you have all been successful in you chosen path.” “There is no greater comfort for an educator than to see the end result of his or her years of work. You have all been a great source of pleasure and pride for me and I want you to know I love you all from the bottom of my heart.” There was a silence over the crowd for a few seconds and then someone started clapping. Tee clapping turned into cheering, then into a deafening roar(呼喊). Lawyers, truck drivers, bankers and models were rubbing their eyes or crying openly with no shame all because of the words from a long forgotten English teacher from their hometown. 41. What activity was organized for the school reunion? A. Sightseeing in the park. B. A picnic on the school playground. C. Telling stories about past events. D. Graduates’ reports in the old building. 42. What can be inferred from Paragraph 2? A. Some graduates were too busy to listen to Ms. Yates’ speech. B. Many graduates disliked Ms. Yates’ ways of teaching. C. Some people got tired from the reunion activities. D. Most people had little interest in the reunion. 43. We can learn from Ms. Yates’ speech that she _____________. A. kept track of her students’ progress B. gave her students advice on their careers C. attended her students’ college graduationsD. went to her students’ wedding ceremonies 44. What was Ms.Yates’ belief in teaching teenagers? A. Teachers’ knowledge is the key to students’ achievements. B. Pressure on students from teachers should be reduced. C. Hard-pushed students are more likely to succeed. D. Students’ respect is the best reward for teachers. 45. Which of the following can best describe Ms. Yates? A. Reliable and devoted. B. Tough and generous. C. Proud but patient. D. Strict but caring. 【解析】41---45 CBACD 11.【2012 北京卷】 B Peanuts to This Proudly reading my words, I glanced around the room, only to find my classmates bearing big smiles on their faces and tears in their eyes. Confused, I glanced toward my stone-faced teacher. Having no choice, I slowly raised the report I had slaved over, hoping to hide myself. “What could be causing everyone to act this way?” Quickly, I flashed back to the day Miss Lancelot gave me the task. This was the first real talk I received in my new school. It seemed simple: go on the Internet and find information about a man named George Washington. Since my idea of history came from an ancient teacher in my home country, I had never heard of that name before. As I searched the name of this fellow, it became evident that there were two people bearing the same name who looked completely different! One invented hundreds of uses for peanuts, while the other led some sort of army across America. I stared at the screen, wondering which one my teacher meant. I called my grandfather for a golden piece of advice; flip (掷) a coin. Heads—the commander, and tails—the peanuts guy. Ah! Tails, my report would be about the great man who invented peanut butter, George Washington Carver. Weeks later, standing before this unfriendly mass, I was totally lost. Oh well, I lowered the paper and sat down at my desk, burning to find out what I had done wrong. As a classmate began his report, it all became clear, “My report is on George Washington, the man who started the American Revolution.” The whole world became quite! How could I know that she meant that George Washington? Obviously, my grade was awful. Heartbroken but fearless, I decided to turn this around. I talked to Miss Lancelot, but she insisted: No re-dos; no new grade. I felt that the punishment was not justified, and I believed I deserved a second chance. Consequently, I threw myself heartily into my work for the rest of the school year. Ten months later, that chance unfolded as I found myself sitting in the headmaster’s office with my grandfather, now having an entirely different conversation. I smiled and flashed back to the embarrassing moment at the beginning of the year as the headmaster informed me of my option to skip the sixth grade. Justice is sweet! 60. What did the author’s classmates think about his report? A. Controversial. B. Ridiculous. C. Boring. D. Puzzling. 61. Why was the author confused about the task? A. He was unfamiliar with American history. B. He followed the advice and flipped a coin. C. He forgot his teacher’s instruction. D. He was new at the school. 62. The underlined word “burning” in Para. 3 probably means _______. A. annoyed B. ashamed C. ready D. eager 63. In the end, the author turned things around _______. A. by redoing his task B. through his own efforts C. with the help of his grandfather D. under the guidance of his headmaster 【解析】 60.B B. ridiculous 可笑的。第一段中 only to find my classmates bearing big smiles on their faces and tears in their eyes. 61.A 第二段中 Since my idea of history came from an ancient teacher in my home country, I had never heard of that name before. 62.D I lowed down the paper and sat down at my desk,我不知道发生了什么，所以在我发言后， 希望知道为什么大家如此反应的原因，即 eager to find out what I had done wrong. 63.B 第四段中 Consequently, I threw myself heartily into my work for the rest of the school year. 12.【2012 福建卷】 B 篇 At exactly eleven Sir Percival knocked and entered, with anxiety and worry in every line of his face. This meeting would decide his future life，and he obviously knew it. "You may wonder, Sir Percival,’’ said Laura calmly, “if I am going to ask to be released (免除） from my promise to many you. I am not going to ask this. I respect my father's wishes too much.“ His face relaxed a little, but one of his feet kept beating the carpet. "No, if we are going to withdraw.(退出）from our planned marriage, it will be because of your wish, not mine. “Mine?” he said in great surprise. “What reason could I have for withdrawing?’ "A reason that is very hard to tell you," she answered. "There is a change in me. ” His face went so pale that even his lips lost their color. He turned his head to one side. "What change?" he asked, trying to appear calm. “ When the promise was made two years ago, ” she said, 44 my love did not belong to anyone. Will you forgive me, Sir Percival, if I tell you that it now belongs to another person?” “I wish you to understand, “ Laura continued, “that I will never see this person again, and that if you leave me, you only allow mc to remain a single woman for the rest of my life. All I ask is that you forgive mc and keep my secret." ‘I will do both those things, “ he said. Then he looked at Laura, as if he was waiting to hear more. "I think I have said enough to give you reason to withdraw from our marriage, “ she added quietly. “ No. You have said enough to make it the dearest wish of my life to marry you, “ he said. 60. How did Percival feel during his meeting with Laura? A. Angry. B. Calm. C. Nervous. D. Excited. 61. We can learn from the passage that . A. Laura had once promised to marry Percival B. Laura's father wished to end her marriage C. Percival had been married to Laura for two years D. Percival asked to be released from the marriage 62. The passage is probably taken out of . A. a novel B. a report C. a diary D. an essay 【解析】本文是一部小说的节选，讲述的是一位女士和一位男士已经在父母的安排下订婚， 但是男士自己感觉心里对婚姻有一些不敢肯定，于是晚上来找女士谈话，最后对婚姻男士 说出了自己的心里话，并做出肯定的回答。 60. C 推理判断题。根据第三段 His face relaxed a little, but one of his feet kept beating the carpet.可知当时 Percival 看到 Laura 的时候非常的紧张 nervous。 61. A 推理判断题。根据第二段中的 be released from my promise to marry you 可推知他们 两个曾经有过婚约，A 项正确。 62. A 推理判断题。根据文章的开头和结尾很显然这是一部小说的节选片段，A 项最合理。 13.【2012 湖南卷】 A What makes a gift special? Is it the price you see on the gift receipt? Or is it the look on the recipient’s face when they receive it that determines the true value? What gift is worth the most? This Christmas I was debating what to give my father. My dad is a hard person to buy for because he never wants anything. I pulled out my phone to read a text message from my mom saying that we were leaving for Christmas shopping for him when I came across a message on my phone that I had locked. The message was from my father. My eyes fell on a photo of a flower taken in Wyoming, and underneath a poem by William Blake. The flower, a lone dandelion standing against the bright blue sky, inspired me. My dad had been reciting those words to me since I was a kid. That may even be the reason why I love writing. I decided that those words would be my gift to my father. I called back. I told my mom to go without me and that I already created my gift. I sent the photo of the cream-colored flower to my computer and typed the poem on top of it. As I was arranging the details another poem came to mind. The poem was written by Edgar Allan Poe; my dad recited it as much as he did the other. I typed that out as well and searched online for a background to the words of it. The poem was focused around dreaming, and after searching I found the perfect picture. The image was painted with blues and greens and purples, twisting together to create the theme and wonder of a dream. As I watched both poems passing through the printer, the white paper coloring with words that shaped my childhood, I felt that this was a gift that my father would truly appreciate. Christmas soon arrived. The minute I saw the look on my dad’s face as he unwrapped those swirling black letters carefully placed in a cheap frame, I knew I had given the perfect gift. 56. The idea for a special gift began to form when the author was ____. A. doing shopping B. having a debate C. reading a message D. leaving for Wyoming 57. The author’s inspiration for the gift came from ____. A. a photo of a flower B. a story about a kid C. a call from the mother D. a text about Christmas 58. The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 3 refers to a poem by ____. A. the father B. the author C. William Blake D. Edgar Allan Poe 59. The author made the gift by ____. A. searching for the poems online B. drawing the background by hand C. painting the letters in three colors D. matching the words with pictures 60. What is the main purpose of the passage? A. To show how to design images for gifts. B. To suggest making gifts from one’s heart. C. To explain how computers help create gifts. D. To describe the gifts the author has received. 【解析】CADDB 56. 细节判断题。从第二段可以看出，debate 时还觉得很难决定；而有了这个主意时还没去 shop，从下一段更清楚，我取消了 shop；leave for Wyoming 不在问题之内。 57. 细节判断题。从提问中的 inspiration 可定位到第二段的 inspire 可知答案。 58. 代词指代题。常识可知，代词 it 指代其前最近的名词，可得出答案。 59. 归纳题。从第三段内容可知。 60. 主旨大意题。推测题。从第一段可知本文写作目的:告诉我们礼物的哪方面最珍贵，而我 的例子说明了是送礼人的“心”最好。 14.【2012 湖北卷】 B When my brother and I were young, my mom would take us on Transportation Days. It goes like this: You can’t take any means of transportation more than once. We would start from home, walking two blocks to the rail station. We’d take the train into the city center, then a bus, switching to the tram, then maybe a taxi. We always considered taking a horse carriage in the historic district, but we didn’t like the way the horses were treated, so we never did. At the end of the day, we took the subway to our closest station, where Mom’s friend was waiting to give us a ride home—our first car ride of the day. The good thing about Transportation Days is not only that Mom taught us how to get around. She was born to be multimodal (多方式的). She understood that depending on cars only was a failure of imagination and, above all, a failure of confidence—the product of a childhood not spent exploring subway tunnels. Once you learn the route map and step with certainty over the gap between the train and the platform, nothing is frightening anymore. New cities are just light-rail lines to be explored. And your personal car, if you have one, becomes just one more tool in the toolbox—and often an inadequate one, limiting both your mobility and your wallet. On Transportation Days, we might stop for lunch on Chestnut Street or buy a new book or toy, but the transportation was the point. First, it was exciting enough to watch the world speed by from the train window. As I got older, my mom helped me unlock the mysteries that would otherwise have paralyzed my first attempts to do it myself: How do I know where to get off? How do I know how much it costs? How do I know when I need tickets, and where to get them? What track, what line, which direction, where’s the stop, and will I get wet when we go under the river? I’m writing this right now on an airplane, a means we didn’t try on our Transportation Days and, we now know, the dirtiest and most polluting of them all. My flight routed me through Philadelphia. My multimodal mom met me for dinner in the airport. She took a train to meet me. 55. Which was forbidden by Mom on Transportation Days? A. Having a car ride. B. Taking the train twice. C. Buying more than one toy. D. Touring the historic district. 56. According to the writer, what was the greatest benefit of her Transportation Days? A. Building confidence in herself. B. Reducing her use of private cars. C. Developing her sense of direction. D. Giving her knowledge about vehicles. 57. The underlined word “paralyzed” (in Para. 5) is closest in meaning to “_______”. A. displayed B. justified C. ignored D. ruined 58. Which means of transportation does the writer probably disapprove of? A. Airplane. B. Subway. C. Tram. D. Car. 【解析】我和我弟弟小时，在交通运输日，母亲总带着我们乘坐火车、公共汽车、出租车等， 让我们感受到了自信与快乐。 55.B 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句中“You can’t take any means of transportation more than once.”可知母亲禁止乘坐两次火车，故 B 项正确。 56.A 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句中“…above all, a failure of cnfidence— the product of a childhood …”可知，作者认为最大的受益在于增强自信，故 A 项正确。 57.D 词义猜测题。根据语境可知，该句意为：当我长大时，我母亲帮我解密了可能使我无 法作自我首次尝试的秘密。D 项意为“毁灭”，符合语境，故 D 项正确；A 项意为“陈列”，B 项意为“证明……是正当的”，C 项意为“不理睬”，都与语境不符。 58.A 细节理解题。根据最后一段第一句中“…a means we didn’t try on …the dirtiest and most polluting of them all.”可知，作者不赞同飞机，故 A 项正确。 15.【2012 江西卷】 A Mark and his brother Jason both were looking at the shining new computer enviously. Jason was determined not to go against their father’s wishes but Mark was more adventurous than his brother. He loved experimenting and his aim was to become a scientist like his father. “Dad will be really mad if he finds out you’ve been playing with his new computer.” Jason said, “He told us not to touch it.” “He won’t find out.” Mark said, “I’ll just have a quick look and shut it down.” Mark had been scolded before for touching his father’s equipment. But his curiosity was difficult to control and this new computer really puzzled him. “It was a strange-looking machine –one his dad had brought home from the laboratory where he worked. “It’s an experimental model,” his father had explained, “so don’t touch it under any circumstances.” But his warning only served to make Mark more curious. Without any further thought, Mark turned on the power switch. The computer burst into life and seconds later, the screen turned into colors, shifting and changing and then two big white words appeared in the center of the screen: “SPACE TRANSPORTER.” “Yes!” Mark cried excitedly, “It’s a computer game. I knew it! Dad’s only been pretending to work. He’s really been playing games instead.” A new message appeared on the screen: “ENTER NAMES VOYAGER 1: … VOYAGER 2: …” Mark’s fingers flew across the keyboard as he typed in both of their names. “INPUT ACCEPTED. START TRANSPORT PROGRAM. AUTO-RETRIEVE INITIATED （自动回收程序已启动）.” The screen turned even brighter and a noise suddenly rose in volume. “I think we’d better shut it off, Mark,” Jason yelled, reaching for the power switch. He was really frightened. But his hand never reached the switch. A single beam of dazzling white light burst out of the computer screen, wrapping the boys in its glow ( 光 芒 ), until they themselves seemed to be glowing. Then it died down just as suddenly as it had burst into life. And the boys were no longer there. On the screen, the letters changed. “TRANSPORT SUCCESSFUL. DESTINATION: MARS. RETRIEVE DATE: 2025.” 56．Why did Mark touch the computer against his father’s warning? A．He wanted to take a voyage. B．He wanted to practice his skill C．He was so much attracted by it. D．He was eager to do an experiment. 57．Where did the boy’s father most likely work? A．In an electronic factory. B．In a computer company. C．In a scientific research center. D．In an information processing center. 58．Mark thought “SPACE TRANSPORTER” on the screen was the name of . A．a computer game B．a company website C．a software producer D．an astronomy program 59．Why did Jason want to shut off the computer? A．He was afraid of being scolded. B．He didn’t like the loud noise and light. C．He didn’t want to play games any more. D．He was afraid something dangerous might happen. 60．What happened to the boys at the end of the story? A．They were blown into the air. B．They were sent to another planet. C．They were hidden in the strong light. D．They were carried away to another country 【解析】 56题 C  根据第五段第三句"But his father’s warning only served to make Mark more curious .Without any further thought, Mark turned on the power switch""但是他爸爸的警告仅仅 使得 Mark 更加好奇。没有再考虑，Mark 打开了开关"，选择 C。 57题 C  由第一段最后一句"He loved experimenting and his aim was to become a scientist like his father"，"他喜欢实验并且他的目标是成为像他爸爸一样的科学家。”以及第五段第一 句 “ one his dad had brought home from the laboratory where he worked.”“一个他爸爸从他工作 的实验室买回家的”选择 C 58题 A  由第六段"It’s a computer game. I knew it！.""它是电脑游戏。我知道！”选择 A   59 题   D     由 倒 数 第 三 段 "The screen turned even brighter and a noise suddenly rose in volume.""频幕甚至变得更亮，一个噪音音量突然增大"，以及倒数第二段"He was really frightened.""他真的非常害怕"判断出 D 选项。 60 题 :   D 由 最 后 一 段 "TRANSPORT SUCCESSFUL. DESTINATION （ 目 的 地 ） : MARS.RETRIEVE DATE:2025.” "运输成功。目的地：火星。恢复时间：2025."选择 D。 16.【2012 山东卷】 A The Pacific island nation of Nauru used to be a beautiful place. Now it is an ecological disaster area. Nauru’s heartbreaking story could have one good consequence — other countries might learn from its mistakes. For thousands of years, Polynesian people lived the remote island of Nauru, far from western civilization. The first European to arrive was John Fearn in 1798. He was the British captain of the Hunter, a whaling ship. He called the island Pleasant Island. However, because it was very remote, Nauru had little communication with Europeans at first. The whaling ships and other traders began to visit, bringing guns and alcohol. These elements destroyed the social balance of the twelve family groups on the island. A ten-year civil war started, which reduced the population from 1,400 to 900. Nauru’s real troubles began in 1899 when a British mining company discovered phosphate (磷酸盐)on the island. In fact, it found that the island of Nauru was nearly all phosphate, which a very important fertilizer for farming. The company began mining the phosphate. A phosphate mine is not a hole in the ground; it is a strip mine. When a company strip-mines, it removes the top layer of soil. Then it takes away the material it wants. Strip mining totally destroys the land. Gradually, the lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon. In 1968, Nauru became one of the richest countries in the world. Every year the government received millions and millions of dollars for its phosphate. Unfortunately, the leaders invested the money unwisely and lost millions of dollars. In addition, they used millions more dollars for personal expenses. Soon people realized that they had a terrible problem — their phosphate was running out. Ninety percent of their island was destroyed and they had nothing. By 2000, Nauru was financially ruined. Experts say that it would take approximately $433,600,000 and more than 20 years to repair the island. This will probably never happen. 56. What might be the author’s purpose in writing the text? A. To seek help for Nauru’s problems. B. To give a warning to other countries C. To show the importance of money D. To tell a heartbreaking story of a war. 57. What was Nauru like before the Europeans came? A. Rich and powerful B. Modern and open C. Peaceful and attractive D. Greedy and aggressive 58. The ecological disaster in Nauru resulted from _______. A. soil pollution B. phosphate overmining C. farming activity D. whale hunting 59. Which of the following was a cause of Nauru’s financial problem? A. Its leaders misused the money B. It spent too much repairing the island C. Its phosphate mining cost much money D. It lost millions of dollars in the civil war. 60. What can we learn about Nauru from the last paragraph? A. The ecological damage is difficult to repair. B. The leaders will take the experts’ words seriously. C. The island was abandoned by the Nauruans D. The phosphate mines were destroyed 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。太平洋岛国瑙鲁曾经是一个美丽富饶的海岛，但是，由于内战 和岛上磷酸盐矿的过度开采，很快使之成为一个生态灾难的贫瘠的海岛。作者写这一骇人听 闻的故事，旨在提醒其他国家要引以为戒。 56.B 根据第一段Nauru’s heartbreak story could have one good consequence—other countries might learn from its mistakes.可知，作者认为瑙鲁的故事可以让其他国家从他们的错误中学到 一些东西，作者的目的是警示其他国家。 57.C 根据第二段中的…lived on the remote island of Nauru和第五段最后一句中的Gradually, the lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon可知，瑙鲁以前是一个平静美丽的小岛。 58.B 瑙鲁岛上的生态灾难是因为对磷酸盐的过度开采。由第五段中的Strip-mining totally destroy the island和Gradually, the lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon可知B正确。 59.A 由第七段中的Unfortunately, the leaders invested the money unwisely and lost millions of dollar可知，领导人投资的不明智，加上还要把更多的钱用在个人消费上，所以导致了财政 问题。 60.A 根据文中最后一段的“Experts say that it would take approximately $433,600,000 and more than 20 years to repair the island. This will probably never happen. ”可知，瑙鲁的生态灾难几乎 很难恢复。所以 A 正确。 17.【2012 安徽卷】 D In Asia, there are special competitions where kites have complex designs and are fitted with instruments that make musical sounds as the wind blows through them. Although all kites have a similar structure （结构）, they are widely different in size and shape. Kite-fighting competitions are also held, in which competitions us their kites to attack and bring down their opponents’（对手）kites or cut their strings（线）. For more than 15 years, the Big Wind Kite Factory has been giving kite-making and kite flying classes for the children on an island in Hawaii. In its kite-making lessons, students can make kites in as little as 20 minutes! Children as young as four years old can learn how to fly a kite. Jonathan Socher and his wife Daphne started the kite factory in 1980. their kites are made of nylon（尼龙）.Their designs are Hawaiian themes created by Daphne. The designs are cut out of the nylon with a hot knife that seals the edges and then fastened directly onto the kite. The kite that is used to give lessons is regular diamond kite with a rainbow pattern. The difference between this kite and the ones they make during the lessons is that it is a two-string controllable kite. Big Wind employees fly the kite and for a few minutes show students how pulling on one line and then on the other controls the direction the kite goes in. Then the controls are given to the students. Jonathan insists that it is not necessary to make a huge impressive kite to have fun making and flying kites. Even the simplest structure can work, and can give hours of fun. Go on, give it a try! 68. Which of the following is true according to the text? A. A hot knife is used to iron the nylon. B. Children never fly kites on their own in flying lessons. C. Kite strings must not be cut in kite-fighting competitions. D. Daphne designs kites for the Big Wind Kite Factory. Daphne 是这个工厂 Big Wind Kite Factory 的老板。 69. What is different about the kite used for flying lessons? A. It has two strings. B. It is simple in design C. It has a rainbow pattern. D. It is shaped like a diamond. 70.According to Jonathan ,what do you need to have fun with kites? A. A large kite. B Any type of kite. C. A complex structure. D. A kite that impresses others. 71.What is mainly described in the text? A . A kite factory B. Kite-flying lessons. C .Special competitions. D .The kite-making Process. 【解析】DABA 本文从第二段开始叙述 The Big Wind Kite Factory 的相关事情，它的创始人，创办的目的， 员工及学生可以做的事情。 小题 1:细节题。根据 Their designs are Hawaiian themes created by Daphne.可知答案为 D。根 据 The designs are cut out of the nylon with a hot knife that seals the edges and then fastened directly onto the kite.可知，A 是错误的；根据 Then the controls are given to the students.可知， B 项错误。根据第一段 Kite-fighting competitions are also held, in which competitions us their kites to attack and bring down their opponents’（对手）kites or cut their strings（线）.可知，C 项错误。 小题 2:细节题。根据 The difference between this kite and the ones they make during the lessons is that it is a two-string controllable kite.可知，答案为 A. 小题 3:推断题。根据最后一段，可知 Honathan 认为制作巨大的给人留下深刻印象的风筝是 没有必要的。任何风筝都可以玩的开心。 小题 4:主旨题。本文讲述了 The Big Wind Kite Factory 的相关事情，故选 A。 2013 年试题 （2013 年高考北京卷） B Tail Spin Two dolphins race around in a big pool in the Ocean Park. The smaller dolphin Grace, shown off a few of her tricks, turning around and waving hello to the crowd. The most amazing thing about her, however, is that she’s even swimming at all. She doesn’t have a tail. Grace lost her tail as a baby when she got caught up in a fish trap. When the dolphin arrived at the Ocean Park in December 2005, she was fighting for her life. “Is she going to make it?” Her trainer, Abbey Stone, feared the worst. Grace did make it --- but her tail didn’t. She ended up losing her flukes and the lower part of her peduncle. Over the past six years, she has learned to swim without her tail. Dolphins swim by moving their flukes and peduncle up and down. Grace taught herself to move another way---like a fish! She pushed herself forward through the water by moving her peduncles from side to side. The movement put harmful pressure on Grace’s backbone. So a company offered to create a man-made tail for her. The tail had to be strong enough to stay on Grace as she swam but soft enough that it wouldn’t hurt her. The first time Grace wore the artificial tail. She soon shook it off and let it sink in the bottom of the pool. Now, she is still learning to use the tail. Some days she wears it for an hour at a time, others not at all. “The tail isn’t necessary for her to feel comfortable,” says Stone, “but it helps to keep that range of motion(动作) and build muscles(肌肉).” Now, the dolphin is about to get an even happier ending. This month, Grace will star in Dolphin Tale, a film that focuses on her rescue and recovery. Her progress has inspired more than just a new movie. Many people travel from near and far to meet her. Seeing Grace swim with her man-made tail gives people so much courage. 60. When Grace first arrived at the Ocean Park, her trainer worried about her ______. A. physical build B. potential ability C. chance of survival D. adaptation to the surroundings. 61. A man-made tail is created for Grace to ______. A. let her recover faster B. make her comfortable C. adjust her way of swimming D. help her perform better tricks 62. The story of Grace inspires people to ______. A. stick to their dreams B. treat animals friendly C. treasure what they have D. face difficulties bravely 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文，题材是海豚的励志故事。作者通过描述海豚没有尾巴，依然可 以游泳的励志故事。 60. C。细节理解题。难度：较易。第二段当中的“She was fighting for her life. Is she going to make it (她在为她的生命战斗。她能成功吗？她能活下来吗?)，与选项 C。chance of survival（幸 存的机会）相对应，故答案选 C。 61. C。细节理解题。难度：中等。第四段 The movement put harmful pressure on Grace’s backbone. So a company offered to create a man-made tail for her.（运动把有害的压力压在格 蕾丝的脊椎上。所以一个公司表示愿意为她创造一个人造的尾巴。）而第五段 The new tail isn’t necessary for her to feel comfortable(新尾巴不是一定要让她感到舒适)，it helps to keep that range of motion and build muscles（它帮助保持运动范围和肌肉的构建）。说明作用是 adjust her way of swimming（调整游泳方姿势）而不是 help her perform better（帮助更好表 演）。 62. D。主旨大意题。难度：较易。最后一句中的 courage 是本题的题眼。作者在最后告诉读 者本文写作目的，即鼓励人们在逆境中要勇敢、要有勇气，故答案为 D。 (2013 年高考福建卷) A When I was 12, all I wanted was a signet (图章) ring. They were the "in" thing and it seemed every girl except me had one. On my 13th birthday, my Mum gave me a signet ring with my initials (姓名首字母) carved into it. I was in heaven. What made it even more special was that it was about the only thing that wasn't being "replaced". We'd been burnt out in fires that swept through our area earlier that year and had lost everything—so most of the “new" stuff (东西) we got was really just to replace what we'd lost. But not my ring. My ring was new. Then, only one month later, I lost it. I took it off before bed and it was missing in the morning. I was sad and searched everywhere for it. But it seemed to have disappeared. Eventually, I gave up and stopped looking for it. And two years later, we sold the house and moved away. Years passed, and a couple of moves later, I was visiting my parents' when Mum told me that she had something for me. It wasn't my birthday, nor was it Easter or Christmas or any other gift-giving occasion. Mum noticed my questioning look. “You’ll recognize this one," she said, smiling. Then she handed me a small ring box. I took it from her and opened it to find my beautiful signet ring inside. The family who had bought our house 13 years earlier had recently decided to do some redecorations, which included replacing the carpets. When they pulled the carpet up in my old bedroom, they found the ring. As it had my initials carved into it, they realized who owned the ring. They'd had it professionally cleaned up by a jeweler before sending it to my mother. And it still fits me. 56. The underlined word "in" in the first paragraph probably means "_____". A. fashionable B. available C. practical D. renewable 57. When she got the ring back, the writer was about _____. A. 13 years old B. 15 years old C. 26 years old D. 28 years old 58. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. The writer's family moved several times. B. The writer never stopped looking for her ring. C. The writer's ring was cleaned up by the new house owner. D. The writer lost her ring in the morning when she took it off. 59. What would be the best title for the passage? A. My New Ring B. Lost and Found C. Lost and Replaced D. An Expensive Ring 【解析】 56. A. 词义猜测题。难度：难。旧词新意。根据题干，定位第一段句首：When I was 12, all I wanted was a signet(图章) ring. They were the "in" thing and it seemed every girl except me had one. 可知：我梦寐以求一枚署名戒指是因为似乎每个小姑娘都有一枚这样的戒指。in, adj. 在里面的；时髦的。与 A. fashionable 同义。 57. D。细节理解题。难度：偏易。由第一段得知，13 岁生日得到戒指。第三段最后一句话： And two years later, we sold the house and moved away。第五段第三、四句：The family who had bought our house 13 years earlier had recently decided to do some redecorations, which included replacing the carpets. When they pulled the carpet up in my old bedroom, they found the ring。可 知 15 岁时搬家，13 年后戒指失而复得，这年应该 28 岁。 58. A。细节判断题。难度：中。由第三段可知：15 岁那年，作者一家搬家了。在第四段段 首：Years passed, and a couple of moves later，可知，在这些年中他们又搬过几次家。A 正确。 59. B。主旨大意题。难度:中。全文描述了一枚失落 15 年的戒指重新回到主人手中。 干扰项排除: 文章第二段首句：What made it even more special was that it was about the only thing that wasn't being "replaced".可见：这枚戒指不可替代。故排除 C. Lost and Replaced。最 后一句：“My ring was new.”但时隔多年，第五段最后第二句：They'd had it professionally cleaned up by a jeweler before sending it to my mother.对方请专业的珠宝商对这枚戒指进行了 处理，说明它已经不新了。故排除 A. My New Ring。文章未曾谈及戒指的价格，故排除 D. An Expensive Ring。 D Pride and Prejudice for the Modern Woman Let us imagine how Pride and Prejudice, Jane Austen's most famous work, might be updated, 200 years on. Austen's popularity is rooted in her intelligence. But today she would certainly have had a very different life, as would her characters. Here's my own suggestion. . . It is a truth finally and universally acknowledged that a single woman with brains deserves to have equal opportunities to men, however disadvantaged she may feel by sexism. “My dear husband," said his hopeful wife one day, “have you heard that the local store, standing empty for so long, is taken over by a bright young businesswoman?" Her dull and indifferent (漠不关心的) husband replied that he had not. "But it is, it is," she replied excitedly. Mr Dull-Husband made no reply. "Don't you want to know her plans?" she cried with some impatience. "Well, clearly you think it matters to your silly little head... so I'd better listen.” "Well, my dear, the rumour (传言) is that she has already set up a string of successful businesses in northern England, though how a woman can know anything about that is beyond me. She will move in herself next month. "What is her name?" "Bingley.” "Is she married or single?" "What a question! And none of your business. But her coming will be a fine thing for our five boys. “How so? How can it possibly affect them? " "My dear love; those lazy boys need something to wake them up. There are bound to be jobs going. " “Is that her point in settling here? Surely as a woman she has simply taken a fancy to the place. " “Nonsense, my love, how little you've noticed the world has changed. She's got a first-rate degree and some sort of business qualification, I'm told. She surely needs one of our boys! Perhaps you might give her a call. " “Me? No. Perhaps you can take an interest. You still have your looks, after all. She may even offer you a job. “ “Oh, that's not likely. These new chances belong to the younger generation. But now you mention it, I think I'll go along all the same. " And Mrs Bennet went along. That was 10 years ago. She is now managing director of a FTSE-listed company. ... It would remain the case, of course, that Mrs Bennet would be one of very few women on the company board, that her salary would be lower than her male colleagues, her bonus of a more "female" dimension and her lifespan (年限) among the city's business leaders shorter than theirs. Still, she'd no doubt have enjoyed Davos—and might even have hobnobbed ( 攀 谈 ) with influential figures. 67. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. Austen was born 200 years ago. B. Austen rewrote Pride and Prejudice. C. Austen's success lies in her wisdom. D. Austen's updated work gains popularity. 68. The underlined part in the passage suggests that Mrs Bennet ____. A. had mixed feelings of admiration and surprise about Bingley B. felt kind of worried and doubtful about Bingley C. was extremely anxious to meet Bingley D. had a great curiosity about Bingley 69. In the eyes of Mrs Bennet, Bingley surely needed one of their boys to ____. A. get married to B. work for her C. help her move in D. take over her store 70. What does the writer intend to tell us? A. Women with brains can also be as successful as men. B. Women have to pay a high price for success. C. A judgment must be made free from prejudice. D. Sex discrimination still exists nowadays. 【解析】 67. C。细节理解题。根据第一段中的 Austen's popularity is rooted in her intelligence 可知答案。 句中的 popularity 与题干中的 success 属于“同义转述”。 68. A。句意推断题。划线句子的意思是“一个女人怎么能懂开公司的事情，我不理解”，从 句子本身能够看出班内特太太对宾利小姐的一种很复杂的感觉：惊讶和羡慕等等。 69. B。细节理解题。根据题干的关键词定位在第 16 段的 She surely needs one of our boys， 答案一目了然。选项 A，C，D 的意思分别是：“想让她的一个儿子娶她”，“想帮她搬家”，“想 接管她的商店”，均属无中生有，排除。 70. D。主旨大意题。文章在最后一段，用 her salary would be lower than her male colleagues, her bonus of a more "female" dimension and her lifespan ( 年限) among the city's business leaders shorter than theirs.这样的句子点名了主题：在当今社会中，性别歧视依旧存在。 (2013 年高考广东试卷) C One day, when I was working as a psychologist in England，an adolescent boy showed up in my office. It was David. He kept walking up and down restlessly, his face pale, and his hands shaking slightly. His head teacher had referred him to me. "This boy has lost his family," he wrote. "He is understandably very sad and refuses to talk to others, and I'm very worried about him. Can you help?” I looked at David and showed him to a chair. How could I help him? There are problems psychology doesn’t have the answer to, and which no words can describe. Sometimes the best thing one can do is to listen openly and sympathetically The first two times we met, David didn't say a word. He sat there, only looking up to look at the children's drawings on the wall behind me. I suggested we play a game of chess. He nodded. After that he played chess with me every Wednesday afternoon--in complete silence and without looking at me. It's not easy to cheat in chess, but I admit I made sure David won once or twice. Usually, he arrived earlier than agreed, took the chess board and pieces from the shelf and began setting them up before I even got a chance to sit down. It seemed as if he enjoyed my company. But why did he never look at me? "Perhaps he simply needs someone to share his pain with," I thought. "Perhaps he senses that I respect his suffering.” Some months later, when we were playing chess, he looked up at me suddenly. "It’s your turn," he said. After that day, David started talking. He got friends in school and joined a bicycle club. He wrote to me a few times about his biking with some friends, and about his plan to get into university. Now he had really started to live his own life. Maybe I gave David something. But I also learned that one 一 without any words 一 can reach out to another person. All it takes is a hug, a shoulder to cry on, a friendly touch, and an ear that listens. 36. When he first met the author, David . A. felt a little excited B. walked energetically C. looked a little nervous D. showed up with his teacher 37. As a psychologist, the author . A. was ready to listen to David B. was skeptical about psychology C. was able to describe David's problem D. was sure of handling David's problem 38．David enjoyed being with the author because he________. A. wanted to ask the author for advice B. need to share sorrow with the author C. liked the children’s drawings in the office D. bear the author many times in the chess game 39．What can be inferred about David? A. He recovered after months of treatment. B. He liked biking before he lost his family. C. He went into university soon after starting to talk. D. He got friends in school before he met the author. 40. What made David change? A. His teacher’s help. B. The author’s friendship. C. His exchange of letters with the author. D. The author’s silent communication with him. 【解析】 36. C. 细节理解题。根据关键词 David 定位信息于第一段。根据信息 He kept… walking up and down restlessly（不安地），可以判断选项 C 为正确答案。nervous 与原文中的 restlessly 为同 义词不同词性的复现。 37. D．推理判断题。从第二段末两句，作者对于精神病的看法可以得知，作者对于精神病 例的治疗很有治疗经验，判断作者对于治疗 David 的病“很有把握”，D 项为正确答案。 干扰项排除：A 项“愿意倾听 David 的诉说”为最大干扰项。貌似与原文第二段末句 Sometimes the best thing one can do is to listen openly and sympathetically（有时候能为患者做的最好的 事情是以坦诚和同情心去倾听）从逻辑上一致，但本句仅为作者对于精神病患者从笼统意义 上的看法，该项错在了推理过度。B 项“对于精神病学持怀疑态度”，根据文章首段首句“作 者是一个精神病医生“可排除该项。C 项“能够描述 David 的病情，与第二段第二句 There are problems…no words can describe 相悖。 38. D. 推理判断题。根据关键词 enjoyed being with the author 定位信息于原文第三段第二句。 详读整段文字，寻找原因（他的表现）。根据首句 Usually, he arrived earlier than agreed（他 通常都比约定时间早到），结合末句 It seemed as if he enjoyed my company，可以推断，作者 通过 David 通常都早来的表现，得出 David 很喜欢和自己呆在一起。看选项，D 项“因为他 在下棋时容忍了作者好多次”符合逻辑。 39. A. 推理判断题。根据第四段末句和第五段：Some months later, when we were playing chess, he looked up at me suddenly. "It’s your turn," he said.知道，几个月后的一天 David 开始 看我并开始对我说话了。再根据第六段全段可知：从那天起，他开始说话，并且交了朋友、 参加了社团等”，而且从此“开始了新生活（末句）”。而且根据 He wrote to me a few times， 得知，这些都是他结束治疗写信告诉我的，判断：A 项“几个月的治疗之后，他痊愈了。”为 正确答案。 40. D. 推理判断题。立足全文：作者对 David 在治疗过程中的描述中，David 在治疗的前几 个月，“didn't say a word”，“in complete silence and without looking at me”以及作者的思索 “Perhaps he senses that I respect his suffering”可知作者对于 David 的治疗主要采取的是无声 的陪伴。故 D 为正确答案：是“作者与他的无声交流”使 David 改变了。同时 D 选项也符合 末段第二句交代的文章主旨：But I also learned that one--without any words--can reach out to another person. （有时候一个人可以不需要用言语也可以深入到另一个人的内心）。 (2013 年高考湖北卷) A   Some years ago, writing in my diary used to be a usual activity. I would return from school and spend the expected half hour recording the day’s events, feelings, and impressions in my little blue diary. I did not really need to express my emotions by way of words, but I gained a certain satisfaction from seeing my experiences forever recorded on paper. After all, isn’t accumulating memories a way of preserving the past?     When I was thirteen years old, I went on a long journey on foot in a great valley, well-equipped with pens, a diary, and a camera. During the trip, I was busy recording every incident, name and place I came across. I felt proud to be spending my time productively, dutifully preserving for future generations a detailed description of my travels. On my last night there, I wandered out of my tent, diary in hand. The sky was clear and lit by the glare of the moon, and the walls of the valley looked threatening behind their screen of shadows. I automatically took out my pen….   At that point, I understood that nothing I wrote could ever match or replace the few seconds I allowed myself to experience the dramatic beauty of the valley. All I remembered of the previous few days were the dull characterizations I had set down in my diary.   Now, I only write in my diary when I need to write down a special thought or feeling. I still love to record ideas and quotations that strike me in books, or observations that are particularly meaningful. I take pictures, but not very often—only of objects I find really beautiful. I’m no longer blindly satisfied with having something to remember when I grow old. I realize that life will simply pass me by if I stay behind the camera, busy preserving the present so as to live it in the future.   I don’t want to wake up one day and have nothing but a pile of pictures and notes. Maybe I won’t have as many exact representations of people and places; maybe I’ll forget certain facts, but at least the experiences will always remain inside me. I don’t live to make memories—I just live, and the memories form themselves. 51. Before the age of thirteen, the author regarded keeping a diary as a way of ______.   A. observing her school routine   B. expressing her satisfaction   C. impressing her classmates   D. preserving her history 52. What caused a change in the author’s understanding of keeping a diary?   A. A dull night on the journey.   B. The beauty of the great valley.   C. A striking quotation from a book.   D. Her concerns for future generations. 53. What does the author put in her diary now?   A. Notes and beautiful pictures.   B. Special thoughts and feelings.   C. Detailed accounts of daily activities.   D. Descriptions of unforgettable events. 54. The author comes to realize that to live a meaningful life is ______.   A. to experience it   B. to live the present in the future   C. to make memories   D. to give accurate representations of it 【解析】 51. D。细节理解题。难度：较易。根据题干关键词 before the age of thirteen 和 regarded … as …定位在第一段最后一句：After all, isn’t accumulating memories a way of preserving the past? 故 D. preserving her history 为正确答案。 52. B。细节理解题。难度：适中。根据题干关键词 a change 和 understanding of keeping a diary 定位在第三段：At that point, I understood that nothing I wrote could ever match or replace the few seconds I allowed myself to experience the dramatic beauty of the valley.所以 B. The beauty of the great valley 正确。 53. B。细节理解题。难度：较易。根据题干关键词 now 和 put in her diary 定位在第四节首 句：Now, I only write in my diary when I need to write down a special thought or feeling.故选项 B. Special thoughts and feelings.正确。 (2013 年高考湖南卷) B In my living room, there is a plaque(匾) that advises me to “Bloom(开花) where you are planted.” It reminds me of Dorothy. I got to know Dorothy in the early 1980s，when I was teaching Early Childhood Development through a program with Union College in Barbourville, Kentucky. The job responsibilities required occasional visits to the classroom of each teacher in the program. Dorothy stands out in my memory as one who “bloomed” in her remote area. Dorothy taught in a school in Harlan County, Kentucky, Appalachian Mountain area. To get to her school from the town of Harlan, I followed a road winding around the mountain. In the eight­mile journey, I crossed the same railroad track five times, giving the possibility of getting caught by the same train five times. Rather than feeling excited by this drive through the mountains, I found it depressing. The poverty level was shocking and the small shabby houses gave me the greatest feeling of hopelessness. From the moment of my arrival at the little school, all gloom(忧郁) disappeared. Upon arriving at Dorothy's classroom, I was greeted with smiling faces and treated like a queen. The children had been prepared to show me their latest projects. Dorothy told me with a big smile that they were serving poke greens salad and cornbread for “dinner” (lunch). In case you don't know, poke greens are a weed­type plant that grows wild, especially on poor ground. Dorothy never ran out of reports of exciting activities of her students. Her enthusiasm never cooled down. When it came time to sit for the testing and interviewing required to receive her Child Development Associate Certification, Dorothy was ready. She came to the assessment and passed in all areas. Afterward, she invited me to the one­and­only steak house in the area to celebrate her victory, as if she had received her Ph.D. degree. After the meal, she placed a little box containing an old pen in my hand. She said it was a family heirloom (传家宝), but to me it is a treasured symbol of appreciation and pride that cannot be matched with things. 61．“Early Childhood Development” in Paragraph I refers to ________． A．a program directed by Dorothy B．a course given by the author C．an activity held by the students D．an organization sponsored by Union College 62．In the journey, the author was most disappointed at seeing ________． A．the long track B．the poor houses C．the same train D．the winding road 63．Upon arriving at the classroom, the author was cheered up by ________． A．a warm welcome B．the sight of poke greens C．Dorothy's latest projects D．a big dinner made for her 64．What can we know about Dorothy from the last paragraph? A．She was invited to a celebration at a restaurant. B．She got a pen as a gift from the author. C．She passed the required assessment. D．She received her Ph.D. degree. 65．What does the author mainly intend to tell us? A．Whatever you do, you must do it carefully. B．Whoever you are, you deserve equal treatment C．However poor you are, you have the right to education. D．Wherever you are, you can accomplish your achievement. 【解析】 61.B。事实细节题。难度：中等。文章第一段中提到：I was teaching “Early Childhood Development” through a program,可知 Early Childhood Development 是作者教的一门课程。 干扰项排除: A 选项出现了 program，容易误导学生选择，但后面给的是 Dorothy,而这是作 者的记忆深刻的人；C 选项明显错误；D 选项提到了 Union College，但说的是由 Union College 赞助的一个组织，而这是错误信息。 62.B。推理判断题。难度：较易。文章第二段“the small shabby house house gave me the greatest feeling of hopelessness.”,题干是作者看到了什么而感到非常失望，所以答案选择 B。 干扰项排除:A 选项是 the long track, C 选项的 the same train 及 D 选项的 the winding road ,这 三个选项都是作者在去这个学校途中的几件事，作者用了“3 而不是让作者失望的事。 63.A。推理判断题。难度：较易。文章第三段 I was greeted with.smiling faces and treated like a queen 可知作者受到了热烈欢迎。 干扰项排除：B 选项 poke greens salad,是 Dorothy 告诉作者他们正在做，作者没有看到。C 选项没有提及。D 选项这顿饭并不是为她做的，是学生们 were preparing … for dinner. 64. C。推理判断题。难度：中等。’ ´she come to the assessment and passed in all areas.可知答 案选择 C。 干扰项排除：A 选项 Dorothy 邀请作者去“steak house”来庆祝她的成功,而选项给的是 restaurant,故错误。Ｂ选项文中提到的是 Dorothy 给作者一支钢笔，而不是 Dorothy 得到了 一支钢笔。D 选项说 Dorothy 获得博士学位，而文中的信息是用了虚拟语气，“as if she had received her Ph. D. degree.” 65.D。推理判断题。难度：中等。文章开篇明义，开头部分： in my living room, there is a plaque that advises me to “bloom where you are planted”,指出，无论在哪都能实现自己的成就。因此， 答案选择 D。 (2013 年高考江西卷) A The light from the campfire brightened the darkness, but it could not prevent the damp cold of Dennis’s Swamp (沼泽地) creeping into their bones. It was a strange place. Martin and Tom wished that they had not accepted Jack’s dare. They liked camping, but not near this swamp. “So,” Martin asked as they sat watching the hot coals. “How did this place get its name?” “Are you sure you want to hear it? It’s a scary story,” warned Jack. “Of course!” cried out Tom. “If there were anything to be scared of, you wouldn’t have chosen this place!” “Ok, but don’t say I didn’t warn you,” said Jack, and he began this tale. “Way back in time, a man called Dennis tried to start a farm here. He built that cottage over there to live in. In those days, the area looked quite different ---- it was covered with tall trees and the swamp was a crystal-clear river. After three hard years, Dennis had cleared several fields and planted crops. He was so proud of his success that he refused to listen to advice. “‘You are clearing too much land,’ warned one old man. ‘ The land is a living thing. It will hit back at you if you abuse it. ’ “‘Silly fool,’ said Dennis to himself. ‘If I clear more land, I can grow more crops. I’ll become wealthier. He’s just jealous!’” “Dennis continued to chop down trees. Small animals that relied on them for food and shelter were destroyed. He was so eager to expand his farm that he did not notice the river flowing slowly towards his door. He did not notice salt seeping to the surface of the land. He did not notice swamp plants choking all the native plants.” “What happened?” Martin asked. It was growing colder. He trembled, twisting his body closer to the fire. “The land hit back -- just as the old man warned,” Jack shrugged. “Dennis disappeared. Old folks around here believe that swamp plants moved up from the river and dragged him underwater. His body was never found.” “What a stupid story,” laughed Tom. “Plants can’t …” Before he had finished speaking, he screamed and fainted (晕倒). The other two boys jumped up with fright, staring at Tom. Suddenly, they burst out laughing. Some green swamp ivy (常春藤) had covered Tom’s face. It was a while before Tom could appreciate the joke. 56. The underlined word “dare” in Paragraph 1 is closed in meaning to ________. A. courage B. assistance C. instruction D. challenge 57. Why did Jack tell Tom and Martin the story? A. To frighten them. B. To satisfy their curiosity. C. To warn them of the danger of the place. D. To persuade them to camp in the swamp. 58. Why did Dennis ignore the warning of the old man? A. The old man envied him. B. The old man was foolish C. He was too busy to listen to others. D. He was greedy for more crops. 59. Why did Tom scream and faint? A. He saw Dennis’s shadow B. He was scared by a plant C. His friends played a joke on him. D. The weather became extremely cold. 60. What lesson can we learn from the story of Dennis? A. Grasp all, lose all. B. No sweat, no sweet. C. It is no use crying over spilt milk. D. He who makes no mistakes makes nothing. 【解析】 56. D。猜测词义题。难度：中等。根据第一段中的 The light from the campfire brightened the darkness, but it could not prevent the damp cold of Dennis’s Swamp (沼泽地) creeping into their bones. It was a strange place.可知来自于篝火的光照亮了黑暗却不能阻止深入骨髓的 Dennis 沼泽地的湿气可见这是一个奇怪的地方。三人来此野营是 Jack 的一个挑战。A. courage 勇气、 胆量；B. assistance 帮助、协助；C. instruction 指示、说明；D. challenge 挑战 解题思路：从本段中的环境描述和三人对野营的喜爱可以得知接受 jack 的应该是一个挑战。 干扰项排除：考生易选 A 项，考生易于从此的本意入手，不能结合语境判断词汇的含义。 57. B。推理判断题。难度：中等。根据段落中的几个朋友的不断发问和词汇“cried out Tom” 的使用，可知孩子们对于 Dennis 沼泽地的得名充满好奇。 干扰项排除：考生要结合上下文找准题目的切入点。本题从题干分析可知，要求找出故事讲 述的背景。D 项明显与题目相悖，选项是说服他们去沼泽地野营应该是在野营前的事而故事 的讲述是在野营时的讲述，明显有时间差；A、C 两项，偏离了故事讲述得背景。故事的讲 述是对 Dennis 沼泽地得名的阐明。有的同学在选题中不能很好的理解题意和题干、不结合 语境。 58.D。细节题。难度：较易。根据题干定位到到 7、8 段。从“‘If I clear more land, I can grow more crops. I’ll become wealthier.”如果我能清理更多的地，我就能种更多的庄稼我能变得更 富有。可知 Dennis 对种植更多庄稼的贪婪和渴望。这也就是他忽略老人的警告的原因。 59. C。推理判断题。难度：中等。根据题干关键词 scream and faint 定位倒数第一段。文中 “Some green swamp ivy (常春藤) had covered Tom’s face.”有一些绿色的常春藤盖在 Tom 脸 的上。可知 Tom 答案。 60. A。推理判断题。难度：较难。从文中的故事讲述可知，Dennis 不顾一切地垦荒和对种 植更多庄稼的贪婪之心，局却是被水中植物拽入水中，一无所得，死不见尸。 （2013 年高考山东卷） A Jimmy is an automotive mechanic, but he lost his job a few months ago. He has a good heart, but always feared applying for a new job. One day, he gathered up all his strength and decided to attend a job interview. His appointment was at 10 a.m. and it was already 8:30. While waiting for a bus to the office where he was supposed to be interviewed, he saw an elderly man wildly kicking the tyre of his car. Obviously there was something wrong with the car. Jimmy immediately went up to lend him a hand. When Jimmy finished working on the car, the old man asked him how much he should pay for the service. Jimmy said there was no need to pay him; he just helped someone in need, and he had to rush for an interview. Then the old man said, “Well, I could take you to the office for your interview. It’s the least I could do. Please, I insist.” Jimmy agreed. Upon arrival, Jimmy found a long line of applicants waiting to be interviewed. Jimmy still had some grease on him after the car repair, but he did not have much time to wash it off or have a change of shirt. One by one, the applicants left the interviewer’s office with disappointed looks on their faces. Finally his name was called. The interviewer was sitting on a large chair facing the office window. Rocking the chair back and forth, he asked, “Do you really need to be interviewed?” Jimmy’s heart sank. “With the way I look now, how could I possibly pass this interview?” He thought to himself. Then the interviewer turned the chair and to Jimmy’s surprise, it was the old man he helped earlier in the morning. It turned out he was the General Manager of the company. “Sorry I had to keep you waiting, but I was pretty sure I made the right decision to have you as part of our workforce before you even stepped into this office. I just know you’d be a trustworthy worker. Congratulations!” Jimmy sat down and they shared a cup of well-deserved coffee as he landed himself a new job. 56. Why did Jimmy apply for a new job? A. He was out of work. B. He was bored with his job. C. He wanted a higher position. D. he hoped to find a better boss. 57. What did Jimmy see on the way to the interview? A. A friend’s car had a flat tyre. B. A wild man was pushing a car. C. A terrible car accident happened. D. An old man’s car broke down. 58. Why did the old man offer Jimmy a ride? A. He was also to be interviewed. B. He needed a traveling companion. C. He always helped people in need. D. He was thankful to Jimmy . 59. How did Jimmy feel on hearing the interviewer’s question? A. He was sorry for the other applicants. B. There was no hope for him to get the job. C. He regretted helping the old man. D. The interviewer was very rude. 60. What can we learn from Jimmy’s experience? A. Where there’s a will, there’s a way. B. A friend in need is a friend indeed. C. Good is rewarded with good. D. Two heads are better than one. 【解析】 56．A。细节理解题。难度：易。由第一段首句可知;“Jimmy is an automotive mechanic, but he lost his job a few months ago.” 与选项 A 中“out of work”同义，故选 A。 解题思路：记叙文首段首句往往会介绍时间、地点和人物。本文中首句含有 but 引导的转折 关系并列句，这就是命题人设置的题眼。 57. D。细节理解题。难度：易。根据题干“on the way to the interview”，定位信息在第二段第 三句：“he saw an elderly man wildly kicking the tyre of his car. Obviously there was something wrong with the car.”可知，老人的车出问题了， 与选项 D 同义，故选 D。 58. C. 细节判断题。细节难度：中等。根据题干“offer Jimmy a ride”，定位该题信息在第二 段倒数最后三句：“Jimmy said there was no need to pay him; he just helped someone in need, and he had to rush for an interview. Then the old man said, “Well, I could take you to the office for your interview. It’s the least I could do. Please, I insist.” Jimmy 无偿帮助需要帮助的人，他要赶 着去参加一个面试。老人说：我可以搭载你去面试的办公室。这是我最起码做的事。老人用 实际行动表达对 Jimmy 的感谢。 59. B. 推理判断题。根据题干“the interviewer’s question”，定位到第三段，由大意可知：因 为帮人修车 Jimmy 的衣服上沾了油脂，穿这样的衣服去面试难免不适合。尤其是在第三段 最 后 三 句 ; Jimmy’s heart sank. “With the way I look now, how could I possibly pass this interview?” 可知: Jimmy 听到面试考官的话，更加不自信，认为这次的工作又无望了。符合 选项 B 内容，故选 B。 60. C.细节理解题。难度：中等。通读全文，可知 Jimmy 无偿帮助他人的精神倍受身为总经 理的老者喜欢，这一品德使 Jimmy 顺利得到工作。A. 有志者事竟成。B. 患难见真情。C. 善有善报。D.三个臭皮匠顶个诸葛亮。有中文含义判断，选 C。 （2013 年陕西卷） B In 1978, I was 18 and was working as a nurse in a small town about 270 km away from Sydney, Australia. I was looking forward to having five days off from duty. Unfortunately, the only one train a day back to my home in Sydney had already left. So I thought I’d hitch a ride (搭便车). I waited by the side of the highway for three hours but no one stopped for me. Finally, a man walked over and introduced himself as Gordon. He said that although he couldn’t give me a lift, I should come back to his house for lunch. He noticed me standing for hours in the November heat and thought I must be hungry. I was doubtful as a young girl but he assured （使…放心）me I was safe, and he also offered to help me find a lift home afterwards. When we arrived at his house, he made us sandwiches. After lunch, he helped me find a lift home. Twenty-five years later, in 2003, while I was driving to a nearby town one day, I saw an elderly man standing in the glaring heat, trying to hitch a ride. I thought it was another chance to repay someone for the favour I’d been given decades earlier. I pulled over and picked him up. I made him comfortable on the back seat and offered him some water. After a few moments of small talk, the man said to me, “You haven’t changed a bit, even your red hair is still the same.” I couldn’t remember where I’d met him. He then told me he was the man who had given me lunch and helped me find a lift all those years ago. It was Gordon. 50. The author had to hitch a ride one day in 1978 because ______. A. her work delayed her trip to Sydney B. she was going home for her holidays C. the town was far away from Sydney D. she missed the only train back home 51. Which of the following did Gordon do according to Paragraph 2? A. He helped the girl find a ride. B. He gave the girl a ride back home. C. He bought sandwiches for the girl. D. He watched the girl for three hours. 52. The reason why the author offered a lift to the elderly man was that ______. A. she realized he was Gordon B. she had known him for decades C. she was going to the nearby town D. she wanted to repay the favour she once got 53. What does the author want to tell the readers through the story? A. Giving sometimes produces nice results. B. Those who give rides will be rapid. C. Good manners bring about happiness. D. People should offer free rides to others. 【解析】 50. D。细节理解题。难度：易。根据文章第一段中的 the only one train a day back to my home in Sydney had already left. So I thought I’d hitch a ride（唯一的一趟回家的火车已经离开，所 以我想搭便车回家。）可知 D 正确。 51. A。细节理解题。难度：易。根据文章第二段中 he also offered to help me find a lift home （他还主动帮助我找到回家的便车）可知 C 正确。 52. D。细节理解题。难度：易。根据文章第三段中的 I thought it was another chance to repay someone for the favor I’d been given decades earlier 可知，我认为这是回报几十年前给我帮助 的人的又一次机会。故 C 正确。 53. A。作者的写作意图题。难度：中等。综合分析全文内容，25 年前我得到 Gordon 的帮助， 25 年后 Gordon 又偶然地得到我的帮助。所以作者想通过这个故事，告诉我们：给予有时会 产生好的结果。故选 A 项。 D About 30 years ago, I left Cuba for the United States with my son. After getting settled finally in Brunswick, New Jersey, I enrolled(注册) my son in kindergarten. Several weeks later, my son’s teacher asked me to meet him at his office. In the teacher’s office, and exchange of greetings was followed by his questions: “Is your son mentally retarded(弱智的)？Does he suffer from any kind of mental disability?” Was he talking about my wonderful Scola? NO, no, it can’t be. What a helpless, lonely moment! I told him that Scola was a quiet, sweet little boy, instead. I asked him why he was asking me all these questions. My son could not follow the teacher’s directions, he told me, and thus, Scola was disrupting the class. Didn’t he know my son did not speak English yet? He was angry; “Why hasn’t your son been taught to speak English? Don’t you speak English at home?” No, I didn’t speak English at home, I replied. I was sure my son would learn English in a couple of months, and I didn't want him to forget his native language. Well, wrong answer! What kind of person would not speak in English to her son at home and at all time? “Are you one of those people who come to this country to save dollars and send them back to their country, never wanting to be a part of this society?” Needless to say, I tried to tell him I was not one of “those people.” Then he told me the meeting was over, and I left. As I had expected, my son learned to speak English fluently before the school year was over. He went on to graduate from college and got a job, earning close to six figures. He travels widely and leads a well-adjusted, contented life. And he has benefited from being bilingual(双语的)。 Speaking more than one language allows people to communicate with others; it teaches people about other cultures and other places—something very basic and obviously lacking in the “educator” I met in New Jersey. 57. The teacher asked the author to his office__________. A. to discuss Scola’s in-class performance B. to get Scola enrolled in kindergarten C. to find a language partner for Scola D. to work out a study plan for Scola 58. What does the underlined word “disrupting” in Paragraph 4 probably mean? A. Breaking B. Following C. Attending D. Disturbing 59. The author’s attitude towards being bilingual may best be described as__________. A. critical B. casual C. positive D. passive 60. This text is likely to be selected from a book of _________. A. medicine B. education C. geography D. history 【解析】 57. A。推理判断题。难度：中等。根据文章第二段中的 My son could not follow the teacher’s directions, he told me, and thus, Scola was disrupting the class 可知：儿子不听老师的话，还扰 乱课堂。这些都是儿子在课上的表现。故选 A。 干扰项排除：B 项说作者给儿子注册上幼儿园，这不是在老师办公室谈的；C 项、D 项文章 内容没有提到。 58.D。猜测词义题。难度：中等。根据文章第四段中的 My son could not follow the teacher’s directions, he told me, and thus, Scola was disrupting the class 可知，and 前后并列关系，内容相 近。所以，根据前文的“他不听老师的指导”可以推知 disrupt 意为：扰乱。故 D 正确。 59. C。考查作者态度题。难度：中等。根据文章最后一段的 Speaking more than one language allows people to communicate with others; it teaches people about other cultures and other places 可以推知作者认为：不止讲一种语言让人们和（更多的）人进行交流，这教会人们了解其他 的地方和文化，这是一些最基本的东西。儿子就得益于双语技能。由此可知作者持积极的态 度。故 C 正确。A 批判的；B 漫不经心的；D 消极的。它们都不合文意。 60. B。推理判断题。难度：易。根据文章的语篇解读可知，文章通篇讲述的是有关教育的 话题。所以，本文应该是从有关教育的书中节选的。故 B 正确。 （2013 年高考四川卷） B On a sunny day last August, Tim heard some shouting. Looking out to the sea carefully, he saw a couple of kids in a rowboat were being pulled out to sea. Two 2-year-old boys, Christian and Jack, rowed out a boat to search for a football. Once they’d rowed beyond the calm waters, a bleach umbrella tied to the boat caught the wind and pulled the boat into open water. The pair panicked and tried to row back to shore. But they were no match for it and the boat was out of control. Tim knew it would soon be swallowed by the waves. “Everything went quiet in my head,” Tim recalls(回忆). “I was trying to figure out how to swim to the boys in a straight line.” Tim took off his clothes and jumped into the water. Every 500 yards or so, he raised his head to judge his progress. “At one point, I considered turning back,” he says. “I wondered if I was putting my life at risk.” After 30 minutes of struggling, he was close to yell to the boys, “Take down the umbrella!” Christian made much effort to take down the umbrella. Then Tim was able to catch up and climb aboard the boat. He took over rowing, but the waves were almost too strong for him. “Let’s aim for the pier(码头),” Jack said. Tim turned the boat toward it. Soon afterward, waves crashed over the boat, and it began to sink. “Can you guys swim?” he cried. “A little bit,” the boys said. Once they were in the water, Tim decided it would be safer and faster for him to pull the boys toward the pier. Christian and Jack were wearing life jackets and floated on their backs. Tim swam toward land as water washed over the boys’ faces. “Are we almost there?” they asked again and again. “Yes,” Tim told them each time. After 30 minutes, they reached the pier. 35. Why did the two boys go to the sea? A. To go boat rowing. B. To get back their football. C. To swim in the open water. D. To test the umbrella as a sail. 36. What does “it” in Paragraph 2 refer to? A. The beach B. The water. C. The boat. D. The wind 37. Why did Tim raise his head regularly? A. To take in enough fresh air. B. To consider turning back or not. C. To check his distance from the boys. D. To ask the boys to take down the umbrella. 38. How did the two boys finally reach the pier? A. They were dragged to the pier by Tim. B. They swam to the pier all by themselves. C. They were washed to the pier by the waves. D. They were carried to the pier by Tim on his back. 【解析】 35. B。细节理解题。难度：较易。题干关键词为 two boys go to the sea，定位第二段第一句。 根据“to search a football”，可知 B 项正确。 36. D。词汇猜测题。难度：较难。no match for“无法对抗；不敌”，定位原文中的 it，阅读其 上文可知，绑在船上的伞利用了风力将船带入开阔的水域，孩子们慌了，尽力往岸边划，但 却抵不过它，船失控了。因此，it 指的是“the wind”，因此，选 D。 37. C。细节理解题。难度：较易。根据关键词“raise his head”定位原文在第五段第二句 “... raise his head to judge his progress”，可知，Tim 抬头是为了判断自己的进程。C 项是对原文的同 义转述，因此，选 C。 38. A。细节理解题。难度：中等。根据题干关键词“how...reach the pier”定位原文第八段“Tim decided... to pull the boys toward the pier”，可知，Tim 将两个孩子拖回了码头，A 项中的 “drag”与原文“pull”同义，因此，选 A。 （2013 年高考天津卷） C Poet William Stafford once said that we are defined more by the detours (绕行路) in life than by the narrow road toward goals. I like this image. But it was quite by accident that I discovered the deep meaning of his words. For years we made the long drive from our home in Seattle to my parents' home in Boise in nine hours. We traveled the way most people do: the fastest, shortest, easiest road, especially when I was alone with four noisy, restless kids who hate confinement(限制) and have strong opinions about everything. Road trips felt risky, so I would drive fast, stopping only when 1 had to. We would stick to the freeways and arrive tired. But then Banner, our lamb was bent. He was reeled by h, mama days before our planned trip to Boise, I had two choices: leave Banner with my husband, or take him with me. My husband made the decision for me. That is how I found myself on the road with four kids, a baby lamb and nothing but my everlasting optimism to see me through. We took the country roads out of necessity. We had to stop every hour, let Banner shake out his legs and feed him. The kids chased him and one another. They'd get back in the car breathless and energized, smelling fresh from the cold air. We explored side roads, catching grasshopper in waist-high grass. Even if we simply looked out of the car window, at baby p.gs following their mother, or fish leaping out of the water, it was better than the best ride down the freeway. Here was life. And new horizons(见识). We eventually arrived at my parents' doorstep astonishingly fresh and full of stories. I grew brave with the trip back home and creative with my disciplining technique. On an empty section of road, everyone started quarreling. I stopped the car, ordered all kids out and told them to meet mc up ahead. I parked my car half a mile away and read my book in sweet silence. Some road trips are by necessity fast and straight. But that trip with Banner opened our eyes to a world available to anyone adventurous enough to wander around and made me realize that a detour may uncover the best part of a journey-and the best part of yourself. 46. Why did the author use to take freeways to her parents' home? A. It was less tiring. B. It would be fester and safer. C. Her kids would feel less confined. D. She felt better with other drivers nearby. 47. The author stopped regularly on the country roads to ______. A. relax in the fresh air B. take a deep breath C. take care of the lamb D. let the kids play with Banner 48. What does the author discover from the trip according to Paragraph 6? A. Freeways are where beauty hides. B. Getting close to nature adds to the joy of life. C. Enjoying the beauty of nature benefits one's health. D. One should follow side roads to watch wild animals. 49. Why did the author ask the kids to get out of the car on their way back home? A. To give herself some time to read. B. To order some food for them C. To play a game with them D. To let them cool down. 50. What could be the best title for the passage? A. Charm of the Detour B. The Road to Bravery C. Creativity out of Necessity D. Road Trip and Country Life 【解析】 46.B。细节推理题。难度：较易。题干关键词为 take freeways to her parents’ home 定位于第 二段。根据 We travelled the way most people do: the fastest, shortest, easiest road（我们行驶在 大多数人走的最快、最短、最便捷的公路上），可知作者选择这条路是因为它的快速与安全。 47.C。细节理解题。难度：较易。找到本题的关键词 regularly（有规律地），文中提到表达 有规律的语句在第五段。根据 We had to stop every hour, let Banner shake out his legs and feed him（我们不得不每个小时就停下来，让 Banner 伸伸腿并喂喂他），可知停下来是为了照顾 这个可爱的小人 Banner. 48.B。推理判读题。难度：中等。找到题眼 Para.6.在 Para.6.中，作者带着孩子们一路欣赏乡 间美景：看到了齐腰深的草、车窗外紧随妈妈身后的猪宝宝、从水中跳出的鱼等。Here was life（这就是生活）。作者通过亲近大自然感到了生活的乐趣。 49.D。细节判断题。难度：较易。找到题干中的关键词组 ask the kids to get out of the car，定 位 在 para.8. 根 据 On an empty section of road, everyone started quarrelling, stopped the car, ordered all kids out（在一个空旷的区域，孩子们开始争吵，我于是停下车，让他们都下车）， 可以看出，“孩子们吵架”是停车的原因。因此选项 D。（让他们冷静下来）为正确答案。 50.A。主旨判断题。难度：较难。本文通过叙述从这些年来为了贪图便捷快速走高速路，到 因为照顾年幼的孩子而不得选择乡间公路的过程中，欣赏了大自然的美景，发现了绕行路的 魅力。 （2013 年高考全国课标 II 卷） A Doctors are known to be terrible pilots. They don't listen because they already know it all. I was lucky: I became a pilot in 1970, almost ten years before I graduated from medical school. I didn't realize then, but becoming a pilot makes me a better surgeon. I loved flying. As I flew bigger, faster planes, and in worse weather. I learned about crew resource management (机组资源管理), or CRM, a new idea to make flying safer. It means that crew members should listen and speak up for a good result, regardless of positions. I first read about CRM in 1980. Not long after that, an attending doctor and I were flying in bad weather. The controller had us turn too late to get our landing ready. The attending doctor was flying; I was safety pilot. He was so busy because of the bad turn, he had forgotten to put the landing gear (起落架) down. He was a better pilot - and my boss - so it felt unusual to speak up. But I had to: Our lives were in danger. I put aside my uneasiness and said, "We need to put the landing gear down now!" That was my first real lesson in the power of CRM, and I've used it in the operating room ever since. CRM requires that the pilot/surgeon encourage others to speak up. It further requires that when opinions are from the opposite, the doctor doesn't overreact, which might prevent fellow doctors from voicing opinions again. So when I'm in the operating room, I ask for ideas and help from others. Sometimes they're not willing to speak up. But I hope that if I continue to encourage them, someday someone will keep me from “landing gear up”. 36. What does the author say about doctors in general? A. They like flying by themselves. B. They are unwilling to take advice. C. They pretend to be good pilots. D. They are quick learners of CRM. 37. The author deepened his understanding of the power of CRM when_______. A. he saved the plane by speaking up B. he was in charge of a flying task C. his boss landed the plane too late D. his boss operated on a patient 38. In the last paragraph” landing gear up” probably means ______. A. following flying requirements. B. overreacting to different opinions. C. listening to what fellow doctors say D. making a mistake that may cost lives 39. Which of the following can be the best title for the text? A.CRM: A New Way to Make Flying Safe B. Flying Makes Me a Better Doctor C. The Making of a Good Pilot D. A Pilot-Turned Doctor 【解析】 36. B。细节理解题。难度：中等。根据文章第一段中 Doctor are known to be terrible pilots. They don't listen because they already know it all.（众所周知，医生是糟糕的飞行员。他们听不进建 议因为他们已经全都知道了。）可知他们听不进别人的意见。这和选项 B 一致。其他选项文 章内容没有提到过。 37. A。细节理解题。难度：中等。根据文章第二段中的 But I had to（speak up）: Our lives were in danger. I put aside my uneasiness and said, "We need to put the landing gear down now!" That was my first real lesson in the power of CRM（我们的生命处于危险之中，危机时刻我大声地 说：“我们必须按下起降架” 这是我运用 CRM 的第一堂课。）可知 A 正确。 38. D。猜测短语含义题。难度：较难。根据文章第三段中的 So when I'm in the operating room, I ask for ideas and help from others. Sometimes they're not willing to speak up. But I hope that if I continue to encourage them, someday someone will keep me from ”landing gear up”.可以 推知：当我在手术室时，我向别人征求意见和寻求帮助。有时他们不愿大声说话。但我希望 如果我不断地鼓励他们，有朝一日，有人就能阻止我犯以生命为代价的错误（landing gear down 挽救了飞机和我们的命；landing gear up 如果不按下起降架就会飞机失事牺牲生命）。 故选 D。 39. B。推测文章的标题。难度：中等。根据文章的整体内容上看，作者采用倒叙的方法。 第一段叙述故事的结果，从而引出下文的故事。而第一段中的 becoming a pilot makes me a better surgeon 是文章的中心句，这句涵盖了整个文章内容，而选项 B 和中心句一致。所以 B 正确。 （2013 年高考全国课标 I 卷） A Some people will do just about anything to save money. And I am one of them. Take my family’s last vacation. It was my six-year-old son’s winter break from school, and we were heading home from Fort Lauderdale after a weeklong trip. The flight was overbooked, and Delta, the airline, offered us $400 per person in credits to give up our seats and leave the next day. I had meeting in New York，So I had to get back . But that didn't mean my husband and my son couldn't stay. I took my nine-month-old and took off for home. The next day my husband and son were offered more credits to take an even later flight. Yes, I encouraged--okay, ordered-them to wait it out at the airport, to "earn" more Delta Dollars. Our total take: $1,600. Not bad, huh? Now some people may think I'm a bad mother and not such a great wife either. But as a big-time bargain hunter, I know the value of a dollar. And these days, a good deal is something few of us can afford to pass up. I've made living looking for the best deals and exposing (揭露) the worst tricks . I have been the consumer reporter of NBC's Today show for over a decade. I have written a couple of books including one titled Tricks of the Trade: A Consumer Survival Guide. And I really do what I believe in. I tell you this because there is no shame in getting your money’s worth. I’m also tightfisted when it comes to shoes, clothes for my children, and expensive restaurants. But I wouldn't hesitate to spend on a good haircut. It keeps its longer, and it's the first thing people notice. And I will also spend on a classic piece of furniture. Quality lasts. 56. Why did Delta give the author's family credits? A. They took a later flight. B. They had early bookings. C. Their flight had been delayed. D. Their flight had been cancelled. 57. What can we learn about the author? A. She rarely misses a good deal. B. She seldom makes a compromise. C. She is very strict with her children D. She is interested in cheap products. 58. What does the author do? A. She's a teacher. B. She's a housewife. C. She's a media person. D. She's a businesswoman. 59. What does the author want to tell us? A. How to expose bad tricks. B. How to reserve airline seats. C. How to spend money wisely, D. How to make a business deal. 【解析】 56. A。细节理解题。难度：中等。题干关键词为：Delta …give…credits, 定位第一段。 Dalta, the airline, offered us $400 per person in credits to give up our seats and leave the next day. 可知，他们是因为放弃了本航班的机票从而得到航空公司的赔偿。 57. A。推理判断题。难度：中等。根据文中的句子（第三段）：as a big-time bargain hunter…a good deal is something that few of us can afford to pass up 可以推出作者很少错过便宜货。 58. C。事实细节题。难度：较易。文章第四段 I have been the consumer reporter of NBC’s today show for over a decade.可知，作者是个媒体记者。 59. C。主旨大意题。难度：中等。纵观全文，尤其是第一段和最后一段。第一段段首句给 出：作者是省钱一族。最后一段对不同的产品的不同决策，指出对于质量高的产品也会毫不 犹豫买。说明了作者花钱的明智。 （2013 年高考浙江卷） D In 1974, after filling out fifty applications, going through four interviews, and winning one offer, I look what I could get — a teaching job at what I considered a distant wild area: western New Jersey. My characteristic optimism was alive only when I reminded myself that I would be doing what I had wanted to do since I was fourteen -- teaching English. School started, but I felt more and more as if I were in a foreign country. Was this rural area really New Jersey? My students have a week off when hunting season began. I was told they were also frequently absent in late October to help their fathers make hay on the farms. I was a young woman from New York City, who thought that “Make hay while the sun shines” just meant to have a good time. But, still, I was teaching English. I worked hard, taking lime off only to eat and sleep. And then there was my sixth-grade class -- seventeen boys and five girls who were only six yean younger than me. I had a problem long before I knew it. I was struggling in my work as a young idealistic teacher. I wanted to make literature come alive and lo promote a love of the written word. The students wanted to throw spitballs and whisper dirty words in the back of the room. In college I had been taught that a successful educator should ignore bad behavior. So I did, confident that, as the textbook had said, the bad behavior would disappear as I gave ray students positive attention. It sounds reasonable, but the text evidently ignored the fact that humans, particularly teenagers, rarely seem reasonable. By the time ray boss, who was also ray taskmaster known to be the strictest, most demanding, most quick to fire inexperienced teachers, came into the classroom to observe me, the students exhibited very little good behavior to praise. My boss sat in the back of the room. The boys in the class were making animal noises, hitting each other while the girls filed their nails or read magazines. I just pretended it all wasn’t happening, and went on lecturing and tried to ask some inspiring questions. My boss, sitting in the back of the room, seemed to be growing bigger and bigger. After twenty minutes he left, silently. Visions of unemployment marched before my eyes. I felt mildly victorious that I got through the rest of class without crying, but at my next free period I had to face him. I wondered if he would let me finish out the day. I walked to his office, took a deep breath, and opened the door. He was sitting in his chair, and he looked at me long and hard. I said nothing. All I could think of was that I was not an English teacher; I had been lying to myself, pretending that everything was fine. When he spoke, he said simply, without accusation, “You had nothing to say to them.” “You had nothing to say to them," he repeated. “No wonder they’re bored. Why not get to the meal of the literature and stop talking about symbolism. Talk with them, not at them. And more important, why do you ignore their bad behavior?” We talked. He named ray problems and offered solutions. We role-played. He was the bad student, and I was the forceful, yet, warm, teacher. As the year progressed, we spent many hours discussing literature and ideas about human beings and their motivations. He helped me identify my weaknesses and my strengths. In short, he made a teacher of me by teaching me the reality of Emerson's words: “The secret to education lies in respecting the pupil.” Fifteen years later I still drive that same winding road to the same school. Thanks to the help I received that difficult first year, the school is my home now. 55. It can be inferred from the story that in 1974 ______. A. the writer became an optimistic person B. the writer was very happy about her new job C. it was rather difficult to get a job in the USA D. it was easy to get a teaching job in New Jersey 56. According to the passage, which of the following is most probably the writer’s problem as a new teacher? A. She had blind trust in what she learnt at college. B. She didn’t ask experienced teachers for advice. C. She took too much time off to eat and sleep. D. She didn’t like teaching English literature. 57. What is the writer’s biggest worry after her taskmaster's observation of her class? A. She might lose her teaching job. B. She might lose her students’ respect. C. She couldn’t teach the same class any more. D. She couldn’t ignore her students’ bad behavior any more. 58. Which of the following gives the writer a sense of mild victory? A. Her talk about symbolism sounded convincing. B. Her students behaved a little better than usual. C. She managed to finish the class without crying. D. She was invited for a talk by her boss after class. 59. The students behaved badly in the writer's classes because ______. A. they were eager to embarrass her B. she didn't really understand them C. they didn't regard her as a good teacher D. she didn’t have a good command of English 60. The taskmaster’s attitude towards the writer after his observation of her class can be best described as ______. A. cruel but encouragingB. fierce but forgiving C. sincere and supportive D. angry and aggressive D 【解析】 55A。推理判断题。难度：中等。题干关键词为 in 1974，定位第一段。根据第一段第一句的 描述可知，作者是经过投了 50 份简历，经历了四次面试才得到这份工作的，由此可知当时 的美国就业是相当困难的。 56. C。细节理解题。难度：中等。题干关键词为 the writer’s problem as a new teacher，定位 于第三第四段。第三段后半部分说我有个问题很久没意识到，我的教学理念和教学实际脱节， 第四段又说大学里受到的教育对我影响很大，可知对大学知识的盲目自信正是她的问题所在， A 项正确。 B 项的内容在文中没有涉及，没有提到其他老师的存在，可排除；C 项描述与 第三段第一句 I worked hard，taking time off only to eat and sleep 相矛盾；D 项说作者不喜欢 文学教学也与文中说作者对工作的执着和热心相背。 A。细节理解题。难度：中等。题干关键词为 biggest worry，定位于第五段和第六段。第五 段最后两句说负责人只听了 20 分钟就悄悄地离开了，我似乎看到了自己被解雇的情形以及 下一段第二句话我不知道他是否让我上完那天的课，由此可知作者怕丢掉来之不易的工作。 C。细节理解题。难度：中等。题干关键词为 a sense of wild victory，定位于第六段。第一句 I felt wildly victorious that I got through the rest of the class without crying, 可知作者能坚持平 静地上完剩下的课程就已经是使她感到不容易的事情了。所以答案为 C。 B。推理判断题。难度：中等。题干关键词为 the students behaved badly，定位于全篇文章。 尤其从第四段中的描述可知，作者就是按照教科书中传授的理论教育学生，但效果甚微，而 且教科书忽略了一个事实就是人尤其是青少年很少是理智的，可知学生在她的课堂上表现不 佳的原因就是她并不真正了解学生。 C。推理判断题。难度：中等。题干关键词为 the taskmaster’s attitude towards the writer，定 位于第八第九段，他没有指责我，而是向我提出了许多建议并交换角色实地体验（他当坏学 生我当老师）等内容都体现出负责人的态度是真诚的和支持的。 （2013 年高考重庆卷） A The morning had been a disaster. My tooth was aching. And I’d been in an argument with a friend. Her words still hurt: “The trouble with you is that you won’t put yourself in my place. Can’t you see things from my point of view?” I shook my head stubbornly—and felt the ache in my tooth. I’d thought I could hold out till my dentist came back from holiday, but the pain was really unbearable. I started calling the dentists in the phone book, but no one could see me immediately. Finally, at about lunchtime, I got lucky. “If you come by right now,” the receptionist said, “the dentist will fit you in.” I took my puree and keys and rushed to my car. But suddenly I began to doubt about the dentist. What kind of dentist would be so eager to treat someone at such short notice? Why wasn't he as busy as the others? In the dentist's office, I sat down and looked around. I saw nothing but the bare walls and I became even more worried. The assistant noticed my nervousness and placed her warm hand over my ice-cold one. When I told her my fears, she laughed and said, "Don't worry. The dentist is very good. " "How long do I have to wait for him?" I asked impatiently. "Come on, he is coming. Just lie down and relax. And enjoy the artwork," the assistant said. "The artwork?" I was puzzled. The chair went back. Suddenly I smiled. There was a beautiful picture, right where I could enjoy it: on the ceiling. How considerate the dentist was! At that moment, I began to understand what my friend meant by her words. What a relief! 56. Which of the following best describes the author’s feeling that morning? A. Cheerful. B. Nervous. C. Satisfied. D. Upset. 57. What made the author begin to doubt about the dentist? A. The dentist's agreeing to treat her at very short notice. B. The dentist's being as busy as the other dentists. C. The surroundings of the dentist's office. D. The laughing assistant of the dentist. 58. Why did the author suddenly smile? A. Because the dentist came at last. B. Because she saw a picture on the ceiling. C. Because she could relax in the chair. D. Because the assistant kept comforting her. 59. What did the author learn from her experience most probably? A. Strike while the iron is hot. B. Have a good word for one's friend. C. Put oneself in other's shoes. D. A friend in need is a friend indeed. 【解析】 56. D。推理判断题。难度：中等。题干关键词为 that morning，定位第一段。根据 The morning had been a disaster…Her words still hurt.（那天早上是一场灾难。我牙疼而且一直与朋友争吵。 她的话仍然伤人。）可知作者很心烦苦恼。D. upset“心烦的”符合题意，故选 D。cheerful 快 乐的；nervous 紧张的；satisfied 感到满意的。考生易选 B 项，其依据是第四段 The assistant noticed my nervousness…来判断，而这是在 lunchtime 作者看牙医时的感觉。考生忽视了题 干的关键词 that morning。 57. A。细节理解题。难度：较易。根据题干关键词 begin to doubt 定位第三段…What kind of dentist would be so eager to treat someone at such short notice?（什么样的牙医急于在如此短的 时间治疗一个人？）。Ａ项“牙医同意在如此短的时间为她治疗”正是此句的同义转述，符 合题意，故选 A。考生易选 C“牙医办公室的环境”，其依据是第四段 In the dentist’s office,…worried.（医生办公室光秃秃的墙使作者更担心）。这是作者后来的怀疑而不是“开始 时的怀疑”。考生忽视题干的关键词 begin。 58.Ｂ。细节理解题。难度：较易。根据题干关键词 suddenly smile 定位第九段。Ｃ项“因为 她看到天花板上的画”与第九段 There was a beautiful picture,…on the ceiling.相对应，故为正 确答案。 59. C。推理判断题。难度：中等。由题干的 experience 可定位于文章后两段。文章倒数第二 段提到…I began to understand…by her words.（开始理解朋友所说话的意思），而在文章第一 段提到…The trouble with you is that you won’t put yourself in my place…stubbornly.作者与朋 友争吵了，朋友说作者的问题是不会为她着想。由此可推知作者感悟到：要要设身处地为别 人着想。Ｃ项符合此意，故为正确答案。 C1 人物传记类 C1[2014·广东卷] A Samuel Osmond is a 19­year­old law student from Cornwall, England. He never studied the piano. However, he can play very difficult musical pieces by musicians such as Chopin and Beethoven just a few minutes after he hears them. He learns a piece of music by listening to it in parts. Then he thinks about the notes in his head. Two years ago, he played his first piece Moonlight Sonata(奏鸣曲)by Beethoven. He surprised everyone around him. Amazed that he remembered this long and difficult piece of music and played it perfectly, his teachers say Samuel is unbelievable. They say his ability is very rare, but Samuel doesn't even realize that what he can do is special. Samuel wanted to become a lawyer as it was the wish of his parents, but music teachers told him he should study music instead. Now, he studies law and music. Samuel can't understand why everyone is so surprised. “I grew up with music. My mother played the piano and my father played the guitar. About two years ago, I suddenly decided to start playing the piano, without being able to read music and without having any lessons. It comes easily to me—I hear the notes and can bear them in mind—each and every note，” says Samuel. Recently, Samuel performed a piece during a special event at his college. The piece had more than a thousand notes. The audience was impressed by his amazing performance. He is now learning a piece that is so difficult that many professional pianists can't play it. Samuel says confidently，“It's all about super memory—I guess I have that gift.” However, Samuel's ability to remember things doesn't stop with music. His family says that even when he was a young boy, Samuel heard someone read a story, and then he could retell the story word for word. Samuel is still only a teenager. He doesn't know what he wants to do in the future. For now, he is just happy to play beautiful music and continue his studies. 26. What is special about Samuel Osmond? A. He has a gift for writing music. B. He can write down the note he hears. C. He is a top student at the law school. D. He can play the musical piece he hears. 27. What can we learn from Paragraph 2? A. Samuel chose law against the wish of his parents. B. Samuel planned to be a lawyer rather than a musician. C. Samuel thinks of himself as a man of great musical ability. D. Samuel studies law and music on the advice of his teachers. 28. Everyone around Samuel was surprised because he ________． A. received a good early education in music B. played the guitar and the piano perfectly C. could play the piano without reading music D. could play the guitar better than his father 29. What can we infer about Samuel in Paragraph 4? A. He became famous during a special event at his college. B. He is proud of his ability to remember things accurately. C. He plays the piano better than many professional pianists. D. He impressed the audience by playing all the musical pieces. 30. Which of the following is the best title of the passage? A. The qualities of a musician B. The story of a musical talent C. The importance of early education D. The relationship between memory and music 【解析】 这是一篇人物传记。文章主要讲述了英国 19 岁的音乐天才 Samuel Osmond 的故 事。 26. D 细节理解题。根据第一段的“…he can play very difficult musical pieces by musicians such as Chopin and Beethoven just a few minutes after he hears them.”可知 Samuel Osmond 的 天赋在于他可以弹出他听到的音乐片段。故选 D。 27. B 推理判断题。根据第二段的“Samuel wanted to become a lawyer as it was the wish of his parents…”可知 Samuel 在父母的期待下打算成为律师，故选 B。由“…but music teachers told him he should study music instead.”可知，老师只是建议他学习音乐而放弃法律，故 D 项是错 误的。 28. C 细节理解题。根据第三段的“Samuel can't understand why everyone is so surprised.” 和“‘…without being able to read music and without having any lessons. It comes easily to me…’” 可知他虽然没有接受过专业的音乐训练，但是他却能非常熟练地弹钢琴，大家都为此感到很 惊讶。故选 C。 29. B   推 理 判 断 题 。 根 据 第 四 段 的 “Samuel says confidently ， ‘It's all about super memory—I guess I have that gift.’”可知 Samuel 对他超群的记忆力很自信，即很自豪。故选 B。根据第四段的“He is now learning a piece that is so difficult that many professional pianists can't play it.”可知他只是在一个较难的乐章方面超越了一些专业钢琴家，并不是总体上超越 了他们，故 C 项犯了以偏概全的错误。 30. B 主旨大意题。文章主要讲述了英国 19 岁的音乐天才 Samuel Osmond 的故事。故 选 B。 C1[2014·山东卷] C Elizabeth Freeman was born about 1742 to African American parents who were slaves. At the age of six months she was acquired, along with her sister, by John Ashley, a wealthy Massachusetts slaveholders. She became known as “Mumbet” or “Mum Bett”. For nearly 30 years Mumbet served the Ashley family. One day, Ashley's wife tried to strike Mumbet's sister with a spade. Mumbet protected her sister and took the blow instead. Furious, she left the house and refused to come back. When the Ashleys tried to make her return, Mumbet consulted a lawyer, Theodore Sedgewick. With his help, Mumbet sued(起诉) for her freedom. While serving the Ashleys, Mumbet had listened to many discussions of the new Massachusetts constitution. If the constitution said that all people were free and equal, then she thought it should apply to her. Eventually, Mumbet won her freedom—the first slave in Massachusetts to do so under the new constitution. Strangely enough, after the trial, the Ashleys asked Mumbet to come back and work for them as a paid employee. She declined and instead went to work for Sedgewick. Mumbet died in 1829, but her legacy lived on in her many descendants( 后 裔 ). One of her great­grandchildren was W．E.B.Du Bois, one of the founders of the NAACP, and an important writer and spokesperson for African American civil rights. Mumbet's tombstone still stands in the Massachusetts cemetery where she was buried. It reads, in part: “She was born a slave and remained a slave for nearly thirty years. She could neither read nor write, yet in her own sphere she had no superior or equal.” 51．What do we know about Mumbet according to Paragraph 1? A．She was born a slave. B．She was a slaveholder. C．She had a famous sister. D．She was born into a rich family. 52．Why did Mumbet run away from the Ashleys? A．She found an employer. B．She wanted to be a lawyer. C．She was hit and got angry. D．She had to take care of her sister. 53．What did Mumbet learn from discussions about the new constitution? A．She should always obey her owners' orders. B．She should be as free and equal as whites. C．How to be a good servant. D．How to apply for a job. 54．What did Mumbet do after the trial? A．She chose to work for a lawyer. B．She founded the NAACP. C．She continued to serve the Ashleys. D．She went to live with her grandchildren. 55．What is the text mainly about? A．A story of a famous writer and spokesperson. B．The friendship between a lawyer and a slave. C．The life of a brave African American woman. D．A trial that shocked the whole world. 【解析】 这是一篇人物传记。文章介绍了美国历史上一位勇于追求自由的女性 Elizabeth Freeman。 51．A 细节理解题。根据第一段的“Elizabeth Freeman was born about 1742 to African American parents who were slaves.”可知她生来就是奴隶。故选 A。 52．C 细节理解题。根据第二段的“One day, Ashley's wife tried to strike Mumbet's sister with a spade. Mumbet protected her sister and took the blow instead. Furiously, she left the house and refused to come back.”可知答案为 C。 53．B 细节理解题。根据第三段的“If the constitution said that all people were free and equal, then she thought it should apply to her.”可知 Elizabeth 从新的宪法中得知所有的人都是 自由、平等的。 54 ． A   细 节 理 解 题 。 根 据 第 四 段 的 “She declined and instead went to work for Sedgewick.”和第二段的“…Mumbet consulted a lawyer, Theodore Sedgewick.”可知答案为 A。 55．C 主旨大意题。本文介绍了美国历史上一位勇于追求自由的女性 Elizabeth Freeman。 故选 C。 C1[2014·四川卷] B In 1943, when I was 4, my parents moved from Coeur d'Alene, Idaho, to Fairbanks, Alaska, where adventure was never very far away. We arrived in the summer, just in time to enjoy the midnight sun. All that sunlight was fantastic for Mum's vegetable garden. Working in the garden at midnight tended to throw her timing off, so she didn't care much about my bedtime. Dad was a Railway Express agent and Mum was his clerk. That left me in a mess. I usually managed to find some trouble to get into. Once I had a little fire going in the dirt basement of a hotel. I had tried to light a barrel(桶) of paint but couldn't really get a good fire going. The smoke got pretty bad, though, and when I made my exit, a crowd and the police were there to greet me. The policemen took my matches and drove me home. Mum and Dad were occupied in the garden and Dad told the police to keep me, and they did! I had a tour of the prison before Mum rescued me. I hadn't turned 5 yet. As I entered kindergarten, the serious cold began to set in. Would it surprise you to know that I soon left part of my tongue on a metal handrail at school? As for Leonhard Seppala, famous as a dog sledder( 驾 雪 橇 者 ), I think I knew him well because I was taken for a ride with his white dog team one Sunday. At the time I didn't realize what a superstar he was, but I do remember the ride well. I was wrapped(包裹) heavily and well sheltered from the freezing and blowing weather. In 1950, we moved back to Coeur d'Alene, but we got one more Alaskan adventure when Leonhard invited us eight years later by paying a visit to Idaho to attend a gathering of former neighbours of Alaska. 35. What can be inferred about the author's family? A. His father was a cruel man. B. His parents didn't love him. C. His parents used to be very busy. D. His mother didn't have any jobs. 36. What happened when the author was 4? A. He learned to smoke. B. He was locked in a basement. C. He was arrested by the police. D. He nearly caused a fire accident. 37. Which of the following is TRUE? A. Leonhard was good at driving dog sleds. B. The author spent his whole childhood in Alaska. C. Leonhard often visited the author's family after 1950. D. The author suffered a lot while taking the dog sled in Alaska. 38. What is the author's purpose of writing the text? A. To look back on his childhood with adventures. B. To describe the extreme weather of Alaska. C. To express how much he misses Leonhard. D. To show off his pride in making trouble. 【解析】 本文是一篇人物传记 。作者回忆了在他童年时，他身上所发生的一些奇遇 ——点燃油漆，差点引起火灾，从而被警察收容；上幼儿园时患了严重感冒；在学校栏杆上 撞破他的舌头；在恶劣天气里乘坐 Leonhard 的雪橇进行冒险旅行。 35. C 推理判断题。根据文章第二段中的“Working in the garden at midnight tended to throw her timing off, so she didn't care much about my bedtime.”及第四段中的“Mum and Dad were occupied in the garden and Dad told the police to keep me…”可知，作者的父母当时忙于他 们自己的事情，无暇照顾他。 36. D 细节理解题。根据文章第三段中的“I had tried to light a barrel(桶) of paint but couldn't really get a good fire going. The smoke got pretty bad, though, and when I made my exit, a crowd and the police were there to greet me.”可知，作者点燃了一桶油漆，火并没有燃烧得很 大烟却很浓。故选 D。 37. A 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段前两句可知 Leonhard 很擅长驾雪橇。 38. A 写作意图题。作者回忆了在他童年时，由于父母很忙碌没人管他，他身上所发 生的一些奇遇。故选 A。 [2014·一模] Nicolai Calabria has already become one of the best 106 － pound wrestlers. He has successfully climbed to the top of the highest mountain in Africa, and most importantly, he's changed the attitude of any normal person who watches him compete. The 17－year－old teenager has one leg. He was born that way, but his goal is to show it's not the one thing that defines him. He would also be the first one to tell you that he just_wants_to prove to others and himself that he's just like other normal ones. When Calabria was young, his parents tried different prostheses(假肢)to find out which was most comfortable for their son as he tried to keep up with a family, who has a preference for sports. At first, the Calabrias had their middle child in a prosthesis that looked and functioned like a “real” leg, but soon they decided to choose a different path when they found it wasn't beneficial to his movement. Then the family moved him to arm crutches(手杖) and from there a new burst of energy was found. Getting others to believe that he could take off on the soccer field took a little bit longer. When the Calabrias moved to Concord, they had a hard time convincing the town soccer programme to allow a child like him to compete with able－bodied kids. After months and months of debates and meetings, the family received the answer they were looking for. Since then, witnessing a young man on crutches who competes against those with two legs has become a_fixed_event in the Concord community. “At that time I had nothing but discouragement working with the soccer community, however, now I have nothing but admiration for the fact that he's been allowed to play, and people see that he adds value to game，” his father said. “I just think it's a great result.” 16．This passage shows us a boy with one leg ________． A．can do what a normal teenager can B．is realizing as many dreams as he can C．can make a sport event more valuable D．can add value to society 17．We can learn from Paragraph 5 that ________． A．Calabria proved to be the most excellent player of the team B．it was not easy for Calabria to be accepted to the town's soccer team C．Calabria's parents didn't allow him to play soccer at first D．there are some other disabled children in the soccer team 18．In Paragraph 5, the underlined part “a fixed event” probably means “________”． A．a must－see B．a planned programme C．an extra game D．a special occasion 19．It is implied in the last paragraph that Nicolai's father ________． A．has been discouraged since Nicolai played soccer B．thinks that Nicolai is playing a key role in the team C．is very delighted that Nicolai can play soccer in the team D．hasn't expected that Nicolai can be allowed to play soccer 【解析】 本文是一篇人物传记，主要讲述了非洲身残志坚的 Nicolai Calabria 的励志故 事。 21．A 写作意图题。根据第二段最后一句“He would also be the first one to tell you that he just wants to prove to others and himself that he's just like other normal ones.”和对全文的整体理 解可知选 A 项。 22．B 推理判断题。根据文章第五段第三句“After months and months of debates and meetings… ”和对全段的整体理解可推知，让城镇足球队接受他这样一个人入队并非易事， 故选 B 项。 23．A 词义猜测题。根据文章最后一段 Calabria 的父亲所说的“…people see that he adds value to game, …”可推知，人们喜欢看有 Calabria 参与的比赛，并结合 fixed 的意思“既定的， 固定的”，可知选 A 项。 24．C 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段 Calabria 的父亲所说的话， 从 discouragement 到 ambition，尤其是最后一句的总结 “‘…and people see that he adds value to game，’ his father said. ‘I just think it's a great result.’”可推知，Calabria 的父亲对 Calabria 能在足球队里打比赛 很开心，故选 C 项。 C2 故事类 C2[2014·北京卷] B The brown bear My wife Laura and I were on the beach, with three of our children, taking pictures of shore birds near our home in Alaska when we spotted a bear. The bear was thin and small, moving aimlessly. Just a few minutes later, I heard my daughter shouting, “Dad! The bear is right behind us！” An aggressive bear will usually rush forwards to frighten away its enemy but would suddenly stop at the last minute. This one was silent and its ears pinned back—the sign(迹象) of an animal that is going in for the kill. And it was a cold April day. The bear behaved abnormally, probably because of hunger. I held my camera tripod(三脚架) in both hands to form a barrier as the bear rushed into me. Its huge head was level with my chest and shoulders, and the tripod stuck across its mouth. It bit down and I found myself supporting its weight. I knew I would not be able to hold it for long. Even so, this was a fight I had to win: I was all that stood between the bear and my family, who would stand little chance of running faster than a brown bear. The bear hit at the camera, cutting it off the tripod. I raised my left arm to protect my face; the beast held tightly on the tripod and pressed it into my side. My arm could not move, and I sensed that my bones were going to break. Drawing back my free hand, I struck the bear as hard as I could for five or six times. The bear opened its mouth and I grasped its fur, trying to push it away. I was actually wrestling(扭打) with the bear at this point. Then, as suddenly as it had begun, the fight ended. The bear moved back towards the forest, before returning for another attack—the first time I felt panic. Apparently satisfied that we caused no further threat, the bear moved off, destroying a fence as it went. My arm was injured, but the outcome for us could hardly have been better. I'm proud that my family remained clear­headed when panic could have led to a very different outcome. 60. The brown bear approached the family in order to ________． A. catch shore birds B. start an attack C. protect the children D. set up a barrier for itself 61. The bear finally went away after it ________． A. felt safe B. got injured C. found some food D. took away the camera 62. The writer and his family survived mainly due to their ________. A. pride B. patience C. calmness D. cautiousness 【解析】本文是一篇故事，介绍的是“我”和全家人在海滩上拍照时突遇一头棕熊的遭遇。 作者和熊进行了搏斗，最后棕熊感觉他们没有威胁时，返回了森林。 60. B 细节理解题。A 项为无效信息，因为文中没有提到棕熊捕杀鸟类的事情；根据 第二段第二句“An aggressive bear will usually rush forwards to frighten away its enemy…”可推 知 B 为正确答案。 61. A 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段中“Apparently satisfied that we caused no further threat…”可知，棕熊是因为没有了威胁才走的，也就是感到了安全。B、C、D 选项都是文中 没有提到的信息，为无效信息。 62. C   推 理 判 断 题 。 根 据 文 章 最 后 一 段 内 容 “I'm proud that my family remained clear­headed when panic could have led to a very different outcome.”可知，他们全家保持了头脑 清晰(clear­headed)，若非如此，可能结果就迥异了。所以选 C。 C2[2014·福建卷] A It was Mother's Day morning last year and I was doing shopping at our local supermarket with my five­year­old son, Tenyson. As we were leaving, we found that only minutes earlier an elderly woman had fallen over at the entrance and had hit her head on the concrete. Her husband was with her, but there was blood everywhere and the woman was embarrassed and clearly in shock. Walking towards the scene, Tenyson became very upset about what had happened to the couple. He said to me, “Mum, it's not much fun falling over in front of everyone.” At the front of the supermarket, a charity( 慈 善 ) group had set up a stand selling cooked sausages and flowers to raise funds. Tenyson suggested that we should buy the lady a flower. “It will make her feel better，” he said. I was amazed that he'd come up with this sweet idea. So we went over to the flower seller and asked her if we could buy a flower for the lady to cheer her up. “Just take it，” she replied. “I can't take your money for such a wonderful gesture.” By now paramedics(急救人员) had arrived, and were attending to the injured woman. As we walked up to her, my son became intimidated by all the blood and medical equipment. He said he was just too scared to go up to her. Instead I gave the flower to the woman's husband and told him, “My son was very upset for your wife and wanted to give her this flower to make her feel better.” At that, the old man started crying and said, “Thank you so much, you have a wonderful son. Happy Mother's Day to you.” The man then bent down and gave his wife the flower, telling her who it was from. Though badly hurt and shaken, the old lady looked up at Tenyson with love in her eyes and gave him a little smile. 56．What does the author intend to tell us? A．One can never be too careful. B．Actions speak louder than words. C．Love begins with a little smile. D．A small act of kindness brings a great joy. 57．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A．The elderly woman was knocked down by Tenyson. B．Tenyson's idea of buying a flower gained his mother's support. C．Tenyson's care for the elderly woman puzzled the flower seller. D．The elderly woman was moved to tears by Tenyson's gesture. 58 ． The underlined word “intimidated” in the fourth paragraph probably means “________”． A．astonished B．struck C．frightened D．excited 59．What would be the best title for the passage? A．Flower power B．Mother's Day C．An accidental injury D．An embarrassing moment 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了去年母亲节的早上，“我”带着五岁大的儿子购 物要离开时，一位老太太在超市入口处摔倒了，流了很多血。这时儿子提议去超市前面的慈 善义卖处给这位老太太买朵花，安慰她一下。后来，作者请老太太的丈夫转交了花并转达了 孩子对她的关爱之心，老人非常高兴。 56．D 推理判断题。A 项意为“一个人无论怎样小心都不过分”；B 项意为“事实胜于雄 辩”；C 项意为“爱开始于微笑”；D 项意为“一个小小的善行会带来巨大的喜悦”。综合全文 可知，D 项最符合文章主旨。 57．B 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“As we were leaving, we found…on the concrete.” 可知，A 项是错误的；根据第三段中的“I was amazed that he'd come up with this sweet idea. So we went over to the flower seller…”可知，B 项是正确的；根据第三段中的最后一句可知，卖 花的人非常认同作者母子的做法，故 C 项是错误的；根据最后一段可知，老太太并没有感 动得落泪，故 D 项是错误的。 58．C 词义猜测题。根据文章第四段中的“He said he was just too scared to go up to her.” 可知，儿子被鲜血和医生救助的场景吓到了，他害怕了，故选择 C 项。astonished 惊讶的， 震惊的；struck 被打击的；excited 激动的，兴奋的。 59．A 主旨大意题。B 项只是个时间点，在本文中并没有详尽表述；C 项只是文中的 一个小细节；D 项在文中没有具体描述。综合全文可知，只有 A 项概括了全文的事实和主 旨，故选择 A 项。 C2[2014·福建卷] B Walt Disney is credited for creating such wonderful things as Donald Duck and Mickey Mouse. However, he cannot take the credit for creating other well­loved characters, such as Cinderella and Snow White. They are almost automatically associated with Disney because Disney turned old fables(寓言) into cartoon movies. The original Cinderella varies very much from the Disney version we know today. It started off with the girl mourning her mother's death and going to her tomb three times a day. In addition, there were only birds that helped Cinderella; there was no such thing as a fairy godmother or helpful mice, nor was there mention of a horse and carriage. The stepsisters were cruel: they always threw Cinderella's food into the ashes of the fire and made her sleep on the ashes on the floor, hence(因此) her name. In the original story, the king's ball actually lasted for three days. With the help of the birds, the girl, beautifully dressed, danced with the prince on all three nights and the prince fell in love with her. However, she broke away from him to rush back home each night. On the last night, the prince placed something sticky on the stairs; as Cinderella made her escape, a shoe got stuck on it. Here now is where the story becomes unpleasant: when the prince went to the house looking for the girl whose foot fitted the shoe, the wicked( 邪 恶 的 ) stepmother told one of her two daughters to cut off her big toe to fit into the shoe. The daughter did as told. So the prince took her away to be his bride. But, when they passed the tomb of Cinderella's mother, the birds called out to the prince， “Turn and peep, there's blood within the shoe； The shoe is too small, the true bride waits for you.” Realizing he had been tricked, the prince returned the daughter to her mother; the other then had to cut off part of her heel in order to fit into the shoe, with the same result. Only Cinderella's foot fitted perfectly and so the prince chose to marry her. The story ends with the wedding day: as Cinderella's two stepsisters followed her, pretending to be devoted to her so that they could enjoy the king's riches, two birds flew by and plucked(啄) out their eyes. Because of their wickedness and falsehood, they had to spend the rest of their days blind. The original Cinderella is so different from the Disney version. Thank goodness Disney made such changes; it indeed was a wise move. 60．What does the underlined word “They” in the first paragraph refer to? A．Such wonderful things. B．Other well­loved characters. C．Old fables. D．Cartoon movies. 61．How did Cinderella get her name? A．The birds came up with it. B．It was given by Disney. C．It came from the word “ash”． D．She got it from her mother. 62．Which of the following is TRUE according to the original story? A．Helpful mice got Cinderella a beautiful dress. B．The ball was held to celebrate the prince's wedding. C．Cinderella left her shoe on the stairs on purpose. D．The birds told the prince that he had been cheated. 63．The moral of the original story is that ________． A．a wicked person cannot escape punishment B．a devoted person certainly deserves respect C．a well­behaved child earns a great reward D．a dishonest child cannot get mother love 64．What does the author think of the Disney version? A．Excellent. B．Ordinary. C．Dull. D．Ridiculous. 【解析】 本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要介绍了最初的《灰姑娘》的故事情节与 Walt Disney 依据此小说而改编的卡通电影之间的异同点。 60．B 代词指代题。依据第一段和其中的“However, he cannot…”可知，“They”不可能 指代 A、C、D 项，而是指代上文出现的 well­loved characters。 61．C 细节理解题。根据第三段中的“…and made her sleep on the ashes on the floor, hence(因此) her name.”可知选择 C 项。 62．D 推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句可知 A 项错误；根据第四段第一句可知 B 项错误；根据第四段的第四句可知 C 项错误；根据第五段和第六段可知 D 项正确。 63．A 推理判断题。综合全文，尤其是第六段可知，邪恶的继母和继姐都受到了惩罚， 故选择 A 项。 64．A 推理判断题。根据最后一段可知，作者认为 Disney 的改编非常好，故选择 A 项。 C2[2014·广东卷] B It was a cold winter day. A woman drove up to the Rainbow Bridge tollbooth(收费站). “I'm paying for myself, and for the six cars behind me，” she said with a smile, handing over seven tickets. One after another, the next six drivers arriving at the tollbooth were informed, “Some lady up ahead already paid your fare.” It turned out that the woman, Natalie Smith, had read something on a friend's refrigerator: “Practise random kindness and senseless acts of beauty.” The phrase impressed her so much that she copied it down. Judy Foreman spotted the same phrase on a warehouse wall far away from home. When it stayed on her mind for days, she gave up and drove all the way back to copy it down. “I thought it was beautiful，” she said, explaining why she'd taken to writing it at the bottom of all her letters, “like a message from above.” Her husband, Frank, liked the phrase so much that he put it up on the classroom wall for his students, one of whom was the daughter of Alice Johnson, a local news reporter. Alice put it in the newspaper, admitting that though she liked it, she didn't know where it came from or what it really meant. Two days later, Alice got a call from Anne Herbert, a woman living in Marin. It was in a restaurant that Anne wrote the phrase down on a piece of paper, after turning it around in her mind for days. “Here's the idea，” Anne says. “Anything you think there should be more of, do it randomly.” Her fantasies include painting the classrooms of shabby schools, leaving hot meals on kitchen tables in the poor part of town, and giving money secretly to a proud old lady. Anne says, “Kindness_can_build_on_itself_as_much_as_violence_can.” The acts of random kindness spread. If you were one of those drivers who found your fare paid, who knows what you might have been inspired to do for someone else later. Like all great events, kindness begins slowly, with every single act. Let it be yours! 31. Why did Natalie Smith pay for the six cars behind her? A. She knew the car drivers well. B. She wanted to show kindness. C. She hoped to please others. D. She had seven tickets. 32. Judy Foreman copied down the phrase because she ________. A. thought it was beautifully written B. wanted to know what it really meant C. decided to write it on a warehouse wall D. wanted her husband to put it up in the classroom 33. Who came up with the phrase according to the passage? A. Judy Foreman. B. Natalie Smith. C. Alice Johnson. D. Anne Herbert. 34. Which of the following statements is closest in meaning to the underlined sentence above? A. Kindness and violence can change the world. B. Kindness and violence can affect one's behaviour. C. Kindness and violence can reproduce themselves. D. Kindness and violence can shape one's character. 35. What can we infer from the last paragraph? A. People should practise random kindness to those in need. B. People who receive kindness are likely to offer it to others. C. People should practise random kindness to strangers they meet. D. People who receive kindness are likely to pay it back to the giver. 【解析】 这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了在收费站，一位女士给六位司机付款的善 举。因为她在朋友家里的冰箱上看到了一句关于善举的美句，她认为非常有意义，促使她去 帮助别人。并且此美句激发了更多的人来做善事，把爱心传递下去。 31. B   推 理 判 断 题 。 根 据 第 二 段 的 “Natalie Smith, had read something on a friend's refrigerator: ‘Practise random kindness and senseless acts of beauty.’ The phrase impressed her so much that she copied it down.”可知 Natalie 因为被一句话所感动，想要传递爱心。故选 B。 32. A 细节理解题。根据第三段的“‘I thought it was beautiful，’she said…”可知 Judy Foreman 是由于被此美句所打动，所以将它记下来。故选 A。 33. D 细节理解题。根据第四段的“…Alice got a call from Anne Herbert, a woman living in Marin. It was in a restaurant that Anne wrote the phrase down on a piece of paper, after turning it around in her mind for days.”可知这句话的原创者是 Anne Herbert。故选 D。 34. C 句意猜测题。画线句子中的 build on 和选项中的单词 reproduce 属于同义转换， 意为“扩大，扩展”。故选 C。 35. B 推理判断题。根据最后一段的“If you were one of those drivers who found your fare paid, who knows what you might have been inspired to do for someone else later.”可知，当人们 受到别人的帮助时，很有可能会将这样的善意以各种形式传递给其他人。故选 B。D 选项只 表示接受帮助的人会将善意回报给帮助他的人，与原文意思不符。 C2[2014·广东卷] C Like many new graduates, I left university full of hope for the future but with no real idea of what I wanted to do. My degree, with honours, in English literature had not really prepared me for anything practical. I knew I wanted to make a difference in the world somehow, but I had no idea how to do that. That's when I learned about the Lighthouse Project. I started my journey as a Lighthouse Project volunteer by reading as much as I could about the experiences of previous volunteers. I knew it would be a lot of hard work, and that I would be away from my family and friends for a very long time. In short, I did not take my decision to apply for the Lighthouse Project lightly. Neither did my family. Eventually, however, I won the support of my family, and I sent in all the paperwork needed for application. After countless interviews and presentations, I managed to stand out among the candidates and survive the test alone. Several months later, I finally received a call asking me to report for duty. I would be going to a small village near Abuja, Nigeria. Where? What? Nigeria? I had no idea. But I was about to find out. After completing my training, I was sent to the village that was small and desperately in need of proper accommodation. Though the local villagers were poor, they offered their homes, hearts, and food as if I were their own family. I was asked to lead a small team of local people in building a new schoolhouse. For the next year or so, I taught in that same schoolhouse. But I sometimes think I learned more from my students than they did from me. Sometime during that period, I realized that all those things that had seemed so strange or unusual to me no longer did, though I did not get anywhere with the local language, and I returned to the United States a different man. The Lighthouse Project had changed my life forever. 36. What do we know about the author? A. His university education focused on theoretical knowledge. B. His dream at university was to become a volunteer. C. He took pride in having contributed to the world. D. He felt honoured to study English literature. 37. According to Paragraph 2, it is most likely that the author ________． A. discussed his decision with his family B. asked previous volunteers about voluntary work C. attended special training to perform difficult tasks D. felt sad about having to leave his family and friends 38. In his application for the volunteer job, the author ________． A. participated in many discussions B. went through challenging survival tests C. wrote quite a few papers on voluntary work D. faced strong competition from other candidates 39. On arrival at the village, the author was ________． A. asked to lead a farming team B. sent to teach in a schoolhouse C. received warmly by local villagers D. arranged to live in a separate house 40. What can we infer from the author's experiences in Nigeria? A. He found some difficulty adapting to the local culture. B. He had learned to communicate in the local language. C. He had overcome all his weaknesses before he left for home. D. He was chosen as the most respectable teacher by his students. 【解析】 这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了作者在大学只是学习理论的东西，而毕业 后不知自己要干什么。后来作者通过了一项参加志愿者活动的申请，是志愿者活动改变了作 者的人生。 36. A 细节理解题。根据第一段的“My degree, with honours, in English literature had not really prepared me for anything practical.”可知作者在大学里所学的不是实践的(practical)，而 是理论上的(theoretical)东西。故选 A。 37. A 推理判断题。根据第二段的“In short, I did not take my decision to apply for the Lighthouse Project lightly. Neither did my family.”和第三段的“Eventually, however, I won the support of my family, and I sent in all the paperwork needed for application.”可知，作者跟家人商 量了是否参加志愿者活动。故选 A。 38. D 细节理解题。根据第三段的“After countless interviews and presentations, I managed to stand out among the candidates and survive the test alone.”可知最后只有一个人可以胜出，因 此作者经历了激烈的竞争。故选 D。 39. C 细节理解题。根据第四段的“Though the local villagers were poor, they offered their homes, hearts, and food as if I were their own family.”可知作者受到了村民们的热情招待。故选 C。 40. A 推理判断题。根据最后一段的“…I realized that all those things that had seemed so strange or unusual to me no longer did…and I returned to the United States a different man.”可知 选 A。 C2[2014·湖北卷] A Before I had my son, I spent two years working with children with disabilities. I learnt that shouting and threats of punishment would result in a disaster. Coming up against their behaviour could only make the job harder and their behaviour more extreme. I found something that worked, though. There was a very naughty boy in the nursery and a teacher who was generally very confident with the children was asked to take charge of him. One day the boy joined a session in the room next to mine. His appearance created an atmosphere of tension. He spent the entire session running around, hitting and kicking, and destroying property. I was in the craft room working with some other children when my co­worker told me that this boy's teacher was in tears, and could not get control of the situation. As we were talking, the boy ran in. I told my co­worker that I would take care of him. I closed the door. He was full of energy, throwing things around and making a huge mess. But I could see that he was doing all these to annoy me. He needed connection, and this was the only way he knew how to ask for it. So I sat back down and kept quiet. Then he slowed down and began making a rocket. I talked to him about it. We continued like this for a few minutes before I slipped into the conversation： “So what happened today？” It was purely a question, no blame or anger in my tone. I believe that if I had criticized him, the gate that was slowly opening would have shut firmly closed. He told me that the teacher didn't let him do what he knew well due to safety but asked him to do what he disliked. He also admitted that he had enjoyed making her run around and saw it as a game. I explained that his teacher had not seen it as a game and was very upset. This again was stated simply as a fact. I suggested that next time he had a session, he talk about what he hoped to do at the start, which might be easier for everyone. He agreed and was quiet for a moment. Then he looked at me with tears in his eyes before quietly asking if he could go to find his teacher to apologize. 51. The boy made trouble for his teacher because he ________． A. was accused of destroying property B. was told not to yell at other children C. was made to do things against his will D. was blamed for creating an air of tension 52. Why didn't the author do anything about the boy's bad behaviour at first? A. She didn't want to make it worse. B. She didn't mind the huge mess at all. C. She was tired of shouting and threats. D. She hadn't thought of a coping strategy. 53. The author managed to get the boy to talk to her by ________. A. playing games with him B. giving him a good suggestion C. describing his teacher's feelings D. avoiding making critical remarks 54. Why did the boy have tears in his eyes in the end? A. He was sorry about his reputation. B. He was regretful about his behaviour. C. He was fearful of the author's warning. D. He was sad for the author's misunderstanding. 【解析】 本文是一篇记叙文。作者在幼儿园工作时，通过教育一个小男孩，让他认识 到自己的错误，告诉我们人与人之间需要的是沟通和理解。只有正确的沟通和理解才可以解 决一切问题。 51. C 细节理解题。根据最后一段中的第三句 “…asked him to do what he disliked.”可知， 男孩是因为老师让他做不喜欢的事情他才捣乱的。所以 C 项正确。 52. A 推理判断题。根据文章第四段中的“But I could see that he was doing all these to annoy me. He needed connection, and this was the only way he knew how to ask for it. So I sat back down and kept quiet. Then he slowed down and began making a rocket.”可知，作者知道他 捣乱是想激怒自己。如果作者没加以了解情况就立刻采取措施，可能会让事情更糟糕，所以 作者很冷静。故 A 项正确。 53. D 推理判断题。根据最后一段前两句“It was purely a question, no blame or anger in my tone. I believe that if I had criticized him, the gate that was slowly opening would have shut firmly closed.” 可知，如果作者批评他，那么他对作者打开的那扇门就又要关闭上了。这说明作者 在和他沟通的时候，避免使用批评的语气。所以 D 项正确。 54. B 推理判断题。根据文章最后一句“Then he looked at me with tears in his eyes before quietly asking if he could go to find his teacher to apologize.”可知，男孩对于自己所犯的错误感 到后悔和自责。所以 B 项正确。 C2[2014·湖南卷] B In the mid­1950s, I was a somewhat bored early­adolescent male student who believed that doing_any_more_than_necessary_was_wasted_effort. One day, this approach threw me into embarrassment. In Mrs Totten's eighth­grade maths class at Central Avenue School in Anderson, Indiana, we were learning to add and subtract decimals(小数)． Our teacher typically assigned daily homework, which would be recited in class the following day. On most days, our grades were based on our oral answers to homework questions. Mrs Totten usually walked up and down the rows of desks requesting answers from student after student in the order the questions had appeared on our homework sheets. She would start either at the front or the back of the classroom and work towards the other end. Since I was seated near the middle of about 35 students, it was easy to figure out which questions I might have to answer. This particular time, I had completed my usual two or three problems according to my calculations. What I failed to expect was that several students were absent, which threw off my estimate. As Mrs Totten made her way from the beginning of the class, I desperately tried to determine which maths problem I would get. I tried to work it out before she got to me, but I had brain freeze and couldn't function. When Mrs Totten reached my desk, she asked what answer I'd got for problem No. 14. “I…I didn't get anything，” I answered, and my face felt warm. “Correct，” she said. It turned out that the correct answer was zero. What did I learn that day? First, always do all your homework. Second, in real life it isn't always what you say but how you say it that matters. Third ， I would never make it as a mathematician. If I could choose one school day that taught me the most, it would be that one. 61. What does the underlined part in Paragraph 1 indicate? A. It is wise to value one's time. B. It is important to make an effort. C. It is right to stick to one's belief. D. It is enough to do the necessary. 62. Usually, Mrs Totten asked her students to ________． A. recite their homework together B. grade their homework themselves C. answer their homework questions orally D. check the answers to their homework questions 63. The author could work out which questions to answer since the teacher always ________． A. asked questions in a regular way B. walked up and down when asking questions C. chose two or three questions for the students D. requested her students to finish their usual questions 64. The author failed to get the questions he had expected because ________． A. the class didn't begin as usual B. several students didn't come to school C. he didn't try hard to make his estimate D. Mrs Totten didn't start from the back of the class 65. Which of the following can be the best title for the passage? A. An unforgettable teacher B. A future mathematician C. An effective approach D. A valuable lesson 【解析】 经过一次做数学作业投机取巧而遭遇尴尬的经历后，作者明白了三个重要的 道理。 61. D 句意理解题。作者在文章中提到自己做数学作业投机取巧，只记认为老师会问 到自己的问题，因此他认为做好必要的事情就足够了。 62. C 细节理解题。根据文章第三段的内容可知作者的数学老师总是以学生口头回答 作业的情况来确定学生的分数，因此 C 项正确。 63. A 推理判断题。文章第四段提到作者的老师总是按照学生坐的顺序来问问题，因 此 A 项正确。 64. B 细节理解题。文章第六段提到当天有几个学生没有来，因此他的预定计划落空 了，从而没有回答出老师的问题。 65. D 主旨大意题。作者讲述这堂数学课的原因是这堂课给他带来了有价值的教训， 因此 D 是最佳选项。 C2[2014·江西卷] A Larry was on another of his underwater expeditions(探险) but this time, it was different. He decided to take his daughter along with him. She was only ten years old. This would be her first trip with her father on what he had always been famous for. Larry first began diving when he was his daughter's age. Similarly, his father had taken him along on one of his expeditions. Since then, he had never looked back. Larry started out by renting diving suits from the small diving shop just along the shore. He had hated them. They were either too big or too small. Then, there was the instructor. He gave him a short lesson before allowing him into the water with his father. He had made an exception. Larry would never have been able to go down without at least five hours of theory and another similar number of hours on practical lessons with a guide. Children his age were not even allowed to dive. After the first expedition, Larry's later diving adventures only got better and better. There was never a dull moment. In his black and blue suit and with an oxygen tank fastened on his back, Larry dived from boats into the middle of the ocean. Dangerous areas did not prevent him from continuing his search. Sometimes, he was limited to a cage underwater but that did not bother him. At least, he was still able to take photographs of the underwater creatures. Larry's first expedition without his father was in the Cayman Islands.There were numerous diving spots in the area and Larry was determined to visit all of them.Fortunately for him, a man offered to take him around the different spots for free. Larry_did_not_even_know_what_the_time_was,_how_many_spots_he_dived_into_or_how_man y_photographs_he_had_taken. The diving spots afforded such a wide array of fish and sea creatures that Larry saw more than thirty varieties of creatures. Larry looked at his daughter.She looked as excited as he had been when he was her age.He hoped she would be able to continue the family tradition.Already, she looked like she was much braver than Larry had been then.This was the key to a successful underwater expedition. 56. In what way was this expedition different for Larry? A. His daughter had grown up. B. He had become a famous diver. C. His father would dive with him. D. His daughter would dive with him. 57. What can be inferred from Paragraph 2? A. Larry had some privileges. B. Larry liked the rented diving suits. C. Divers had to buy diving equipment. D. Ten­year­old children were permitted to dive. 58. Why did Larry have to stay in a cage underwater sometimes? A. To protect himself from danger. B. To dive into the deep water. C. To admire the underwater view. D. To take photo more conveniently. 59. What can be learned from the underlined sentence? A. Larry didn't wear a watch. B. Larry was not good at maths. C. Larry had a poor memory. D. Larry enjoyed the adventure. 60. What did Larry expect his daughter to do? A. Become a successful diver. B. Make a good diving guide. C. Take a lot of photos underwater. D. Have longer hours of training. 【解析】 本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了一位名叫 Larry 的海底探险家准备带他的女 儿去海底探险以及他的海底探险经历。 56．D 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句“He decided to take his daughter along with him.” 可知，这一次的不同之处在于他的女儿将与他一起潜水，故选 D 项。 57.A 推理判断题。根据第二段最后两句“Larry would never have been able to go down without at least five hours of theory and another similar number of hours on practical lessons with a guide. Children his age were not even been allowed to dive.”可知，潜水前有导师指导并训练 他，在他那个年龄的孩子甚至不允许潜水，由此可推断，他有一些特权，故选 A 项，同时 可知 D 项有误。根据第四、五句“…by renting diving suits from the small diving shop just along the shore. He had hated them.”可知 B 项有误。C 项在本段找不到相关信息。 58. A 细节理解题。根据第三段第四、五句“Dangerous areas did not prevent him from continuing his research. Sometimes, he was limited to a cage underwater but that did not bother him.”可知，他待在笼子里应该是为了保护自己，故选 A 项。第三段最后一句只是对待在笼 子里的补充，而不是其原因，故不能选 C 或 D 项。 59．D 句意理解题。根据画线句以及后一句“The diving spots afforded such a wide array of fish and sea creatures that Larry saw more than thirty varieties of creatures.”可知，Larry 喜欢 这些探险以至于忘却了时间，沉浸于其中。 60. A 细节理解题。根据本文最后一句“This was the key to a successful underwater expedition.”可知，Larry 期望他的女儿成为一位成功的潜水员。 C2[2014·新课标全国卷Ⅱ] A Arriving in Sydney on his own from India, my husband, Rashid, stayed in a hotel for a short time while looking for a house for me and our children. During the first week of his stay, he went out one day to do some shopping. He came back in the late afternoon to discover that his suitcase was gone. He was extremely worried as the suitcase had all his important papers, including his passport. He reported the case to the police and then sat there，lost and lonely in a strange city, thinking of the terrible troubles of getting all the paperwork organized again from a distant country while trying to settle down in a new one. Late in the evening, the phone rang. It was a stranger. He was trying to pronounce my husband's name and was asking him a lot of questions. Then he said they had found a pile of papers in their trash can(垃圾桶) that had been left out on the footpath. My husband rushed to their home to find a kind family holding all his papers and documents. Their young daughter had gone to the trash can and found a pile of unfamiliar papers. Her parents had carefully sorted them out, although they had found mainly foreign addresses on most of the documents. At last they had seen a half­written letter in the pile in which my husband had given his new telephone number to a friend. That family not only restored the important documents to us that day but also restored our faith and trust in people. We still remember their kindness and often send a warm wish their way. 21. What did Rashid plan to do after his arrival in Sydney? A. Go shopping.     B. Find a house. C. Join his family. D. Take a vacation. 22. The girl's parents got Rashid's phone number from________. A. a friend of his family B. a Sydney policeman C. a letter in his papers D. a stranger in Sydney 23. What does the underlined word “restored” in the last paragraph mean? A. Showed. B. Sent out. C. Delivered. D. Gave back. 24. Which of the following can be the best title for the text? A. From India to Australia B. Living in a new country C. Turning trash to treasure D. In search of new friends 【解析】 本文主要讲述了作者的丈夫来到了一个陌生的城市，一次出去购物回来之后， 发现自己的手提箱不见了，里面有他所有的重要的文件，包括护照。就在他孤独无助的时候， 一位陌生人打电话来告诉他，他的女儿捡到了文件。作者的丈夫丢失的东西失而复得，这也 增加了他对人们的信任。 21. B 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Arriving in Sydney on his own from India, my husband, Rashid, stayed in a hotel for a short time while looking for a house for me and our children.”可知，作者的丈夫只身从印度来到了悉尼，在旅馆里短暂停留，同时给作者和孩子 们寻找房子住，因此选 B。 22. C 细节理解题。 根据倒数第二段中的“At last they had seen a half­written letter in the pile in which my husband had given his new telephone number to a friend.”可知，这家人从作者 的丈夫写给一位朋友的信中找到了作者丈夫的新电话号码，因此选 C。 23. D 词义猜测题。根据“That family not only restored the important documents to us that day but also restored our faith and trust in people.”可知，那一家人不仅仅把这些重要的文件归 还给了作者家人，而且还把对人的信任归还给了他们；而且根据倒数第二段第一句“My husband rushed to their home to find a kind family holding all his papers and documents.”可知 restore 表示“归还”。故 C 正确。 24. C 主旨大意题。本文讲述了作者的丈夫到了悉尼后，装有重要文件的手提箱被偷 了。在他万般无奈的情况下，有人主动联系他，并归还了那些文件。那些重要的文件在别人 看来并不重要，但是对于作者的丈夫来说却是万分重要。只有 C 项能够说明文章的中心思 想。故 C 正确。 C2[2014·辽宁卷] D Travis is the manager of G&G where he is responsible for forty employees( 雇 员 ) and profits(利润) of over $2 million per year.He's never late to work.He does not get upset on the job.When one of his employees started crying after a customer screamed at her，Travis took her away.“Your working uniform is your shelter ，”he told her.“Nothing anyone says will ever hurt you.You will always be as strong as you want to be.” Travis picked up that lecture in one of his G&G training courses，an education programme that began on his first day and continues throughout an employee's occupation.The training has， Travis says，changed his life.G&G has taught him how to live，how to focus，how to get to work on time，and how to master his emotions(情绪)．Most importantly，it taught him willpower. At the centre of that education is an extreme focus on an all­important habit ： willpower.Dozens of cases show that willpower is the single most important habit for a person's success. And the best way to strengthen willpower is to make it into a habit.“Sometimes it looks like people with great self­control aren't working hard—but that's because they've made it automatic，”Angela Duckworth，one of the University of Pennsylvania researchers said.“Their willpower occurs without them having to think about it.” The company spent millions of dollars developing programmes of study to train employees on self­control.Managers wrote workbooks that serve as guides to how to make willpower a habit in workers' lives.Those courses are，in part，why G&G has grown from a sleepy company into a large one with more than seventeen thousand stores and profits of more than $10 billion a year. 33．We learn from Paragraph 2 that employees in G&G must ________. A．learn to give lectures B．attend education programmes C．design a working uniform D．develop a common hobby 34．Willpower will become a habit when employees can ________. A．focus on the profits B．benefit from the job C．protect themselves well D．control their feelings well 35．What can we infer from the passage? A．G&G has grown into a large company. B．G&G will spend half its profits training employees. C．G&G may become more successful in the future. D．G&G has to produce more workbooks for managers. 【解析】 本文是一篇记叙文，主要介绍一家公司使 willpower 在员工生活中成为习惯， 所以公司取得了巨大成功的故事。 33．B  细节理解题。根据第二段“…an education programme that began on his first day and continues throughout an employee's occupation.”可判断员工从入职第一天开始直到整个职业 生涯中，都必须接受教育培训。 34．D 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中“‘Sometimes it looks like people with great…they've made it automatic，’…”可知答案。 35．C 推理判断题。根据文章最后一句可知，公司使 willpower 在员工生活中成为习 惯，所以公司取得了巨大成功，以此类推，公司可能在将来更加成功。 C2[2014·山东卷] A One morning, Ann's neighbour Tracy found a lost dog wandering around the local elementary school. She asked Ann if she could keep an eye on the dog. Ann said that she could watch it only for the day. Tracy took photos of the dog and printed off 400 FOUND fliers( 传 单 ), and put them in mailboxes. Meanwhile, Ann went to the dollar store and bought some pet supplies, warning her two sons not to fall in love with the dog. At the time, Ann's son Thomas was 10 years old, and Jack, who was recovering a heart operation, was 21 years old. Four days later Ann was still looking after the dog, whom they had started to call Riley. When she arrived home from work, the dog threw itself against the screen door and barked madly at her. As soon as she opened the door, Riley dashed into the boys' room where Ann found Jack suffering a heart attack. Riley ran over to Jack, but as soon as Ann bent over to help him the dog went silent. “If it hadn't come to get me, the doctor said Jack would have died，” Ann reported to a local newspaper. At this point, no one had called to claim the dog, so Ann decided to keep it. The next morning Tracy got a call. A man named Peter recognized his lost dog and called the number on the flier. Tracy started crying, and told him, “That dog saved my friend's son.” Peter drove to Ann's house to pick up his dog, and saw Thomas and Jack crying in the window. After a few moments Peter said, “Maybe Odie was supposed to find you; maybe you should keep it.” 41．What did Tracy do after finding the dog? A．She looked for its owner. B．She gave it to Ann as a gift. C．She sold it to the dollar store. D．She bought some food for it. 42．How did the dog help save Jack? A．By breaking the door for Ann. B．By leading Ann to Jack's room. C．By dragging Jack out of the room. D．By attending Jack when Ann was out. 43．What was Ann's attitude to the dog according to Paragraph 4? A．Sympathetic. B．Doubtful. C．Tolerant. D．Grateful. 44．For what purpose did Peter call Tracy? A．To help her friend's son. B．To interview Tracy. C．To take back his dog. D．To return the flier to her. 45．What can we infer about the dog from the last paragraph? A．It would be given to Odie. B．It would be kept by Ann's family. C．It would be returned to Peter. D．It would be taken away by Tracy. 【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了一只走失的小狗和收留它的人家之间发生的 感人故事。 41．A 细节理解题。根据第二段的首句可知答案。 42．B 细节理解题。根据第三段的“When she arrived home from work, the dog threw itself against the screen door and barked madly at her…Riley ran over to Jack…”可知是小狗领着安到 杰克的房间的。故选 B。 43．D 推理判断题。根据第四段的“‘If it hadn't come to get me, the doctor said Jack would have died，’…”可知安很感激小狗。 44．C 细节理解题。根据最后一段的“Peter drove to Ann's house to pick up his dog…”可 知彼得想领回他的小狗。 45．B 推理判断题。根据最后一段彼得说的话可推断出安一家可以把小狗留下。 C2[2014·山东卷] B It was one of those terribly hot days in Baltimore. Needless to say, it was too hot to do anything outside. But it was also scorching in our apartment. This was 1962, and I would not live in a place with an air conditioner for another ten years. So my brother and I decided to leave the apartment to find someplace indoors. He suggested we could see a movie. It was a brilliant plan. Movie theatres were one of the few places you could sit all day and—most important—sit in air conditioning. In those days, you could buy one ticket and sit through two movies. Then, the theatre would show the same two movies again. If you wanted to, you could sit through them twice. Most people did not do that, but the manager at our theatre, Mr Bellow, did not mind if you did. That particular day, my brother and I sat through both movies twice, trying to escape the heat. We bought three bags of popcorn and three sodas each. Then, we sat and watched The Music Man followed by The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance. We'd already seen the second movie once before. It had been at the theatre since January, because Mr Bellow loved anything with John Wayne in it. We left the theatre around 8, just before the evening shows began. But we returned the next day and saw the same two movies again, twice more. And we did it the next day too. Finally, on the fourth day, the heat wave broke. Still, to this day I can sing half the songs in The Music Man and recite half of John Wayne and Jimmy Stewart's dialogue from The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance! Those memories are some of the few I have of the heat wave of 1962. They're really memories of the screen, not memories of my life. 46．In which year did the author first live in a place with an air conditioner? A．1952. B．1962. C．1972. D．1982. 47．What does the underlined word “It” in Paragraph 3 refer to? A．The heat. B．The theatre. C．The Music Man. D．The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance. 48．What do we know about Mr Bellow? A．He loved children very much. B．He was a fan of John Wayne. C．He sold air conditioners. D．He was a movie star. 49．Why did the author and his/her brother see the same movies several times? A．The two movies were really wonderful. B．They wanted to avoid the heat outside. C．The manager of the theatre was friendly. D．They liked the popcorn and the soda at the theatre. 50．What can we learn from the last paragraph? A．The author turned out to be a great singer. B．The author enjoyed the heat wave of 1962. C．The author's life has been changed by the two movies. D．The author considers the experience at the theatre unforgettable. 【解析】这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了作者和他/她的弟弟为了躲避酷暑而连续几 天到电影院看电影的趣事。 46．C 细节理解题。根据第一段的“This was 1962, and I would not live in a place with an air conditioner for another ten years.”可知又过了 10 年作者才住进有空调的地方。故选 C。 47．D 代词指代题。根据本段的“…followed by The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance. We'd already seen the second movie once before.”可知答案。 48．B 细节理解题。根据第三段的“…because Mr Bellow loved anything with John Wayne in it.”可知 Bellow 先生是 John Wayne 的粉丝。故选 B。 49．B 细节理解题。根据第一段的内容可知作者家里没有空调，去看电影是为了躲避 外面炎热的天气。故选 B。 50 ． D   推 理 判 断 题 。 从 最 后 一 段 的 “…sing half the songs in…recite half of John Wayne…dialogue…They're really memories of the screen, not memories of my life.”可知作者认 为在电影院的经历是很难忘的。 C2[2014·陕西卷] B When I told my father that I was moving to Des Moines, Iowa, he told me about the only time he had been there. It was in the 1930s, when he was an editor of the literary magazine of Southern Methodist University(SMU) in Dallas, Texas. He also worked as a professor at SMU, and there was a girl student in his class who suffered from a serious back disease. She couldn't afford the operation because her family was poor. Her mother ran a boardinghouse in Galveston, a seaside town near Houston, Texas. She was cleaning out the attic(阁楼) one day when she came across an old dusty manuscript(手稿). On its top page were the words, “By O. Henry.” It was a nice story, and she sent it to her daughter at SMU, who showed it to my father. My father had never read the story before, but it sounded like O. Henry, and he knew that O. Henry had once lived in Houston. So it was possible that the famous author had gone to the beach and stayed in the Galveston boardinghouse, and had written the story there and left the manuscript behind by accident. My father visited an O. Henry expert at Columbia University in New York, who authenticated the story as O. Henry's. My father then set out to sell it. Eventfully, he found himself in Des Moines, meeting with Gardner Cowles, a top editor at the Des Moines Register. Cowles loves the story and bought it on the spot. My father took the money to the girl. It was just enough for her to have the operation she so desperately needed. My father never told me what the O. Henry story was about. But I doubt that it could have been better than his own story. 49. Who found the O. Henry's manuscript? A. The girl's mother. B. The author's father. C. The girl. D. The author. 50. Which of the following might explain the fact that the manuscript was found in the attic? A. O. Henry once worked in Houston. B. O. Henry once stayed in Galveston. C. O. Henry once moved to Des Moines. D. O. Henry once taught at SMU. 51. The underlined word “authenticated” in Paragraph 2 probably means “________”． A. named B. treated C. proved D. described 52. According to the text, why did the author's father go to Des Moines? A. To sell the O. Henry story. B. To meet the author himself. C. To talk with the O. Henry expert. D. To give money to the girl. 【解析】“我”告诉父亲“我”要搬到爱荷华州的 Des Moines 城居住时，父亲给“我”讲述了 一个多年前他在 Des Moines 城所遇到的一个故事，故事讲述了著名短片小说家欧·亨利的一 篇故事手稿最终救人一命的经过。 49. A 细节理解题。根据第二段的第二句可知是那位女孩的母亲发现了欧·亨利的手稿， 故选 A。 50. B 推理判断题。根据第二段中的“…and he knew that O. Henry had once lived in Houston. So it was possible that the famous author had gone to the beach and stayed in the Galveston boardinghouse…”一句可知本题答案为 B。 51. C 词义猜测题。句意：我父亲去拜访了纽约哥伦比亚大学的欧·亨利研究专家，他 证明这份手稿是欧·亨利的真迹。由此可知本词意思是“证明”，故选 C。 52. A 推理判断题。根据第三段的前两句可知“我”的父亲去 Des Moines 的目的是为了 卖欧·亨利的手稿，故选 A。 C2[2014·浙江卷] D A city child's summer is spent in the street in front of his home，and all through the long summer vacations I sat on the edge of the street and watched enviously the other boys on the block play baseball.I was never asked to take part even when one team had a member missing—not out of special cruelty, but because they took it for granted，I would be no good at it.They were right， of course. I would never forget the wonderful evening when something changed.The baseball ended about eight or eight thirty when it grew dark.Then it was the custom of the boys to retire to a little stoop( 门 廊 ) that stuck out from the candy store on the corner and that somehow had become theirs.No grownup ever sat there or attempted to.There the boys would sit，mostly talking about the games played during the day and of the game to be played tomorrow.Then long silences would fall and the boys would wander off one by one.It was just after one of those long silences that my life as an outsider changed.I can no longer remember which boy it was that summer evening who broke the silence with a question；but whoever he was，I nod to him gratefully now.“What's in those books you're always reading ？ ” he asked casually. “Stories ， ” I answered.“What kind？”asked somebody else without much interest. Nor do I know what drove me to behave as I did，for usually I just sat there in silence，glad enough to be allowed to remain among them；but instead of answering his question，I told them for two hours the story I was reading at the moment.The book was Sister Carrie.They listened bug­eyed and breathless.I must have told it well，but I think there was another and deeper reason that made them so keen an audience.Listening to a tale being told in the dark is one of the most ancient of man's entertainments，but I was offering them as well，without being aware of doing it，a new and exciting experience. The books they themselves read were the Rover Boys or Tom Swift or G．A. Henry. I had read them too，but at thirteen I had long since left them behind.Since I was much alone I had become an enthusiastic reader and I had gone through the books­for­boys series.In those days there was no reading material between children's and grownups' books，or I could find none.I had gone right from Tom Swift and His Flying Machine to Theodore Dreiser and Sister Carrie.Dreiser had hit my young mind，and they listened to me tell the story with some of the wonder that I had had in reading it. The next night and many nights thereafter，a kind of unspoken ritual(仪式) took place.As it grew dark，I would take my place in the centre of the stoop and begin the evening's tale.Some nights，in order to taste my victory more completely，I cheated.I would stop at the most exciting part of a story by Jack London or Bret Harte，and without warning tell them that that was as far as I had gone in the book and it would have to be continued the following evening.It was not true，of course；but I had to make certain of my new­found power and position.I enjoyed the long summer evenings until school began in the fall.Other words of mine have been listened to by larger and more fashionable audiences，but for that tough and athletic one that sat close on the stoop outside the candy store，I have an unreasoning love that will last forever. 55．Watching the boys playing baseball，the writer must have felt ________. A．bitter and lonely B．special and different C．pleased and excited D．disturbed and annoyed 56．The writer feels grateful even now to the boy who asked the question because the boy ________. A．invited him to join in their game B．liked the book that he was reading C．broke the long silence of that summer evening D．offered him an opportunity that changed his life 57．According to Paragraph 3，story­telling was popular among the boys basically because ________. A．the story was from a children's book B．listening to tales was an age­old practice C．the boys had few entertainments after dark D．the boys didn't read books by themselves 58．The boys were attracted to Sister Carrie because ________. A．it was written by Theodore Dreiser B．it was specifically targeted at boys C．it gave them a deeper feeling of pleasure D．it talked about the wonders of the world 59．Sometimes the writer stopped at the most exciting part of a story to ________. A．play a mean trick on the boys B．experience more joy of achievement C．add his own imagination to the story D．help the boys understand the story better 60．What is the message conveyed in the story? A．One can find his position in life in his own way. B．Friendship is built upon respect for each other. C．Reading is more important than playing games. D．Adult habits are developed from childhood. 【解析】这是一篇感人的文章。作者是一位很喜欢文学阅读的学生，在很多时候，他受 到了其他小伙伴的冷落，他们想当然地认为作者不擅长打棒球。但终于有一天转机出现了， 在某一天晚上，有个小伙伴与作者搭了话，从此，作者开始给他们讲故事，并由此找到了自 己的位置。 55. A 推理判断题。 从文章第一段的 watched enviously the other boys 和“I was never asked to take part…not out of special cruelty…”推断知，作者受到了其他小伙伴的冷落，他感 到很孤单和痛苦。故选 A 项。 56. D 推理判断题。 从文章第二段的“It was just after one of those long silences that my life as an outsider changed. I can no longer remember which boy…”可推断出，当一个男孩子与“我” 搭话的时候，“我”的生活从此发生了改变。故选 D 项。 57. B 细节理解题。 从第三段的“Listening to a tale being told in the dark is one of the most ancient of man's entertainments…”知，听人讲故事是一个古老而又传统的娱乐方式。故选 B 项。 58. C 推理判断题。 从第四段的“Dreiser had hit my young mind, and they listened to me tell the story with some of the wonder…”知，这些小伙伴被“我”的《嘉莉妹妹》故事深深吸引 住了，感受到了无比的愉悦之情。故选 C 项。 59. B 推理判断题。 从文章最后一段的“…in order to taste my victory more completely, I cheated. I would stop at the most exciting part of a story by Jack London…”推断知，“我”有时候 故意在精彩的地方停下来，这样“我”就能体会到一种前所未有的成就感和愉悦感。故选 B 项。 60. A 主旨大意题。 从最后一段的“…but I had to make certain of my new­found power and position.”知，作者通过给其他小朋友讲故事，感受到了自己身份和价值的变化。故选 A 项。 C2[2014·重庆卷] A I was never very neat, while my roommate Kate was extremely organized. Each of her objects had its place, but mine always hid somewhere. She even labelled(贴标签 ) everything. I always looked for everything. Over time, Kate got neater and I got messier. She would push my dirty clothing over, and I would lay my books on her tidy desk. We both got tired of each other. War broke out one evening. Kate came into the room. Soon, I heard her screaming, “Take your shoes away! Why under my bed！” Deafened, I saw my shoes flying at me. I jumped to my feet and started yelling. She yelled back louder. The room was filled with anger. We could not have stayed together for a single minute but for a phone call. Kate answered it. From her end of the conversation, I could tell right away her grandma was seriously ill. When she hung up, she quickly crawled( 爬 ) under her covers, sobbing.Obviously, that was something she should not go through alone. All of a sudden ，a warm feeling of sympathy rose up in my heart. Slowly, I collected the pencils, took back the books，made my bed, cleaned the socks and swept the floor, even on her side. I got so into my work that I even didn't notice Kate had sat up. She was watching, her tears dried and her expression one of disbelief. Then, she reached out her hands to grasp mine. I looked up into her eyes. She smiled at me，“Thanks.” Kate and I stayed roommates for the rest of the year. We didn't always agree, but we learned the key to living together: giving in, cleaning up and holding on. 36. What made Kate so angry one evening? A. She couldn't find her books. B. She heard the author shouting loud. C. She got the news that her grandma was ill. D. She saw the author's shoes beneath her bed. 37. The author tidied up the room most probably because ________. A. she was scared by Kate's anger B. she hated herself for being so messy C. she wanted to show her care D. she was asked by Kate to do so 38. How is Paragraph 1 mainly developed? A. By analysing causes. B. By showing differences. C. By describing a process. D. By following time order. 39. What might be the best title for the story? A. My friend Kate B. Hard work pays off C. How to be organized D. Learning to be roommates 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。故事讲述了作者和其室友由于不同的生活习惯带来的一次 冲突之后互相理解而和谐相处的经历。 36．D 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句中的“‘Why under my bed！’”可知答案为 D。 37．C 推理判断题。从第三段最后一句中的 sympathy 可推知作者一改以前懒散的生 活态度，用自己的行动去安慰 Kate，表示了一种关切。 38．B 篇章结构题。作者通过介绍 Kate 和自己不同的生活模式来突出彼此之间尖锐 的矛盾，故是一种对比。 39．D 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，作者自己改变了，得到了 Kate 的重新认同，俩 人找到了和好的契机，从而学会了怎样做室友。 [2014·遵义联考] I was waiting for a phone call from my agent. He had left a message the night before, telling me that my show was to be cancelled. I called him several times, but each time his secretary told me that he was in a meeting and that he would call me later. So I waited and waited, but there was still no call. Three hours passing by, I became more and more impatient. I was certain that my agent didn't care about my work, and he didn't care about me. I was overcome with that thought. I started to shout at the phone, “Let me wait, will you? Who do you think you are？” At that time I didn't realize my wife was looking on. Without showing her surprise, she rushed in, seized the phone, tore off the wires, and shouted at the phone, “Yeah! Who do you think you are? Bad telephone! Bad telephone！” And she swept it into the wastebasket. I stood watching her, speechless. What on earth? She stepped to the doorway and shouted at the rest of the house, “Now hear this! All objects in this room—if you do anything to upset my husband, out you go！” Then she turned to me, kissed me, and said calmly, “Honey, you just have to learn how to take control.” With that, she left the room. After watching a crazy woman rushing in and out, shouting at everything in sight, I noticed that something in my mood had changed. I was laughing. How could I have trouble with that phone? Her antics helped me realize I had been driven crazy by small things. Twenty minutes later my agent did call. I was able to listen to him and talk to him calmly. 16．Why did the author shout at the telephone? A．He was mad at the telephone. B．He was angry with his agent. C．He was anxious about his wife. D．He was impatient with the secretary. 17．What did the author's wife do after she heard his shouting? A．She said nothing. B．She shouted at him. C．She called the agent. D．She threw the phone away. 18．What made the author laugh? A．His own crazy behaviour. B．His wife's suggestions. C．His changeable feeling. D．His wife's sweet kiss. 19．What does the underlined word “antics” refer to? A．Smart words. B．Unusual actions. C．Surprising looks. D．Anxious feelings. 【解析】 本文是一篇记叙文。作者打电话一直被推脱不接，渐渐没了耐心，而此时他 妻子的一系列行为点醒了他，使他明白自己当时的行为是多么地可笑。 16．B 推理判断题。根据文章第一段的“…Let me wait, will you? Who do you think you are？’”并结合本段的整体内容可推知，作者对自己的经纪人很是生气，故选 B 项。 17．D 细节理解题。 根据第二段的最后一句“And she swept it into the wastebasket.”可 知，作者的妻子在听到作者对电话吼叫时，把电话扔进垃圾桶了，故选 D 项。 18．A 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段的第一句和第三句“After watching a crazy woman rushing in and out, shouting at everything in sight, I noticed that something in my mood had changed.…How could I have trouble with that phone？”可推知，作者通过妻子模仿自己的行为 意识到自己对电话吼的行为是多么地可笑，故选 A 项。 19．B 词义指代题。根据文章最后一段第一句“After watching a crazy woman rushing in and out, shouting at everything in sight, I noticed that something in my mood had changed.”可知， antics 与 crazy 是同义词，故选 B 项。 [2014·一检] Sam, an unemployed piano tuner, said it was only the second thing he had ever won in his life. The first thing was an Afghan blanket at a church raffle when he was 25 years old. But this was much bigger: it was $120，000! He had won the Big Cube, a state lottery game. To win, a contestant must first guess which number a spinning cube will stop on. The cube has six numbers on it: 1X, 10X, 50X, 100X, 500X, and 1000X. If he is correct, the contestant must then guess which of the two selected variables is going to be greater. So, just guessing which number appears on the cube does not guarantee that you will win any money. Sam correctly guessed 1000X, but he still had to choose between two variables. One variable was the number of cars that would run the stop sign at Hill Street and Lake Avenue in six hours. The other variable was the number of times that a teenage boy would change TV channels in a three－hour period. This was a tough decision. Finally, Sam flipped a coin. It came up heads, so Sam picked the teenager. He picked right. The stop sign was run only 76 times, but the teen clicked 120 times. Sixty － year － old Sam jumped for joy, for he had just won 1000 times 120, or $ 120，000. Sam dreamily left the lottery studio. Talking excitedly on his cellphone while crossing the street, he got hit by a little sports car. Sam is slowly getting better. He was in hospital for a month. His hospital bill was $110，000. And the insurance company for the little sports car's owner sued Sam for $9，000 worth of repairs. Also, Sam still has to pay federal taxes on his winnings. Sam doesn't play the state lottery any more. He says it's better to be unlucky. 16．When Sam won the second thing that he'd won in his life, he was ________． A．25 years old B．6 years old C．76 years old D．60 years old 17．To win the game, the contestants had to make ________ guesses. A．three B．two C．six D．four 18．Sam won the lottery because ________. A．he was lucky B．he was good at maths C．he was smart D．he was tough 19．Sam's experience shows that ________． A．everything has its time and that time must be watched B. he who risks nothing, gains nothing C. everything comes to him who waits D. he who laughs on Friday will weep on Sunday 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了一个失业的调钢琴师中彩票以及之后的离奇经 历。 16．D 细节理解题。根据文章第一段的第二句“The first thing was an Afghan blanket at a church raffle when he was 25 years old.”和第二段第五句“Sixty－year－old Sam jumped for joy, for he had just won 1000 times 120, or $120，000.”可知 D 项正确。 17．B 细节理解题。根据文章的第一段的第五至七句“To win, a contestant must first guess which number a spinning cube will stop on. The cube has six numbers on it: 1X, 10X, 50X, 100X, 500X, and 1000X. If he is correct, the contestant must then guess which of the two selected variables is going to be greater.”可知要猜两次。故选 B 项。 18．A 推理判断题。根据文章第一段的最后一句“This was a tough decision.” 和文章的 最后一句“He says it's better to be unlucky.”可推知 Sam 中彩票完全是靠运气。故选 A 项。 19．D 主旨大意题。根据文章的整体内容可知，Sam 因福得祸，正应了中国人所说的： 福兮祸所依。故 D(乐极生悲)符合文意。Everything has its time and that time must be watched. 机不可失，失不再来。He who risks nothing, gains nothing.富贵险中求。Everything comes to him who waits.皇天不负苦心人。此三项均不符合文意，故排除。 [2014·月考(五)] Compassion is a desire within us to help others. With effort, we can translate compassion into actions. An experience last weekend showed me this is true. I work part－time in a supermarket across from a building for the elderly. These old people are our main customers, and it's not hard to lose patience over their slowness. But last Sunday, one aged gentleman appeared to teach me a valuable lesson. This untidy man walked up to my register(收款机) with a box of biscuits. He said he was out of cash(现金), had just moved into his room, and had nothing in his cupboards. He asked if we could let him have the food on trust. He promised to repay me the next day. I couldn't help staring at him. I wondered what kind of person he had been ten or twenty years ago, and what he would be like if luck had gone his way. I had a hurt in my heart for this kind of human soul, all alone in the world. I told him that I was sorry, but the store rules didn't allow me to do so. I felt stupid and unkind saying this, but I valued my job. Just then, another man, standing behind the first, spoke up. If anything, he looked more pitiable. “Change it to me, ” was all he said. What I had been feeling was pity. Pity is soft, safe and easy. Compassion, on the other hand, is caring in action. I thanked the second man but told him that was not allowed either. Then I reached into my pocket and paid for the biscuits myself. I reached into my pocket because these two men had reached into my heart and taught me compassion. 16．The aged gentleman who wanted to buy the biscuits________ . A．hoped to have the food first and pay later B. promised to obey the store rules C. forgot to take any money with him D. could not afford anything more expensive 17．Which of the following best describes the old gentleman? A．Kind and lucky. B．Friendly and helpful. C．Poor and lonely. D．Hurt and disappointed. 18．The writer acted upon the store rules because ________． A．he felt no pity for the old gentleman B．he considered the old man dishonest C．he expected someone else to pay for the old man D．he wanted to keep his present job 19．What does the writer learn from his experience? A．Wealth is more important than anything else. B. Experience is better gained through practice. C. Obeying the rules means more than compassion. D. Helping others is easier said than done. 【解析】 本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了作者如何把对老人的同情转化为行动的故事。 16．A 推理判断题。根据文章第一段的最后一句“He promised to repay me the next day.” 可推知，老人当时想赊账，之后再来还钱，故选 A 项。 17．C 推理判断题。根据文章第一段的倒数第三句“He said he was out of cash(现金), had just moved into his room, and had nothing in his cupboards.”并结合第二段的第三句“I had a hurt in my heart for this kind of human soul, all alone in the world.”可推知，那个老人又穷又孤独， 故选 C 项。 18．D 推理判断题。根据文章的第二段的最后一句“I felt stupid and unkind saying this, but I valued my job.”可推知，作者遵守超市规定是想保住自己目前作为收银员的工作，故选 D 项。 19．D 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段第二句和第三句“Pity is soft, safe and easy. Compassion, on the other hand, is caring in action.”可推知，同情很容易，而怜悯并付出行动并 不易，故选 D 项。 [2014·湖北襄阳三校联考] Once upon a time, a man was walking on a mountain when he found an incredible cave with all kinds of treasure inside it. So he gave up his job, his home, and his friends, and spent all his time guarding the cave. He was so dedicated to it that he hardly ate or drank, and before long he fell ill. One day, when he could hardly move at all, he decided to share the treasure. He crawled into the cave to get a handful of jewels, but discovered, to his horror, that it was empty except for a small emerald(绿宝石). The man took it and gave it to the first person to come by, a woman. Then an old man came by. “What bad luck！” the man said. “Just a moment ago I gave a woman the last of the treasure I was guarding.” “Are you sure there is nothing left？” the old man asked. The man took him into the cave, where they found a chest with jewels and some bags of gold. The man was shocked, and the old man explained to him, “At last! At last! At last someone has broken the spell of this cave. This is the Cave of Treasure, and you're the first to have passed its great test. Many have dedicated their lives to this cave, only to end up realizing there was nothing here…” “And why does this happen？” the man asked. “This magic cave has only as many riches as your own heart. When someone discovers it, the cave fills with the treasure they bring with them, but later, when they have devoted themselves to guarding the treasure, their hearts become empty. So does the cave. The only way to fill it is by filling your heart with all that is good, as you did by giving the woman that last jewel.” From that day on, the man understood that it was better to share than to keep. Thanks to the cave and the old man, he became noble and generous. 11．Why did the man give up his job, home and friends? A．Because he possessed a variety of treasure. B．Because he devoted himself to a great test. C．Because he had to guard the treasure cave. D．Because he wanted to find the treasure cave. 12．What did the man find when he showed his cave to the old man? A．All kinds of treasure. B．A chest with jewels and gold. C．A small emerald. D．A handful of jewels. 13．What do we learn about the people who dedicated their lives to the cave before? A．They all found the cave empty at last. B．The old man freed them from its spell. C．They all filled the cave with the treasure they had. D．They thought it was better to share than to enjoy the treasure alone. 14．What can we learn from the text? A．Different people have different views. B．Treasure only belongs to those who possess it. C．Some people never learn what is really valuable. D．Purely material things cannot make us truly wealthy. 【解析】 本文通过一个充满珠宝的洞穴的故事告诉了我们一个人生真理：单纯的物质 并不能使人变得富有，只有学会与人分享才能获得精神上的真正富有。 11．C 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句“So he gave up his job, his home, and his friends, and spent all his time guarding the cave.”可知，他这样做的目的是保护洞穴，故 C 项正 确。 12．B 细节理解题。根据第六段第一句“The man took him into the cave, where they found a chest with jewels and some bags of gold.”可知，他们进来时，里面有很多珠宝和黄金，故 B 项正确。 13．A 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中的“…when they have devoted themselves to guarding the treasure, their hearts become empty. So does the cave.”可知，如果看守洞穴的人的 心灵是空的，那么洞穴里的宝贝也就没了，故 A 项正确。 14．D 主旨大意题。文章告诉我们单纯的物质并不能使人变得富有，只有学会与人分 享才能获得精神上的真正富有，故 D 项正确。 [2014·河南南阳五校联考] Each time I see a balloon, my mind flies back to a memory when I was a six－year－old girl. It was a rainy Sunday and my father had recently died. I asked my mum if my dad had gone to heaven. “Yes, honey. Of course，” she said. “Can we write him a letter？” She paused, the longest pause of my short life, and answered, “Yes.”My heart jumped.“Can the mailman go there？” I asked. “No, but I have an idea.” Mum drove to a party store and returned with a red balloon. I asked her what it was for. “Just wait, honey. You'll see.” Mum told me to write my letter. Eagerly, I got my favourite pen, and poured out my six－year－old heart in the form of blue ink. I wrote about my day, what I learned at school, how Mum was doing, and even about what happened in a story I had read. For a few minutes it was as if Dad were still alive. I gave the letter to Mum. She read it over, and a smile crossed her face.She made a hole in the corner of the letter where she looped the balloon string. We went outside and she gave me the balloon. It was still raining.“Okay, on the count of three, let it go. One, two, three.” The balloon, carrying my letter, darted upwards against the rain. We watched until it was swallowed by the mass of clouds. Later I realized, like the balloon, that Dad had never let his sickness get him down. He was strong. No matter what he suffered, he'd persevere, dart up, and finally transcend this cold world and his sick body. He rose into sky and became something beautiful. I watched until the balloon disappeared into the grey and white and I prayed that his strength was passed on. I prayed to be a balloon. 20．When the girl asked her mother if they could write to her father, her mother ________． A．believed it easy to do so B．thought her a creative girl C．felt it hard to answer D．found it easy to lie 21．When the girl was told that she could send a letter to her father, she ________． A．jumped with joy B．was worried that it couldn't be delivered C．started writing immediately D．became excited 22．In the eyes of the author, what was the rain like? A．An incurable disease. B．An unforgettable memory. C．The failure her father experienced. D．The hard time her father had. 23．What would be the best title for the passage? A．An unforgettable experience B．Fly to heaven C．The strong red balloon D．A great father 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了女儿想和已故的父亲通信，这使母亲很为难。 但聪明的母亲用红气球作为邮递员把女儿写给父亲的信寄往天堂，让女儿感到父亲还活着。 20．C 推理判断题。根据文章第二段中的“She paused, the longest pause of my short life, and answered, ‘Yes.’”可知，母亲停顿了很长时间，这意味着她思考了较长的时间才回答了女 儿的问题。这说明女儿的问题很难回答。故选 C。 21．D 细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的“My heart jumped.”可知，“我”很高兴。故选 D。 22．D 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段中的“No matter what he suffered…became something beautiful.”可知，雨就像父亲经历的艰难时光。故选 D。 23．C 主旨大意题。本文是一篇记叙文，文章以红气球为主线贯穿整篇文章，红气球 也象征着父亲。故选 C。 (2015﹒湖北﹒阅读理解 B) What Theresa Loe is doing proves that a large farm isn’t prerequisite for a modern grow-your-own lifestyle. On a mere 1/10 of an acre in Los Angeles, Loe and her family grow, can （装罐）and preserve much of the food they consume. Loe is a master food preserver, gardener and canning expert. She also operates a website, where she shares her tips and recipes, with the goal of demonstrating that every has the ability to control what’s on their plate. Loe initially went to school to become an engineer, but she quickly learned that her enthusiasm was mainly about growing and preparing her own food. “I got into cooking my own food and started growing my own herbs (香草) and foods for that fresh flavor,”she said. Engineer by day, Loe learned cooking at night school. She ultimately purchased a small piece of land with her husband and began growing their own foods. “I teach people how to live farm-fresh without a farm,” Loe said. Through her website Loe emphasizes that “anybody can do this anywhere.” Got an apartment with a balcony （阳台）? Plant some herbs. A window? Perfect spot for growing. Start with herbs, she recommends, because “they’re very forgiving.” Just a little of the herbs “can take your regular cooking to a whole new level,” she added. “I think it’s a great place to start.” “Then? Try growing something from a seed, she said, like a tomato or some tea.” Canning is a natural extension of the planting she does. With every planted food. Loe noted, there’s a moment when it’s bursting with its absolute peak flavor. “I try and keep it in a time capsule in a canning jar,” Loe said. “Canning for me is about knowing what’s in your food, knowing where it comes from.” In addition to being more in touch with the food she’s eating, another joy comes from passing this knowledge and this desire for good food to her children: “Influencing them and telling them your opinion on not only being careful what we eat but understanding the bigger picture,” she said, “that if we don’t take care of the earth, no will.” 55.The underlined word “prerequisite” (Pare. 1) is closest in meaning to “______”. A. recipe B. substitute C. requirement D. challenge 56.Why does Loe suggest starting with herbs? A. They are used daily. B. They are easy to grow. C. They can grow very tall D. They can be eaten uncooked 57.According to Loe, what is the benefit of canning her planted foods? A. It can preserve their best flavor B. It can promote her online sales C. It can better her cooking skills D. It can improve their nutrition 58.What is the“the bigger picture” (Para. 6) that Loe wishes her children to understand? A. The knowledge about good food B. The way to live a grow-our-own life C. The joy of getting in touch with foods D. The responsibility to protect our earth 【解析】 C A B D 试题分析:本文是一篇记叙文。Loe 是“自己种植”现代生活方式的实践者，她热衷于自己种植 香草和味道新鲜的食物，并将食物装入密封罐中保持以保持最佳的风味，更想通过自己的举 动影响孩子们，让他们意识到保护地球的责任。 55. C 词义猜测题。根据首段第二句 “On a mare 1/10 of an acre .. and preserve much of the food they consume”可知面积并不是硬要 求。该句句意为: Loe 在那里所做的一切证明，一个大农场对“自己种植”现代生活方式来说 并不是一个硬要求。故选 C 项。 56.B 细节理解题。根据第四段中“Start with herbs... Just a lite of the herbs ..”可知香草很容易生 长。故选 B 项。 57.A 细节理解题。根据第五段中 “there is a moment when it' s bursting with its absolute peak flavor. “I try to keep it in a time capsule in a canning jar:"”可知将种植的事物装入密封罐中保存的好处是能够保持 最佳的风味。故选 A 项。 58.D 词义猜测题。根据最后一段中 尾句“that if we don't take care of the earth, no one will”可知 the bigger picture 指的是保护地球的责任。故选 D 项。 (2015﹒北京﹒阅读理解 A) The Boy Made It! One Sunday, Nicholas, a teenager, went skiing at Sugarloaf Mountain in Maine. In the early afternoon, when he was planning to go home, a fierce snowstorm swept into the area. Unable to see far, he accidentally turned off the path. Before he knew it, Nicholas was lost, all alone! He didn’t have food, water, a phone, or other supplies. He was getting colder by the minute. Nicholas had no idea where he was. He tried not to panic. He thought about all the survival shows he had watched on TV. It was time to put the tips he had learned to use. He decided to stop skiing. There was a better chance of someone finding him if he stayed put. The first thing he did was to find shelter form the freezing wind and snow. If he didn’t, his body temperature would get very low, which could quickly kill him. Using his skis, Nicholas built a snow cave. He gathered a huge mass of snow and dug out a hole in the middle. Then he piled branches on top of himself, like a blanket, to stay as warm as he could. By that evening, Nicholas was really hungry. He ate snow and drank water from a nearby stream so that his body wouldn’t lose too much water. Not knowing how much longer he could last, Nicholas did the only thing he could- he huddled(蜷缩) in his cave and slept. The next day, Nicholas went out to look for help, but he couldn’t find anyone. He followed his tracks and returned to the snow cave, because without shelter, he could die that night. On Tuesday, Nicholas went out to find help. He had walked for about a mile when a volunteer searcher found him. After two days stuck in the snow, Nicholas was saved. Nicholas might not have survived this snowstorm had it not been for TV. He had often watched Grylls’ survival show. Man vs. Wild. That’s where he learned the tips that saved his life, In each episode(一期节目)of Man vs. Wild, Grylls is abandoned in a wild area and has to find his way out. When Grylls heard about Nicholas’ amazing deeds, he was super impressed that Nicholas had made it since he knew better than anyone how hard Nicholas had to work to stay alive. 56. What happened to Nicholas one Sunday afternoon? A. He got lost. B. He broke his skis. C. He hurt his eyes D. He caught a cold 57. How did Nicholas keep himself warm? A. He found a shelter. B. He lighted some branches. C. He kept on skiing. D. He built a snow cave. 58. On Tuesday, Nicholas _____. A. returned to his shelter safely B. was saved by a searcher C. got stuck in the snow D. staved where he was 59. Nicholas left Grylls a very deep impression because he _____. A. did the right things in the dangerous situation B. watched Grylls’ TV program regularly C. created some tips for survival D. was very hard-working 【解析】A D B A 试题分析：本文讲的是一个小男孩在暴风雪中迷路，他不畏艰难，利用在电视中学到的野外 生存知识逃脱困境的故事。 56. A 细节理解题。根据第一段第三行，Before he knew it, Nicholas was lost, all alone!”可知 答案。说明在 Nicholas 迷路了。故选 A。 57. D 细节理解题。根据文章第二段根据第四段第一行，Nicholas built a snow cave。以及 to stay as warm as he could 可知，Nicholas 保持温暖的方式是建了一个雪洞。故选 D。 58.B 细节理解题。根据第六段第三行，He had walked for about a mile when a volunteer searcher found him。可知，星期二的时候，Nicholas 被一名志愿搜索者救了。故选 B。 59.A 推理判断题。根据最后一段中的，He was super impressed that Nicholas had made it since he knew better than anyonehow hard Nicholas had to work to stay alive。”可知，Grylls 这个人想 表达一个小男孩能在如此困难的情况下成功逃生是难能可贵的，A 选项正好能表达此意思。 故选 A。 (2015﹒广东﹒阅读理解 A) Peter loved to shop used articles. Almost a month ago, he bought popular word game that used little pieces of wood with different letters on them. As he was purchasing it, the salesgirl said, “Uh, look, the game box haven’t even been opened yet. That might be worth some money. ” Peter examined the box, and, sure enough, it was completely covered in factory-sealed plastic. And he saw a date of 1973 on the back of the box. “You should put that up for auction ( 拍 卖 ) on the Internet, and see what happens.”the salesgirl said. “Yes, you’re right. People like something rare.” Peter agreed, “I can’t imagine there being very many unopened boxes of this game still around 40 years later.” “Don’t forget to tell me if you sell it.” the salesgirl smiled. “No problem.” Peter said. After he got home, Peter went online to several auction websites looking for his game. But he couldn’t find it. Then he typed in the name of the word game and hit Search. The search result was 543 websites containing information about the changes of the game. Over the years, the game had been produced using letters in different sizes and game boards in different colors. He also found some lists of game fans looking for various versions of the game. Peter emailed some of them, telling them what he had. Two weeks later, Peter went back to the shop. “Hello. Do you still remember the unopened word game?” The salesgirl looked at him for a second, then recognized him and said, “Oh, hi!” “I’ve got something for you,” Peter said. “I sold the game and made $1,000. Thank you for your suggestion.” He handed her three $ 100 bills. “Wow!” the salesgirl cried out. “Thank you, I never expected it.” 26. Which of the following best describes Peter’s word game? A. It was made around 40 years ago. B. It had game boards in different sizes. C. It was kept in a plastic bag with a seal. D. It had little pieces of wood in different colors. 27. What did the salesgirl probably think of Peter’s word game? A. Old and handy. B. Rare and valuable. C. Classic and attractive. D. Colorful and interesting 28. Peter got the names of the game fans from _________. A. an auction B. the Internet C. a game shop D. the second-hand shop 29. What happened at the end of the story? A. Peter gave the girl $300 as a reward. B. The salesgirl became Peter’s friend. C. Peter returned the word game for $ 1,000. D. The salesgirl felt confused to see Peter again. 30. What is the main theme of the story? A. It’s important to keep a promise. B. It’s great to share in other people’s happiness. C. We should be grateful for the help from others. D. Something rare is worth a large amount of money. 【解析】试题分析：本文叙述了 Peter 在听从了一位女销售员的建议，买了一个旧的游戏盒 子，并到网上拍卖。结果他挣了 1000 美元。为了感激这位女销售员，他给了她 300 美元做 为回报。 26. A 细节理解题。根据“I can’t imagine there being very many unopened boxes of this game still around 40 years later.”可知这个游戏盒子大约在 40 年前制造的。故选 A。 27. B 推理判断题。根据 the salesgirl said,“Oh, look, the game box hasn’t even been opened yet. That might be worth some money.”可知这个女销售员认为这个游戏盒子没有打开过，可能值 钱，有价值。故选 B。 28. B 推理判断题。根据 The search result was 543 websites containing information about the changes of the game…..He also found some lists of game fans looking for various versions of the game.可知 Peter 是从网上得知这个游戏爱好者的名字。故选 B。 29. A 细节理解题。根据 Peter said,“ I sold the game and made $1000.Thank you for your suggestion,”He handed her three $100 bills.可知 Bill 感谢这位女销售员的建议，给了她 300 美 元作为回报。故选 A。 30. C 推理判断题。全文围绕着 Peter 听了女销售员的建议，买了这个游戏盒，赚了钱，为了 表示感谢，他给了这位女销售员 300 美元作为回报。故推断这个故事的主题是我们应该感激 别人的帮助。故选 C。 (2015﹒陕西﹒阅读理解 B) When the dog named Judy spotted the first sheep in her life, she did what comes naturally. The four-year-old dog set off racing after the sheep across several fields and, being a city animal, lost both her sheep and her sense of direction. Then she ran along the edge of cliff( 悬崖) and fell 100 feet, bouncing off a rock into the sea. Her owner Mike Holden panicked and celled the coastguard of Cornwall, who turned up in seconds . Six volunteers slid down the cliff with the help of a rope but gave up all hope of finding her alive after a 90-minute search. Three days later, a hurricane hit the coast near Cornwall. Mr. Holden returned home from his holiday upset and convinced his pet was dead. He comforted himself with the thought she had died in the most beautiful part of the country. For the next two weeks, the Holdens were heartbroken . Then, one day, the phone rang and Steve Tregear, the coastguard of Cornwall, asked Holder if he would like his dog bark. A birdwatcher, armed with a telescope, found the pet sitting desperately on a rock. While he sounded the alarm, a student from Leeds climbed down the cliff to collect Judy. The dog had initially been knocked unconscious(失去知觉的)but had survived by drinking water from a fresh scream at the base of the cliff. She may have fed on the body of a sheep which had also fallen over the edge. “The dog was very thin and hungry,” Steve Tregear said , “It was a very dog. She survived because of a plentiful supply of fresh water,” he added. It was ,as Mr. Holden admitted, “a minor miracle(奇迹)”. 50. The dog Jody fell down the cliff when she was A. rescuing her owner B. caught in a hurricane C. blocked by a rock D. running after a sheep 51. Who spotted Judy after the accident? A. A birdwatcher B. A student from Leeds C. Six volunteers D. The coastguard of Cornwall 52. What can we infer from the text? A. People like to travel with their pets. B. Judy was taken to the fields for hunting. C. Luck plays a vital role in Judy's survival. D. Holden cared little where Judy was buried. 53. Which of the following can be the best title for the text? A. Miracle of the Coastguard. B. Surviving a Hurricane. C. Dangers in the Wild D. Coming Back from the Dead. 【解析】试题分析：文章介绍是叫 Judy 的狗在追赶一只羊的时候，从悬崖上掉下来。主人 努力寻找几个小时无果，以为它已经死去就放弃了，结果几天后，意外得到消息，狗还活着。 真是很幸运的事情。 50.细节理解题。根据文章第一段的句子：The four-year-old dog set off racing after the sheep across several fields…,Then she ran along the edge of a cliff(悬崖) and fell 100 feet, bouncing off a rock into the sea.可知叫 Judy 的狗在追赶一只羊的时候，从悬崖上掉下来。故选 D。 51.细节理解题。根据文章第五段的句子：A birdwatcher, armed with a telescope, found the pet sitting desperately on a rock. 可知事故后是一个观鸟者看见了 Judy，故选 A。 52.细节理解题。根据文章第六段的句子：It was a very lucky dog. She survived because of a plentiful supply of fresh water.可知在 Judy 的事故中运气起着至关重要的作用。故选 C。 53.主旨大意题。根据文章的内容可知介绍一只狗掉到悬崖下面死里逃生的经历，所以用 Coming Back from the Dead 比较合适。故选 D。 (2015﹒四川﹒阅读理解 B) Nothing could stop Dad. After he was put on disability for a bad back, he bought a small farm in the country, just enough to grow food for the family. He planted vegetables, fruit trees and even kept bees for honey. And every week he cleaned Old Man McColgin's chicken house in exchange for manure(肥 料 ). The Smell really burned the inside of your nose. When we complained about the terrible smell, Dad said the stronger the manure, the healthier the crops, and he was right. For example, just one of his cantaloupes filled the entire house with its sweet smell, and the taste was even sweeter. As the vegetables started coming in, Dad threw himself into cooking. One day, armed with a basket of vegetables, he announced he was going to make stew(炖菜).Dad pulled out a pressure cooker and filled it up with cabbages, eggplants, potatoes, corns, onions and carrots. For about half an hour. the pressure built and the vegetables cooked. Finally, Dad turned off the stove, the pot began to cool and the pressure relief valve sprayed out a cloud of steam. If we thought Dad's pile of chicken manure was bad, this was 10 times worse. When Dad took off the lid, the smell nearly knocked us out. Dad carried the pot out and we opened doors and windows to air out the house. Just how bad was it? The neighbors came out of their houses to see if we had a gas leak! Determined, Dad filled our plates with steaming stew and passed them around. It didn’t look that bad, and after the first wave had shut down my ability to smell, it didn’t offend the nose so much, either. I took a taste. It would never win a prize in a cooking competition, but it was surprisingly edible and we drank up every last drop of soup. 34.Why did Dad clean Old Man Mocolgin’s chicken house regularly? A. To earn some money for the family. B. To collect manure for his crops. C. To get rid of the terrible smell. D. To set a good example to us. 35.What can we infer about Dad’s stew? A. It is popular among the neighbors. B. It contains honey and vegetables. C. It looks very wonderful. D. It tastes quite delicious. 36.What does the underlined word “offend” in the last paragraph mean? A. To attract B. To upset C. To air D. To shut 37.What can we learn about Dad form the text? A. He is an experienced cook. B. He is a troublesome father. C. He has a positive attitude to life. D. He suffers a lot from his disability. 【解析】试题分析:本文主要讲述了作者的父亲买了一个小农场，在里面种满了各种蔬菜、 果树甚至还养了蜜蜂。但作者的父亲收获的时候，他炖了-锅蔬菜，闻到味道时，作者和其 他人觉得烧得很糟糕,但是最后全部都吃光了。 34.B 细 节 理 解 题 。 根 据 文 章 第 一 段 的 And every week he cleaned Old Man McColgin's chicken house inexchange for manure 肥 料 ) 可 知选择 B,是为了收集肥料。 35.D 推理判断题。根据最后一段的 we drank up every last drop of soup.可知，选择 D,意为父 亲的炖菜非常美味。 36.B 词义判断题。根据文章上文的 the first wave had shut down my ability to smell;可知，此处 指的是鼻子闻不到那种味道，故选择 B,意为搅乱。 37.C 推理判断题。根据文章内容可知，父亲在背部受伤后，不愿意休息，而是自己经营着 小农场，而且在收货后，还自创菜，故选择 C 最为恰当,指父亲对于生活有着积极的态度。 (2015﹒天津﹒阅读理解 C) One day when I was 12, my mother gave me an order: I was to walk to the public library, and borrow at least one book for the summer. This was one more weapon for her to defeat my strange problem — inability to read. In the library, I found my way into the “Children’s Room.” I sat down on the floor and pulled a few books off the shelf at random. The cover of a book caught my eye. It presented a picture of a beagle. I had recently had a beagle, the first and only animal companion I ever had as a child. He was my secret sharer, but one morning, he was gone, given away to someone who had the space and the money to care for him. I never forgot my beagle. There on the book’s cover was a beagle which looked identical（相同的） to my dog. I ran my fingers over the picture of the dog on the cover. My eyes ran across the title, Amos, the Beagle with a Plan. Unknowingly, I had read the title. Without opening the book, I borrowed it from the library for the summer. Under the shade of a bush, I started to read about Amos. I read very, very slowly with difficulty. Though pages were turned slowly, I got the main idea of the story about a dog who, like mine, had been separated from his family and who finally found his way back home. That dog was my dog, and I was the little boy in the book. At the end of the story, my mind continued the final scene of reunion, on and on, until my own lost dog and I were, in my mind, running together. My mother’s call returned me to the real world. I suddenly realized something: I had read a book, and I had loved reading that book. Everyone knew I could not read. But I had read it. Books could be incredibly wonderful and I was going to read them. I never told my mother about my “miraculous” (奇迹般地) experience that summer, but she saw a slow but remarkable improvement in my classroom performance during the next year. And years later, she was proud that her son had read thousands of books, was awarded a PhD in literature, and authored his own books, articles, poetry and fiction. The power of the words has held. 46. The author’s mother told him to borrow a book in order to_____. A. encourage him to do more walking B. let him spend a meaningful summer C. help cure him of his reading problem D. make him learn more about weapons 47. The book caught the author’s eye because_____. A. it contained pretty pictures of animals B. it reminded him of his own dog C. he found its title easy to understand D. he liked children’s stories very much 48. Why could the author manage to read the book through? A. He was forced by his mother to read it. B. He identified with the story in the book. C. The book told the story of his pet dog. D. The happy ending of the story attracted him. 49. What can be inferred from the last paragraph? A. The author has become a successful writer. B. The author’s mother read the same book. C. The author’s mother rewarded him with books. D. The author has had happy summers ever since. 50. Which one could be the best title of the passage? A. The Charm of a Book B. Mum’s Strict Order C. Reunion with My Beagle D. My Passion for Reading 【解析】试题分析：文章大意：文章讲述了作者从一名阅读困难的孩子到最终成为一名成功 的作家的故事，告诉我们书本的魅力。 46. C 细节理解题。根据文章第一段最后一句 This was one more weapon for her to defeat my strange problem — inability to read.可知母亲让他借书看是为了治愈他的阅读问题。故选 C。 47. B 细节理解题。根据文章第二段 The cover of a book caught my eye. It presented a picture of a beagle. I had recently had a beagle, the first and only animal companion I ever had as a child.可 知此本书引起作者注意的原因。选 B。 48. B 推理判断题。根据第四段 That dog was my dog, and I was the little boy in the book. At the end of the story, my mind continued the final scene of reunion, on and on, until my own lost dog and I were, in my mind, running together.可知作者感同身受地把自己与书本得主人公联系在 一起。选 B。 49. A 推理判断题。根据最后一段 And years later, she was proud that her son had read thousands of books, was awarded a PhD in literature, and authored his own books, articles, poetry and fiction. 可以判断出作者最终成为一名成功的作家。故选 A。 50. A 主旨大意题。文章讲述了作者从一名阅读困难的孩子到最终成为一名成功的作家的故 事，从而展现给我们书本的魅力。故选 A。 (2015﹒重庆﹒阅读理解 A) At thirteen, I was diagnosed （ 诊 所 ） with kind of attention disorder. It made school difficult for me. When everyone else in the class was focusing on tasks, I could not. In my first literature class, Mrs.Smith asked us to read a story and then write on it, all within 45 minutes. I raised my hand right away and said,“Mrs.Smith, you see, the doctor said I have attention problems. I might not be able to do it.” She glanced down at me through her glasses, “you are no different from your classmates, young man.” I tried, but I didn’t finish the reading when the bell rang. I had to take it home. In the quietness of my bedroom, the story suddenly all became clear to me. It was about a blind person, Louis Braille. He lived in a time when the blind couldn’t get much education. But Louis didn’t give up. Instead, he invented a reading system of raised dots（点）, which opened up a whole new world of knowledge to the blind. Wasn’t I the “blind” in my class, being made to learn like the “sighted” students? My thoughts spilled out and my pen started to dance. I completed the task within 40 minutes. Indeed, I was no different from others; Ijust needed a quieter place. If Louis could find his way out of his problems, why should I ever give up? I didn’t expect anything when I handled in my paper to Mrs.Smith, so it was quite a surprise when it came back to me the next day- with an“A” on it. At the bottom of the paper were these words:“ See what you can do when you keep trying?” 36. The author didn’t finish the reading in class because. A. He was new to the class B. He was tried of literature C. He had an attention disorder D. He wanted to take the task home 37. What do we know about Louis Braille from the passage? A. He had good sight B. He made a great invention. C. He gave up reading D. He learned a lot from school 38. What was Mrs.Smith ‘s attitude to the author at the end of the story? A. Angry B. Impatient C. Sympathetic D. Encouraging 38. What is the main idea of the passage? A.The disabled should be treated with respect. B.A teacher can open up a new world to students. C. One can find his way out of difficulties with efforts. D. Everyone needs a hand when faced with challenges. 【解析】试题分析: 本文主要讲述作者有注意力紊乱，不想努力，在老师的激励下，克服困 难的故事 36.C 细节理解题。根据第一段 At thirteen, I was diagnosed with a kind of attention disorder.可知 作者被诊断出注意力紊乱，故选 C 项。 37.B 推断题。根据第五段提到 it was about a blind person,Louise Braile,和 Instead , he invented a reading systerm of raised dots，which opened up a whole new world of knowledge to the blind 可知 Louise Braile 是个盲人，创造了盲文，故选 B 项。 38.D 推 断 题 。 根 据 最 后 一 段 提 到 so it was a surprise when it came back to me the next day—with an “A”当我看到作业上 A 时，非常的吃惊，史密斯小姐对我的态度是令人鼓励的， 故选 D 项。 39.C 主旨大意。本文主要讲述作者有注意力紊乱，不想努力，在老师的激励下，克服困难 的故事，故选 C 项。 (2015﹒安徽﹒阅读理解 B) When her five daughters were young, Helene An always told them that there was strength in unity (团结). To show this, she held up one chopstick, representing oneperson. Then she easily broke it into two pieces. Next, she tied several chopsticks together, representing a family. She showed the girls it was hard to break the tied chopsticks. This lesson about family unity stayed with the daughters as they grew up. Helene An and her family own a large restaurant business in California. However, when Helene and her husband Danny left their home in Vietnam in 1975, they didn't have much money. They moved their family to San Francisco. There they joined Danny's mother, Diana, who owned a small Italian sandwich shop. Soon afterwards, Helene and Diana changed the sandwich shop into a small Vietnamese restaurant. The five daughters helped in the restaurant when they were young. However, Helene did not want her daughters to always work in the family business because she thought it was too hard. Eventually the girls all graduated from college and went away to work for themselves, but one by one, the daughters returned to work in the family business. They opened new restaurants in San Francisco and Los Angeles. Even though family members sometimes disagreed with each other, they worked together to make the business successful. Daughter Elisabeth explains, "Our mother taught us that to succeed we must have unity, and to have unity we must have peace. Without the strength of the family, there is no business." Their expanding business became a large corporation in 1996, with three generations of Ans working together. Now the Ans' corporation makes more than $20 million each year. Although they began with a small restaurant, they had big dreams, and they worked together. Now they are a big success. 60. Helene tied several chopsticks together to show ______. A. the strength of family unity B. the difficulty of growing up C. the advantage of chopsticks D. the best way of giving a lesson 61. We can I earn from Paragraph 2 that the An family ______. A. started a business in 1975 B. left Vietnam without much money C. bought a restaurant in San Francisco D. opened a sandwich shop in Los Angeles 62. What can we infer about the An daughters? A. They did not finish their college education. B. They could not bear to work in the family business. C. They were influenced by what Helene taught them. D. They were troubled by disagreement among family members. 63. Which of the following can be the best title for the passage? A. How to Run a Corporation B. Strength Comes from Peace C. How to Achieve a Big Dream D. Family Unity Builds Success 【解析】 试题分析：文章通过讲述一个家族企业的发展历程。作者以此来强调家庭团结的重要性。 Helene 和丈夫离开越南时，他们并不富有。Helene 给她的女儿讲述了一个关于团结的故事。 一双筷子很容易被折断，但是，当几双筷子绑在一起时，它们将很难被折断，对于家庭来说 亦是如此。 60. A 细节理解题。根据第一段“she tied several chopsticks together, representing a family. This lesson about family unity...”可知，Helene 把筷子绑在一起并试着折断它们，是为了显示 团结的力量。 61. B 细节理解题。根据“when Helene and her husband Danny left their home in Vietnam in 1975, they didn't have much money.”可知，当离开越南时，Helene 夫妇并没有太多的钱。 62. C 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段“Eventually the girls all graduated from college”排除 A； 根据“the daughters returned to work in the family business”可知，Helene 的女儿们相继都回到 了家族企业，但文中未提到她们无法承受家族企业里的工作，排除 B；根据“they worked together to make the business successful”可知，虽然有分歧，但她们还是齐心协力地工作，排 除 D。 63. D 选择最佳标题。根据第一段“Helene An always told them that there was strength in unity (团 结).”和第三段“to succeed we must have unity”与第四段“and they worked together. Now they are a big success.”可知，文文章主要讲的是家庭团结对取得成功的重要性。文章没有讲怎样经营 一家大型公司，也没有提到怎样实现伟大梦想。 (2015﹒新课标全国 II﹒阅读理解 A) My color television has given me nothing but a headache. I was able to buy it a little over a year ago because I had my relatives give me money for my birthday instead of clothes that wouldn’t fit. I let a salesclerk fool me into buying a discontinued model. I realized this a day later, when I saw newspaper advertisements for the set at seventy-five dollars less than I had paid. The set worked so beautiful when I first got it home that I would keep it on until stations signed off for the night. Fortunately, I didn’t get any channels showing all-night movies or I would never have gotten to bed. Then I started developing a problem with the set that involved static(静电) noise. For some reason, when certain shows switched into a commercial, a loud noise would sound for a few seconds. Gradually, this noise began to appear during a show, and to get rid of it, I had to change to another channel and then change it back. Sometimes this technique would not work, and I had to pick up the set and shake it to remove the sound. I actually began to build up my arm muscles(肌肉) shaking my set. When neither of these methods removed the static noise, I would sit helplessly and wait for the noise to go away. At last I ended up hitting the set with my first, and it stopped working altogether. My trip to the repair shop cost me $62, and the sit is working well now, but I keep expecting more trouble. 21. Why did the author say he was fooled into buying the TV set? A. He got an older model than he had expected. B. He couldn’t return it when it was broken. C. He could have bought it at a lower price. D. He failed to find any movie shows on it. 22. Which of the following an best replace the phrase “signed off” in paragraph 1? A. ended all their programs B. provided fewer channels C. changed to commercials D. showed all-night movies 23. How did the author finally get this TV set working again? A. By shaking and hitting it B. By turning it on and off C. By switching channels D. By having it repaired 24. How does the author sound when telling the story? A. Curious B. Anxious C. Cautious D. Humorous 【解析】 试题分析：我的彩电带给我的只有让我头疼的事。从一开始就让我很不痛快。因为我花的钱 比广告上的多，这还不算，机子还是过时的，而且质量也有问题，先是接受频道不全，接着 是噪音不断，最后只好自己花钱去修。 21. C 细节理解题。根据第一段第四行“when I saw newspaper advertisements for the set at seventy-five dollars less than I had paid.” 当我看到报纸上 75 美元比我买的价格低的时候，我 感觉我上当了。故选 C。 22.A 词义推测题。根据后一句 Fortunately, I didn’t get any channels showing all-night movies or I would never have gotten to bed.：幸运的是，我没有可以整晚看电影的频道，否则我就不能 睡觉了，故选 A。 23.D 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段的 My trip to the repair shop cost me $62，可知作者由 于用拳头砸电视，导致电视没了噪音，也什么都不出了。最后只好自己花钱去修理店修电视 机，共花了 62 美元，故选 D。 24.D 推理判断题。根据开头 Fortunately, I didn’t get any channels showing all-night movies or I would never have gotten to bed.意思是说：看不了电视节目就可以睡觉；中间还说 I actually began to build up my arm muscles(肌肉) shaking my set.意思是：晃动电视的同时还锻炼了胳膊 上肌肉，可知作者很诙谐幽默。故选 D。 (2015﹒福建﹒阅读理解 B) Papa, as a son of a dirt-poor farmer, left school early and went to work in a factory, for education was for the rich then. So, the world became his school. With great interest, he read everything he could lay his hands on, listened to the town elders and learned about the world beyond his tiny hometown. "There's so much to learn," he'd say. "Though we're born stupid, only the stupid remain that way. " He was determined that none of his children would be denied ( fll^fe) an education. Thus, Papa insisted that we learn at least one new thing each day. Though, as children, we thought this was crazy, it would never have occurred to us to deny Papa a request. And dinner time seemed perfect for sharing what we had learned. We would talk about the news of the day; no matter how insignificant, it was never taken lightly. Papa would listen carefully and was ready with some comment, always to the point. Then came the moment—the time to share the day's new learning. Papa, at the head of the table, would push back his chair and pour a glass of red wine, ready to listen. "Felice," he'd say, "tell me what you learned today. " "I learned that the population of Nepal is .... " Silence. Papa was thinking about what was said, as if the salvation of the world would depend upon it. "The population of Nepal. Hmm. Well . . . . " he'd say. "Get the map; let's see wrhere Nepal is. " And the wThole family went on a search for Nepal. This same experience was repeated until each family member had a turn. Dinner ended only after we had a clear understanding of at least half a dozen such facts. As children, we thought very little about these educational wonders. Our family, however, was growing together, sharing experiences and participating in one another's education. And by looking at us, listening to us, respecting our input, affirming our value, giving us a sense of dignity, Papa was unquestionably our most influential teacher. Later during my training as a future teacher /1 studied with some of the most famous educators. They were imparting what Papa had known all along—the value of continual learning. His technique has served me well all my life. Not a single day has been wasted, though I can never tell when knowing the population of Nepal might prove useful. 60.What do we know from the first paragraph? A. The author's father was born in a worker's family. B. Those born stupid could not change their life. C. The town elders wanted to learn about the world. D. The poor could hardly afford school education. 61.The underlined word "it" in the second paragraph refers to "___ A. one new thing B. a request C. the news D. some comment 62.It can be learned from the passage that the author ___. A. enjoyed talking about news B. knew very well about Nepal C. felt regret about those wasted days D . appreciated his father's educational technique 63What is the greatest value of "dinner time" to the author? A. Continual learning. B. Showing talents. C. Family get-together. D. Winning Papa's approval. 64.The author's father can be best described as____. A. an educator expert at training future teachers B. a parent insistent on his children's education C. a participant willing to share his knowledge D. a teacher strict about everything his students did 【解析】试题分析：考查记叙文阅读。本文是一篇记叙文，通过对父亲的教育方式的描写， 表达了作者对于父亲的敬爱。 60.D 细节理解题。根据第一段第一句最后半句，for education was for the rich then. So, the world became his school.因为教育是对有钱人开放的，所以世界城了爸爸的学校。可以推断 出作为一个穷人的爸爸付不起学费，故选 D 61.C 分析推断题。这里的 it 代指的是 news，代指的是前面的主语。根据该词附近的语境可 以知道我们会谈论一天的新闻，不论重要与否，都不是可以等闲视之的。故选 C 62.D 细节理解题。根据最后一段前两句 Later during my training as a future teacher studied with some of the most famous educators. They were imparting what Papa had known all along： 在我成为未来教师的实习中，我和一些很有名的教育者一同学习，他们传授着父亲所知道的 ——持续教育的意义。故选 D 63.A 分析推断题。根据最后一段倒数第二句 His technique has served me well all my life. 他的 教育方式使我受用终生。而该句前一句中又提到父亲的教育方式就是持续性的教育，故选 A 学优高考网 64.B 分析推断题。从全文来看，我们可以知道父亲的教育方针就是让我们持续性的学习， 故可以知道父亲是一个坚持着教育孩子的人。故选 B (2015﹒新课标全国 I﹒阅读理解 C) Salvador Dali (1904-1989) was one of the most popular of modern artists. The Pompidou Centre in Paris is showing its respect and admiration for the artist and his powerful personality with an exhibition bringing together over 200 paintings, sculptures, drawings and more. Among the works and masterworks on exhibition the visitor will find the best pieces, most importantly The Persistence of Memory. There is also L’Enigme sans Fin from 1938, works on paper, objects, and projects for stage and screen and selected parts from television programmes reflecting the artist’s showman qualities. The visitor will enter the World of Dali through an egg and is met with the beginning, the world of birth. The exhibition follows a path of time and subject with the visitor exiting through the brain. The exhibition shows how Dali draws the viewer between two infinities (无限). “From the infinity small to the infinity large, contraction and expansion coming in and out of focus: amazing Flemish accuracy and the showy Baroque of old painting that he used in his museum-theatre in Figueras,” explains the Pompidou Centre. The fine selection of the major works was done in close collaboration (合作)with the Museo Nacional Reina Sofia in Madrid, Spain, and with contributions from other institutions like the Salvador Dali Museum in St. Petersburg, Florida. 28. Which of the following best describe Dali according to Paragraph 1? A. Optimistic. B. Productive. C. Generous. D. Traditional. 29. What is Dali’s The Persistence of Memory considered to be? A. One of his masterworks. B. A successful screen adaptation. C. An artistic creation for the stage. D. One of the best TV programmes. 30. How are the exhibits arranged at the World of Dali? A. By popularity. B. By importance. C. By size and shape. D. By time and subject. 31. What does the word “contributions” in the last paragraph refer to? A. Artworks. B. Projects. C. Donations. D. Documents. 【解析】试题分析:本文主要介绍了最受欢迎的现代艺术家萨尔瓦多:达利的艺术作品在巴黎 蓬皮杜艺术中心展览的细节。 28. B 细节理解题。根据文章第- -段第二句 The Pompidou Centre in Paris is showing its respect and admirationfor the artist and his powerful personality with an exhibition bringing together over 200 paintings. sculptures.drawings and more.可知达利的作品是多产的。故选 B。 29. A 细节理解题。根据文章第- -段第三句 Among the works and masterworks on exhibition the visitor will find the best pieces, most importanty The Persitence of Memory 可知 The Persistence of Memory 是他的杰作之一。故选 A。 30.D 细节理解题。根据文章第二段第二 句 The exhibition follows a path of time and subject with the visitorexiting through the brain.可知展览是根据时间和主题安排的。故选 D。 31. A 词义推测题。根据文章最后- -段 The fine selection of the major works was done in close collaboration(合作)with the Museo Nacional Reina Sofia in Madrid. Spain, and with contributions from other institutions like theSalvador Dali Museum in St. Petersburg.可以推测出 contributin 为 “艺术作品”之一。故选 A。 2016 年试题 (2016﹒江苏﹒阅读理解 D) Not so long ago, most people didn’t know who Shelly Ann Francis Pryce was going to become. She was just an average high school athlete. There was every indication that she was just another American teenager without much of a future. However, one person wants to change this. Stephen Francis observed then eighteen-year-old Shelly Ann as a track meet and was convinced that he had seen the beginning of true greatness. Her time were not exactly impressive, but even so, he seemed there was something trying to get out, something the other coaches had overlooked when they had assessed her and found her lacking. He decided to offer Shelly Ann a place in his very strict training seasons. Their cooperation quickly produced results, and a few year later at Jamaica’s Olympic games in early 2008, Shelly Ann, who at that time only ranked number 70 in the world, beat Jamaica’s unchallenged queen of the sprint(短跑). “Where did she come from?” asked an astonished sprinting world, before concluding that she must be one of those one-hit wonders that spring up from time to time, only to disappear again without signs. But Shelly Ann was to prove that she was anything but a one-hit wonder. At the Beijing Olympic she swept away any doubts about her ability to perform consistently by becoming the first Jamaican woman ever to win the 100 meters Olympic gold. She did it again one year on at the World Championship in Briton, becoming world champion with a time of 10.73--- the fourth record ever. Shelly-Ann is a little woman with a big smile. She has a mental toughness that did not come about by chance. Her journey to becoming the fastest woman on earth has been anything but smooth and effortless. She grew up in one of Jamaica’s toughest inner-city communities known as Waterhouse, where she lived in a one-room apartment, sleeping four in a bed with her mother and two brothers. Waterhouse, one of the poorest communities in Jamaica, is a really violent and overpopulated place. Several of Shelly-Ann's friends and family were caught up in the killings; one of her cousins was shot dead only a few streets away from where she lived. Sometimes her family didn’t have enough to eat. She ran at the school championships barefooted because she couldn’t afford shoes. Her mother Maxime, one of a family of fourteen, had been an athlete herself as a young girl but, like so many other girls in Waterhouse, had to stop after she had her first baby. Maxime’s early entry into the adult world with its responsibilities gave her the determination to ensure that her kids would not end up in Waterhouse's roundabout of poverty. One of the first things Maxime used to do with Shelly-Ann was taking her to the track, and she was ready to sacrifice everything. It didn't take long for Shelly-Ann to realize that sports could be her way out of Waterhouse. On a summer evening in Beijing in 2008, all those long, hard hours of work and commitment finally bore fruit. The barefoot kid who just a few years previously had been living in poverty, surrounded by criminals and violence, had written a new chapter in the history of sports. But Shelly-Ann’s victory was far greater than that. The night she won Olympic gold in Beijing, the routine murders in Waterhouse and the drug wars in the neighbouring streets stopped. The dark cloud above one of the world’s toughest criminal neighbourhoods simply disappeared for a few days. “ I have so much fire burning for my country,”Shelly said. She plans to start a foundation for homeless children and wants to build a community centre in Waterhouse. She hopes to inspire the Jamaicans to lay down their weapons. She intends to fight to make it a woman’s as well as a man’s world. As Muhammad Ali puts it, “ Champions aren't made in gyms. Champions are made from something they have deep inside them. A desire, a dream, a vision.”One of the things Shelly-Ann can be proud of is her understanding of this truth. 65. Why did Stephen Francis decide to coach Shelly-Ann? A.He had a strong desire to free her family from trouble. B.He sensed a great potential in her despite her weaknesses. C.She had big problems maintaining her performance. D.She suffered a lot of defeats at the previous track meets. 66. What did the sprinting world think of Shelly-Ann before the 2008 Olympic Games? A.She would become a promising star. B.She badly needed to set higher goals. C.Her sprinting career would not last long. D.Her talent for sprinting was known to all. 67. What made Maxime decide to train her daughter on the track? A.Her success and lessons in her career. B.Her interest in Shelly-Ann’s quick profit. C.Her wish to get Shelly-Ann out of poverty. D.Her early entrance into the sprinting world. 68. What can we infer from Shelly-Ann's statement underlined in Paragraph 5? A.She was highly rewarded for her efforts. B.She was eager to do more for her country. C.She became an athletic star in her country. D.She was the envy of the whole community. 69. By mentioning Muhammad Ali’s words, the author intends to tell us that _____. A.players should be highly inspired by coaches B.great athletes need to concentrate on patience C.hard work is necessary in one’s achievements D.motivation allows great athletes to be on the top 70. What is the best title for the passage? A.The Making of a Great Athlete B.The Dream for Championship C.The Key to High Performance D.The Power of Full Responsibility 【解析】试题分析:本文是一-篇励志短文，牙买加著名女飞人 Shelly Amn 从不被人看好到 成为奥运冠军，再到最后成为世界上跑的最快的女性，并想用自己的影响力改变能够吞噬了 很多人梦想的贫民窟。 65.B 推理判断题。根据第一-段五、 六句“Stephen Francis observed then eighteem year -old Selly Ann as a track meet and was convinced that he had seen the beginning of true greatess. Her time were not exactly impressive, but even s0, he seemed tbere was something trying to get out, something the other coaches had ovelooked when theyhad asessed her and found her lacking”可知 Stephen Francis 教练从她的身上看到了其他教练忽视的潜力。故 B 正确。 66.C 推理判断题。根据第二段第一句“Where did she come from?” asked an astonished sprinting world, before concluding that she must be one of those one-hit wonders that spring up from time to time, only to disappear again without signs.当 2008 年奥运会上 Shelly-Ann 获得冠军以后， 很多人都质疑她是一个流星而已，认为她的成功不会延续很长时间。故 C 项正确。 67.C 推理判断题。根据第三段最后两句 Maxime’s early entry into the adult world with its responsibilities gave her the determination to ensure that her kids would not end up in Waterhouse's roundabout of poverty. One of the first things Maxime used to do with Shelly-Ann was taking her to the track, and she was ready to sacrifice everything.可知 Shelly-Ann 的母亲 Maxime 很早进入要承担很多责任的成人世界，她决定要让女儿 Shelly-Ann 离开混乱的 Waterhouse，唯一的方法就是让女儿练习田径。故 C 项正确。 68.B 推理判断题。根据第五段最后四句“ I have so much fire burning for my country,”Shelly said. She plans to start a foundation for homeless children and wants to build a community centre in Waterhouse. She hopes to inspire the Jamaicans to lay down their weapons. She intends to fight to make it a woman’s as well as a man’s world.可知 Shelly-Ann 计划为牙买加建立无家可归儿 童基金会，鼓励牙买加人放下武器。说明她很迫切地想为祖国做一些事情。故 B 正确。 69.D 推理判断题。根据最后一段拳王阿里的名言：冠军不是体育馆里造出来的。造就冠军 的是冠军内心深处的某种东西─渴望、梦想、愿景。他们需同时拥有技能和意志，但是意志 必须强于技能。作者是在鼓励运动员们达到巅峰。故 D 项正确。 70.A 标题概括题。本文介绍了牙买加著名女飞人 Slelly Ann 从不被人看好到成为奥运冠军， 再到最后成为世界上跑的最快的女性。激励我们要想成功必须要经过艰苦的努力。故 A 项 正确。BCD 三项的范围有点过大，与文章不贴切。 (2016﹒浙江﹒阅读理解 D) Two things changed my life: my mother and a white plastic bike basket. I have thought long and hard about it and it’s true. I would be a different person if my mom hadn’t turned a silly bicycle accessory into a life lesson I carry with me today. My mother and father were united in their way of raising children, but it mostly fell to my mother to actually carry it out. Looking back, I honestly don’t know how she did it. Managing the family budget must have been a very hard task., but she made it look effortless. If we complained about not having what another kid did, we’d hear something like, “I don’t care what so –and –so got for his birthday, you are not getting a TV in your room a car for your birthday a lsvish sweet 16 party.” We had to earn our allowance by doing chores around the house. I can stil l remember how long it took to polish the legs of our coffee table.My brothers can no doubt remember hours spent cleaning the house .Like the two little girls growing up at the White House,we made our own beds (no one left the house unitil that was done)and picked up after ourselves.We had to keep track of our belongings ,and if something was lost ,it was not replaced. It was summer and ,one day ,my mother drove me to the bike shop to get a tire fixed---and there it was in the window, White, shiny, plastic and decorated with flowers ,the basket winked at me and I knew ----I knew---I had to have it. “It’s beautiful,” my mother said when I pointed it out to her,”What a neat basket.” I tried to hold off at first ,I played it cool for a short while. But then I guess I couldn’t at and it any longer:“Mom, please can I please ,please get it? I ‘ll do extra chores for as long as you say, I’ll do anything ,but I need that basket,I love that basket.Please ,Mom .Please?” I was desperate. “You know,” she said ,gently rubbing my back while we both stared at what I believes was the coolest thing ever,” If you save up you could buy this yourself.” “By the time I make enough it’ll bu gone!” “Maybe Roger here could hold it for you,” she smiled at Roger ,the bike guy. “He can’t hold it for that long ,Mom .Someone else will buy it .Please, Mom,Please?” “There might be another way,” she said. And so our paying plan unfolded. My mother bought the beautiful basket and put it safely in some hiding place I couldn’t find. Each week I eagerly counted my growing saving increased by extra work here and there (washing the car ,helping my mother make dinner, delivering or collecting things on my bike that already looked naked without the basket in front).And then ,weeks later ,I counted ,re-counted and jumped for joy. Oh ,happy day ! I made it! I finally had the exact amount we’d agreed upon…. Days later the unthinkable happened. A neighborhood girl I’d played with millions of times appeared with the exact same basket fixed to her shiny ,new bike that already had all the bells and whistles. I rode hard and fast home to tell my mother about this disaster. This horrible turn of events. And then came the lesson . I’ve taken with me through my life:”Honey, Your basket is extra-special,” Mom said, gently wiping away my hot tears.”Your basket is special because you paid for it yourself.” 55.What can we learn from the first two paragraphs? A. The children enjoyed doing housework. B.The author came from s well-off family C. The mother raised her children in an unusual way D.The children were fond of the US president’s daughters. 56.When the author saw the basket in the window,she . A. fell in love with it B. stared at her mother C. recognized it at once D.went up to the bike guy 57.Why did the author say many “please” to her mother? A. She longed to do extra work. B. She was eager to have the basket. C.She felt tired after standing too long. D.She wanted to be polite to her mother. 58.By using“naked” (Paragraph 12),the author seems to stress that the basket was A..something she could afford B.something important to her C.something impossible to get D.something she could do without 59.To the author, it seemed to be a horrible turn of events that A. something spoiled her paying plan B. the basket cost more than she had saved C.a neighborhood girl had bought a new bike D.someone else had got a basket of the same kind 60.What is the life lesson the author learned from her mother? A. Save money for a rainy day B. Good advice is beyond all price. C. Earn your bread with your sweat D. God helps those who help themselves 【解析】 55. C 试题分析： 根据第二段的句子 We had to earn our allowance by doing chores around the house…. we made our own beds (no one left the house unitil that was done)and picked up after ourselves.We had to keep track of nd if something was lost ,it was not replaced.可知，作者的母亲 用不寻常的方法教育孩子。故选 C。 56. A 试 题 分 析 ： 根 据 第 三 段 的 句 子 and there it was in the window, White, shiny, plastic and decorated with flowers ,the basket winked at me and I knew ----I knew---I had to have it.可知，当 作者在橱窗里面看见这个篮子就喜欢上了它。故选 A。 考点：考查细节理解 B 试题分析:根据第五段的句子 1 tried to hold of at first 1 played it cool for a short while. But then I guess Icouldn'tat and it any longer:可知，作者说了很多"pleases",因为她渴望拥有这个篮 子。故选 B. 58. B 试题分析：根据第十二段的句子(washing the car ,helping my mother make dinner, delivering or collecting things on my bike that already looked naked without the basket in front 可知作者觉得 没有这个篮子，自行车看起来光秃秃的，使用“naked”这个词，说明这个篮子对她是重要的 东西。故选 B。 59. D 试题分析：根据第十三段的句子 A neighborhood girl I’d played with millions of times appeared with the exact same basket fixed to her shiny ,new bike that already had all the bells and whistles. 可知作者认为其他人有和她相同的篮子是一个灾难。故选 D。 60. C 试题分析：根据文章内容可知，作者的妈妈教育作者要通过自己的努力获得想要的东西，也 就是 Earn your bread with your sweat。故选 C。 (2016﹒天津﹒阅读理解 B) Every man wants his son to be somewhat of a clone, not in features but in footsteps. As he grows you also age, and your ambitions become more unachievable. You begin to realize that your boy, in your footsteps, could probably accomplish what you hoped for. But footsteps can be muddied and they can go off in different directions. My son Jody has hated school since day one in kindergarten. Science projects waited until the last moment. Book reports weren’t written until the final threat. I’ve been a newspaperman all my adult life. My daughter is a university graduate working toward her master’s degree in English. But Jody? When he entered the tenth grade he became a “vo-tech” student(技校学生). They’re called “motorheads” by the rest of the student body. When a secretary in my office first called him “motorhead”, I was shocked. “Hey, he’s a good kid,” I wanted to say. “And smart, really.” I learned later that motorheads are, indeed, different. They usually have dirty hands and wear dirty work clothes. And they don’t often make school honor rolls(光荣榜). But being the parent of a motorhead is itself an experience in education. We who labor in clean shirts in offices don’t have the abilities that motorheads have. I began to learn this when I had my car crashed. The cost to repair it was estimated at $800. “Hey, I can fix it,” said Jody. I doubted it , but let him go ahead, for I had nothing to lose. My son ,with other motorheads,fixed the car. They got parts(零件）from ajunkyard, non-toasting toaster have been fixed.Neighbours and co-workers trust their car repair to him. Since that first repair job, a broken air-conditioner, a non-functioning washer and a non-toasting toaster have been fixed. Neighbors and co-workers trust their car repairs to him. These kids are happiest when doing repairs. They joke and laugh and are living in their own relaxed world. And their minds are bright despite their dirty hands and clothes. I have learned a lot from my motorhead: publishers need printers, engineers need mechanics, and architects need builders. Most important, I have learned that fathers don’t need clones in footsteps or anywhere else. My son may never make the school honor roll. But he made mine. 41. What used to be the author’s hope for his son? A. To avoid becoming his clone. B. To resemble him in appearance. C. To develop in a different direction. D. To reach the author’s unachieved goals. 42. What can we learn about the author’s children? A. His daughter does better in school. B. His daughter has got a master’s degree. C. His son tried hard to finish homework. D. His son couldn’t write his book reports. 43. The author let his son repair the car because he believed that_______. A. His son had the ability to fix it. B. it would save him much time. C. it wouldn’t cause him any more loss D. other motorheads would come to help. 44. In the author’s eyes, motorheads are _______. A. tidy and hardworking B. cheerful and smart C. lazy but bright D. relaxed but rude 45. What did the author realize in the end? A. It is unwise to expect your child to follow your path. B. It is important for one to make the honor roll. C. Architects play a more important role than builders. D. Motorheads have greater ability than office workers. 【解析】 41. D 根据第一段的句子 You begin to realize that your boy, in your footsteps, could accomplish what you hoped for.可知，作者希望儿子完成他没有实现的目标。故选 D。 42.A 试题分析：根据第三段的句子 My daughter is a university graduate working toward her master’s degree in English，可知，作者的女儿学习很好。故选 A。 43.C 44.B 试题分析：根据倒数第三段的句子 These kids are happiest when doing repairs. They joke and laugh and are in living in their own relaxed world. And their minds are bright…，可知，在作 者眼中，motorhead 是令人兴奋的，聪明的。故选 B。 45.A 试题分析：根据倒数第二段的句子 Most important, I have learned that fathers don’t need clones in footsteps or anywhere else，可知，作者最后意识到期望孩子走自己的道路这是不明智的。 故选 A。 (2016﹒全国新课标 II﹒阅读理解 D) A new collection of photos brings an unsuccessful Antarctic voyage back to life. Frank Hurley’s pictures would be outstanding----undoubtedly first-rate photo-journalism---if they had been made last week. In fact, they were shot from 1914 through 1916, most of them after a disastrous shipwreck(海滩), by a cameraman who had no reasonable expectation of survival. Many of the images were stored in an ice chest, under freezing water, in the damaged wooden ship. The ship was the Endurance, a small, tight, Norwegian-built three-master that was intended to take Sir Ernest Shackleton and a small crew of seamen and scientists, 27 men in all, to the southernmost shore of Antarctica’s Weddell Sea. From that point Shackleton wanted to force a passage by dog sled(雪橇) across the continent. The journey was intended to achieve more than what Captain Robert Falcon Scott had done. Captain Scott had reached the South Pole early in 1912 but had died with his four companions on the march back. As writer Caroline Alexander makes clear in her forceful and well-researched story The Endurance, adventuring was even then a thoroughly commercial effort. Scott’s last journey, completed as be lay in a tent dying of cold and hunger, caught the world’s imagination, and a film made in his honor drew crowds. Shackleton, a onetime British merchant-navy officer who had got to within 100 miles of the South Pole in 1908, started a business before his 1914 voyage to make money from movie and still photography. Frank Hurley, a confident and gifted Australian photographer who knew the Antarctic, was hired to make the images, most of which have never before been published. 13. What do we know about the photos taken by Hurley? A. They were made last week B. They showed undersea sceneries C. They were found by a cameraman D. They recorded a disastrous adventure 14. Who reached the South Pole first according to the text? A. Frank Hurley B. Ernest Shackleton C. Robert Falcon Scott D. Caroline Alexander 15. What does Alexander think was the purpose of the 1914 voyage? A. Artistic creation B. Scientific research C. Money making D. Treasure hunting 【解析】试题分析:本文属于记叙文。讲述了 Frank 的图片记录了一次不成功的航海活动， 文章介绍了与这次航海活动相关的具体内容。 33.D 细节理解题。根据文章第二段第二句“they were shot fom 1914 through 1916, most of them after adisastrous sipek...可知这些照片记录的是 1914 年左右发生的一-次海难事故。故 D 项正 确。 34.C 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句“Captain Sott had reacbed the South Pole-.. .” 可知到达 南极的是 Captain Sott。故 C 项正确。 35.C 细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二句“Shackleton, a onetime British merchant- navy offncer who had got to within 100 miles of the South Pole in 1908, started a business before his 1914 voyage to make money fom movieand sill photography.""可知 Alexander 认为他的这次航行就 是为了挣钱。故 C 项正确。 (2016﹒全国新课标 I﹒阅读理解 C) I am peter Hodes ,a volunteer stem courier. Since March 2012, I've done 89 trips of those , 51 have been abroad, I have 42 hours to carry stem cells（干细胞）in my little box because I've got two ice packs and that's how long they last, in all, from the time the stem cells are harvested from a donor(捐献者) to the time they can be implanted in the patient, we’ve got 72 hours at most, So I am always conscious of time. I had one trip last year where I was caught by a hurricane in America. I picked up the stem cells in Providence, Rhode Island, and was meant to fly to Washington then back to London. But when I arrived at the check-in desk at Providence, the lady on the desk said: “Well, I’m really sorry, I’ve got some bad news for you-there are no fights from Washington.” So I took my box and put it on the desk and I said: “In this box are some stem cells that are urgently needed for a patient-please, please, you’ve got to get me back to the United Kingdom.” She just dropped everything. She arranged for a flight on a small plane to be held for mere-routed(改道)me through Newark and got me back to the UK even earlier than originally scheduled. For this courier job, you’re consciously aware than that box you’re got something that is potentially going to save somebody’s life. 29.Which of the following can replace the underlined word “courier” in Paragraph17 A provider B delivery man C collector D medical doctor 30.Why does Peter have to complete his trip within 42hours? A. He cannot stay away from his job too long. B. The donor can only wait for that long. C. The operation needs that very much. D. The ice won't last any longer. 31.Which flight did the woman put Peter on first? A. To London B. To NewarkC. To Providence D. To Washington 【解析】试题分析:本文是- -篇记叙文，主要介绍了作者在一-次运送造血干细胞途中的一-段 经历，表现了人们之间的友爱。 29.B 词义猜测题。根据本段内容 I've done 89 trips 和 I have 42 bours to cany stem cells in my ittle box 以及第二段内容可知作者是运送干细胞的人，也就是 delivery man。故选 B。 30. D 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句 I have 42 hours to carry stem cells in my little box because I’ve got two ice packs and that’s how long they last.可知冰盒只能保持 42 小时适宜的 温度。故选 D 。 31.B 细节理解题。根据第二段末句 She arranged for a flight on a small plane to be held for me, re-routed me through Newark 可知，这位好心的女士首先安排作者去 Newark 的航班。故选 B。 2017 年试题 【2017·全国新课标 I】B I work with Volunteers for Wildlife, a rescue and education organization at Bailey Arboretum in Locust Valley. Trying to help injured, displaced or sick creatures can be heartbreaking; survival is never certain. However, when it works, it is simply beautiful. I got a rescue call from a woman in Muttontown. She had found a young owl(猫头鹰) on the ground. When I arrived, I saw a 2-to 3-week-old owl. It had already been placed in a carrier for safety. I examined the chick(雏鸟) and it seemed fine. If I could locate the nest, I might have been able to put it back, but no luck. My next work was to construct a nest and anchor it in a tree. The homeowner was very helpful. A wire basket was found. I put some pine branches into the basket to make this nest safe and comfortable. I placed the chick in the nest, and it quickly calmed down. Now all that was needed were the parents, but they were absent. I gave the homeowner a recording of the hunger screams of owl chicks. These advertise the presence of chicks to adults; they might also encourage our chick to start calling as well. I gave the owner as much information as possible and headed home to see what news the night might bring. A nervous night to be sure, but sometimes the spirits of nature smile on us all! The homeowner called to say that the parents had responded to the recordings. I drove over and saw the chick in the nest looking healthy and active. And it was accompanied in the nest by the greatest sight of all — LUNCH! The parents had done their duty and would probably continue to do so. 24. What is unavoidable in the author’s rescue work according to paragraph 1? A. Efforts made in vain. B. Getting injured in his work. C. Feeling uncertain about his future. D. Creatures forced out of their homes. 25. Why was the author called to Muttontown? A. To rescue a woman. B. To take care of a woman. C. To look at a baby owl. D. To cure a young owl. 26. What made the chick calm down? A.A new nest. B. Some food. C.A recording. D. Its parents. 27. How would the author feel about the outcome of the event? A. It’s unexpected. B. It’s beautiful. C. It’s humorous. D. It’s discouraging. 【解析】救助小动物并没有那么简单，因为你所做的救助行为到最后可能都成了无用功。但 无论结果怎样，救助小动物的这种行为是美好的。本文主要介绍了作者救助一只小猫头鹰， 给它做新的窝，帮助它回到父母身边的故事。 25.C 细节题。根据第二段 She had found a young owl(猫头鹰) on the ground. When I arrived, I saw a 2-to 3-week-old owl 可知有人给作者打电话是因为有只小猫头鹰掉在地上了，作者赶过 去看看情况。文中并没有说小猫头鹰受伤了，作者只是过去看情况，所以 D 选项错误。故 选 C。 26.A 细节题。根据第四段 I placed the chick in the nest, and it quickly calmed down 可知在作者 把小猫头鹰放在窝里之后，它很快就安静下来，所以是窝让小猫头鹰安静下来的。故选 A。 27.B 推理判断题。根据前文描述可知作者为小猫头鹰做了窝，并且帮助它找回了它的父母。 小猫头鹰的父母还为它带回了午餐。作者的救助成功了，说明结局是美好的。再结合第一段 的 However, when it works, it is simply beautiful.可推测，作者感觉很美好。故选 B。 【2017·全国新课标 II】B I first met Paul Newman in 1968, when George Roy Hill, the director of Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid, introduced us in New York City. When the studio didn’t want me for the film— it wanted somebody as well known as Paul— he stood up for me. I don’t know how many people would have done that; they would have listened to their agents or the studio powers. The friendship that grew out of the experience of making that film and The Sting four years later had its root in the fact that although there was an age difference, we both came from a tradition of theater and live TV. We were respectful of craft（技艺）and focused on digging into the characters we were going to play. Both of us had the qualities and virtues that are typical of American actors: humorous, aggressive, and making fun of each other— but always with an underlying affection. Those were also at the core （核心）of our relationship off the screen. We shared the brief that if you’re fortunate enough to have success, you should put something back— he with his Newman’s Own food and his Hole in the Wall camps for kids who are seriously ill, and me with Sundance and the institute and the festival. Paul and I didn’t see each other all that regularly, but sharing that brought us together. We supported each other financially and by showing up at events. I last saw him a few months ago. He’d been in and out of the hospital. He and I both knew what the deal was, and we didn’t talk about it. Ours was a relationship that didn’t need a lot of words. 24.Why was the studio unwilling to give the role to author at first? A.Paul Newman wanted it. B.The studio powers didn’t like his agent. C.He wasn’t famous enough. D.The director recommended someone else. 25.Why did Paul and the author have a lasting friendship? A.They were of the same dge. B.They worked in the same theater. C.They were both good actors. D.They han similar charactertics. 26.What does the underlined word “that” in paragraph 3 refer to? A.Their belief. B.Their care for chileden. C.Their success. D.Their support for each other. 27.What is the author’s purpose in writing the test? A.To show his love of films. B.To remember a friend. C.To introduce a new movie. D.To share his acting experience. 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述了作者与 Paul Newman 之间的深厚友情。当制片人 不想让我参演电影时，Paul Newman 站出来为我说话，两人因此而建立了深厚的友谊。在此 后的很多年里，两人一直相互扶持，相互鼓励，因此两人的深厚友情维系了很多年。 21.细节理解题。根据“When the studio didn’t want me for the film— it wanted somebody as well known as Paul”制片人不想要我，他想要当时比较出名的演员 Paul,因此，可知作者当时还不 是很有名。故选 C。 22.细节理解题。根据“Both of us had the qualities and virtues that are typical of American actors: humorous, aggressive, and making fun of each other— but always with an underlying affection. Those were also at the core （核心）of our relationship off the screen”可知，作者与 Paul 之间 有着相似的性格特征。故选 D。 【2017·新课标 III】B Minutes after the last movie ended yesterday at the Plaza Theater, employees were busy sweeping up popcorns and gathering coke cups. It was a scene that had been repeated many times in the theater’s 75-year history. This time, however, the cleanup was a little different. As one group of workers carried out the rubbish, another group began removing seats and other theater equipment in preparation for the building’s end. The film classic The Last Picture Show was the last movie shown in the old theater. Though the movie is 30 years old, most of the 250 seats were filled with teary-eyed audience wanting to say good-be to the old building. Theater owner Ed Bradford said he chose the movie because it seemed appropriate. The movie is set in a small town where the only movie theater is preparing to close down. Bradford said that large modern theaters in the city made it impossible for the Plaza to compete. He added that the theater’s location(位置) was also a reason. “This used to be the center of town,” he said. “Now the area is mostly office buildings and warehouses.” Last week some city officials suggested the city might be interested in turning the old theater into a museum and public meeting place. However, these plans were abandoned because of financial problems. Bradford sold the building and land to a local development firm, which plans to build a shopping complex on the land where the theater is located. The theater audience said good-by as Bradford locked the doors for the last time. After 75 years the Plaza Theater has shown its last movie. The theater will be missed. 24. In what way was yesterday’s cleanup at the Plaza special? A. It made room for new equipment. B. It signaled the closedown of the theater. C. It was done with the help of the audience. D. It marked the 75th anniversary of the theater. 25. Why was The Last Picture Show put on? A. It was an all-time classic. B. It was about the history of the town. C. The audience requested it. D. The theater owner found it suitable. 26. What will probably happen to the building? A. It will be repaired. B. It will be turned into a museum. C. It will be knocked down. D. It will be sold to the city government. 27. What can we infer about the audience? A. They are disappointed with Bradford. B. They are sad to part with the old theater. C. They are supportive of the city officials. D. They are eager to have a shopping center. 【解析】 25. D 推理判断题。根据第二段内容可知，剧院老板选择这部戏剧的因为是这部戏剧本身讲 述的就是小镇上唯一的电影院准备关门停业的故事，恰好能反映出 the Plaza Theater 的现状。 26. C 细节理解题。根据第四段末句“which plans to build a shopping complex on the land where the theater is located.”可以推断这个剧院将被拆除，取而代之的是一个现代的购物中心。 27.B 推理判断题。根据第二段中“most of the 250 seats were filled with teary-eyed audience wanting to say good-bye to the old building.”可知，人们非常难过，不愿意看到老剧院被拆掉。 【2017·北京卷】A It was a cold March day in High Point, North Carolina. The girls on the Wesleyan Academy softball were waiting for their next turns at bat during practice, stamping their feet to stay warm, Eighth-grader Taylor Bisbee shivered(发抖) a little as she watched her teammate Paris White play. The two didn’t know each other well — Taylor had just moved to town a month or so before. Suddenly, Paris fell to the ground,“Paris’s eye rolled back,” Taylor says. “She started shaking. I knew it was an emergency.” It certainly was, Paris had suffered a sudden heart failure. Without immediate medical care, Paris would die. At first no one moved. The girls were in shock. Then the softball coach shouted out, “Does anyone know CPR?” CPR is a life-saving technique. To do CPR, you press on the sick person’s chest so that blood moves through the body and takes oxygen to organs. Without oxygen the brain is damaging quickly. Amazingly, Taylor had just taken a CPR course the day before. Still, she hesitated. She didn’t think she knew it well enough. But when no one else came forward, Taylor ran to Paris and began doing CPR, “It was scary. I knew it was the difference between life and death,” says Taylor. Taylor’s swift action helped her teammates calm down. One girl called 911. Two more ran to get the school nurse, who brought a defibrillator, an electronic devices(器械) that can shock the heart back into work. Luck stayed with them: Paris’ heartbeat returned. “I know I was really lucky,” Paris says now. “Most people don’t survive this. My team saved my life.” Experts say Paris is right: For a sudden heart failure, the single best chance for survival is having someone nearby step in and do CPR quickly. Today, Paris is back on the softball team. Taylor will apply to college soon. She wants to be a nurse. “I feel more confident in my actions now,” Taylor says. “I know I can act under pressure in a scary situation.” 56.What happened to Paris on a March day? A. She caught a bad cold. B. She had a sudden heart problem. C. She was knocked down by a ball. D. She shivered terribly during practice 57.Why does Paris say she was lucky? A. She made a worthy friend. B. She recovered from shock. C. She received immediate CPR. D. She came back on the softball team. 58.Which of the following words can best describe Taylor? A. Enthusiastic and kind. B. Courageous and calm. C. Cooperative and generous. D. Ambitious and professional. 58.推理判断题。Taylor 根据自己所学的 CPR 知识及时的挽救了 Paris 的生命，虽然犹豫了， 但是很快地进行 CPR 抢救，说明她很勇敢，很镇静，不慌不忙，不像其他孩子那样陷入惊 慌之中，故选 B。 【2017·天津卷】B Fifteen years ago, I took a summer vacation in Lecce in southern Italy. After climbing up a hill for a panoramic(全景的) view of the blue sea, white buildings and green olive trees, I paused to catch my breath and then positioned myself to take the best photo of this panorama. Unfortunately, just as I took out my camera, a woman approached from behind, and planted herself right in front of my view. Like me, this woman was here to stop, sigh and appreciate the view. Patient as I was, after about 15 minutes, my camera scanning the sun and reviewing the shot I would eventually take, I grew frustrated. Was it too much to ask her to move so I could take just one picture of the landscape? Sure, I could have asked her, but something prevented me from doing so. She seemed so content in her observation. I didn’t want to mess with that. Another 15 minutes passed and I grew bored. The woman was still there. I decided to take the photo anyway. And now when I look at it, I think her presence in the photo is what makes the image interesting. The landscape, beautiful on its own, somehow coms to life and breathes because this woman is engaging with it. This photo, with the unique beauty that unfolded before me and that woman who “ruined” it, now hangs on a wall in my bedroom. What would she think if she knew that her figure is captured( 捕 捉 ) and frozen on some stranger’s bedroom wall? A bedroom, after all, is a very private space, in which some woman I don’t even know has been immortalized(使……永存). In some ways, she lives in my house. Perhaps we all live in each others’ space. Perhaps this is what photos are for: to remind us that we all appreciate beauty, that we all share a common desire for pleasure, for connection, for something that is greater than us. That photo is a reminder, a captured moment, an unspoken conversation between two women, separated only by a thin square of glass. 41. What happened when the author was about to take a photo? A. Her camera stopped working. B. A woman blocked her view. C. Someone asked her to leave D. A friend approached from behind. 42. According to the author, the woman was probably_______. A. enjoying herself B. losing her patience C. waiting for the sunset D. thinking about her past 43. In the author’s opinion, what makes the photo so alive? A. The rich color of the landscape. B. The perfect positioning of the camera. C. The woman’s existence in the photo. D. The soft sunlight that summer day. 44. The photo on the bedroom wall enables the author to better understand ________. A. the need to be close to nature B. the importance of private space C. the joy of the vacation in Italy D. the shared passion for beauty 45. The passage can be seen as the author’s reflections upon _______. A. a particular life experience B. the pleasure of traveling C. the art of photography D. a lost friendship 【解析】这是一篇记叙文。本文讲述了作者一次旅行的特殊经历带给作者的深思和感悟。 41.B 42. A 试题分析：根据第三段的句子 She seemed so content in her observation.她好像那么的满足于她 的观察（欣赏风景），即在作者看来，那个妇女很可能很愉快。故选 A。 考点：考查细节理解。 43.C 试题分析：根据第四段的句子 The landscape, beautiful on its own, somehow coms to life and breathes because this woman is engaging with it 可以判断出作者认为是因为照片中有了这个妇 女的存在使这张照片有了活力和生机.。故选 C。 考点：考查细节理解。 44.D 试题分析：根据倒数第二段中 Perhaps this is what photos are for: to remind us that we all appreciate beauty,可以判断出：挂在卧室墙上的照片使作者更好的理解了人们共有的欣 赏追求美的激情 。故选 D。 考点：考查推理判断。 45.A 试题分析：通读全文可知，前四段讲述这次印度旅行的特殊经历，后三段讲述这次特殊经历 带给作者的感悟， 所以这篇文章可以看做是作者对于一次特殊经历的深入思考。故选 A。 【2017·浙江卷】A Benjamin West, the father of American painting, showed his talent for art when he was only six years of age. But he did not know about brushes before a visitor told him he needed one. In those days , a brush was made from camel’s hair. There were no camels nearby. Benjamin decided that cat hair would work instead. He cut some fur from the family cat to make a brush. The brush did not last long. Soon Benjamin needed more fur. Before long, the catbegan to look ragged （蓬乱）. His father said that the cat must be sick. Benjamin was forced to admit what he had been doing. The cat’s lot was about to improve. That year, one of Benjamin’s cousins, Mr.Pennington, came to visit. He was impressed with Benjamin’s drawings. When he went home, he sent Benjamin a box of paint and some brushes. He also sent six engravings （版画）by an artist. These were the first pictures and first real paint and brushes Benjamin had ever seen. In 1747，when Benjamin was nine years old，Mr.Pennington retured for another visit .He was amazed at what Benjamin had done with his gift.He asked Benjamin’s parents if he might take the boy to Philadelphia for a visit. In the city, Mr.Pennington gave Benjamin materials for creating oil paintings.The boy began a landscape (风景) painting.Wiliams ,a well-known painter,came to see him work . Wiliams was impressed with Benjamin and gave him two classic books on painting to take home .The books were long and dull. Benjamin could read only a little,having been a poor student.But he later said,”Those two books were my companions by day,and under my pillow at night.”While it is likely that he understood very little of the books,they were his introduction to classical paintings.The nine-year-old boy decided then that he would be an artist. 21. What is the text mainly about? A. Benjamin’s visit to Philadelphia. B. Williams’ influence on Benjamin. C. The beginning of Benjamin’s life as an artist. D. The friendship between Benjamin and Pennington. 22. What does the underlined sentence in paragraph 3 suggest? A. The cat would be closely watched. B. The cat would get some medical care. C. Benjamin would leave his home shortly. D. Benjamin would have real brushes soon. 23. What did Pennington do to help Benjamin develop his talent? A. He took him to see painting exhibitions. B. He provided him with painting materials. C. He sent him to a school in Philadelphia. D. He taught him how to make engravings. 24. Williams’ two books helped Benjamin to ________. A. master the use of paints B. appreciate landscape paintings C. get to know other painters D. make up his mind to be a painter 23.B 细节理解题，根据最后一段“Mr. Pennington gave Benjamin materials for creating oil paintings”, 可知 Pennington 为了帮助 Benjamin 培养绘画天赋，给他提供了一些绘画材料， 故选 B. 24.D 细节理解题，根据最后一段“While it is likely that he understood very little of the books, they were his introduction to classical paintings. The nine-year-old boy decided then that he would be an artist, 可知：这两本书帮助 Benjamin 坚定了自己成为一名画家的决心，故选 D. 【2018·北京卷A】 My First Marathon（马拉松） A month before my first marathon, one of my ankles was injured and this meant not running for two weeks, leaving me only two weeks to train. Yet, I was determined to go ahead. I remember back to my 7th year in school. In my first P.E. class, the teacher required us to run laps and then hit a softball. I didn’t do either well. He later informed me that I was ＂not athletic＂. The idea that I was ＂not athletic＂ stuck with me for years. When I started running in my 30s, I realized running was a battle against myself, not about competition or whether or not I was athletic. It was all about the battle against my own body and mind. A test of wills! The night before my marathon, I dreamt that I couldn’t even find the finish line. I woke up sweating and nervous, but ready to prove something to myself. Shortly after crossing the start line, my shoe laces(鞋带) became untied. So I stopped to readjust. Not the start I wanted! At mile 3, I passed a sign: ＂GO FOR IT, RUNNERS!＂ By mile 17, I became out of breath and the once injured ankle hurt badly. Despite the pain, I stayed the course walking a bit and then running again. By mile 21, I was starving! As I approached mile 23, I could see my wife waving a sign. She is my biggest fan. She never minded the alarm clock sounding at 4 a.m. or questioned my expenses on running. I was one of the final runners to finish. But I finished! And I got a medal. In fact, I got the same medal as the one that the guy who came in first place had. Determined to be myself, move forward, free of shame and worldly labels(世俗标签), I can now call myself a ＂marathon winner＂. 36. A month before the marathon, the author ____________. A. was well trained B. felt scared C. made up his mind to run D. lost hope 37. Why did the author mention the P.E. class in his 7th year? A. To acknowledge the support of his teacher. B. To amuse the readers with a funny story. C. To show he was not talented in sports. D. To share a precious memory. 38. How was the author’s first marathon? A. He made it. B. He quit halfway. C. He got the first prize. D. He walked to the end. 39. What does the story mainly tell us? A. A man owes his success to his family support. B. A winner is one with a great effort of will. C. Failure is the mother of success. D. One is never too old to learn. 【解析】本文是一篇故事类文章。作者记叙了没有运动天赋的他，在 20 多岁才开始长跑， 但是一次在跑马拉松比赛前夕踝关节受伤，但他坚持不懈，最终实现了自我的故事。 36. C 细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的“Yet, I was determined to go ahead”可知，作者在马 拉松前一个月下定决心要参加马拉松比赛。故选 C。 39. B 主旨大意题。根据文章最后一段“Determined to be myself, move forward, free of shame and worldly labels(世俗标签), I can now call myself a "marathon winner”.”可知，作者享受到了战胜 自我的快乐，认为只要努力了就算是胜利者。故选 B。 【2018·浙江卷】 A In 1812, the year Charles Dickens was born, there were 66 novels published in Britain. People had been writing novels for a century—most experts date the first novel to Robinson Crusoe in 1719— but nobody wanted to do it professionally. The steam-powered printing press was still in its early stages; the literacy（识字） rate in England was under 50%. Many works of fiction appeared without the names of the authors, often with something like “By a lady.”Novels, for the most part, were looked upon as silly, immoral, or just plain bad. In 1870, when Dickens died, the world mourned him as its first professional writer and publisher, famous and beloved, who had led an explosion in both the publication of novels and their readership and whose characters — from Oliver Twist to Tiny Tim— were held up as moral touchstones. Today Dickens’ greatness is unchallenged. Removing him from the pantheon（名人 堂） of English literature would make about as much sense as the Louvre selling off the Mona Lisa. How did Dickens get to the top? For all the feelings readers attach to stories, literature is a numbers game, and the test of time is extremely difficult to pass. Some 60,000 novels were published during the Victorian age, from 1837 to1901; today a casual reader might be able to name a half-dozen of them. It’s partly true that Dickens’ style of writing attracted audiences from all walks of life. It’s partly that his writings rode a wave of social, political and scientific progress. But it’s also that he rewrote the culture of literature and put himself at the center. No one will ever know what mix of talent, ambition, energy and luck made Dickens such a singular writer. But as the 200th anniversary of his birth approaches, it is possible — and important for our own culture—to understand how he made himself a lasting one. 21. Which of the following best describes British novels in the 18th century? A. They were difficult to understand. B. They were popular among the rich. C. They were seen as nearly worthless. D. They were written mostly by women. 22. Dickens is compared with the Mona Lisa in the text to stress________. A. his reputation in France B. his interest in modern art C. his success in publication D. his importance in literature 23. What is the author’s purpose in writing the text? A. To remember a great writer. B. To introduce an English novel. C. To encourage studies on culture. D. To promote values of the Victorian age. 【解析】本文写于 Charles Dickens 诞辰 200 周年前夕，介绍了 Charles Dickens 在英国小说 方面的重要贡献和深远影响。 21. 细节理解题。根据第一段对当时情况的描写 nobody wanted to do it professionally. The steam-powered printing press was still in its early stages; the literacy（识字）rate in England was under 50%. Many works of fiction appeared without the names of the authors... Novels, for the most part, were looked upon as silly, immoral, or just plain bad.印刷技术落后，人们识字率低， 作品上没有作者名字，小说被认为是愚蠢的不正常的，毫无价值可言。故选 C。 22. 推理判断题。根据第二段 Dickens’ greatness is unchallenged.和列举的 Charles Dickens 小 说的影响可知，把他和 Mona Lisa 相比是为了说明 Charles Dickens 在英国小说方面的重要性 和 Mona Lisa 在绘画方面的重要性是一样的，故选 D。 23. 写作意图题。根据文中对 Charles Dickens 及其作品在英国小说史上重要性的描写，和文 章最后 But as the 200th anniversary of his birth approaches, it is possible — and important for our own culture—to understand how he made himself a lasting one.可知本文是写于 Charles Dickens 诞辰 200 周年前夕，由此可知作者写本文是为了纪念这位伟大的作家。故选 A。 【2018·天津卷】 B When I was 17, I read a magazine article about a museum called the McNay, once the home of a watercolorist named Marian McNay. She had requested the community to turn it into a museum upon her death. On a sunny Saturday, Sally and I drove over to the museum. She asked, "Do you have the address? ""No, but I'll recognize it, there was a picture in the magazine. " "Oh, stop. There it is!” The museum was free. We entered, excited. A group of people sitting in the hall stopped talking and stared at us. "May I help you?" a man asked. "No, "I said. "We're fine.” Tour guides got on my nerves. What if they talked a long time about a painting you weren't that interested in? Sally had gone upstairs. The people in the hall seemed very nosy(爱窥探的), keeping their eyes on me with curiosity. What was their problem? I saw some nice sculptures in one room. Suddenly I sensed a man standing behind me. "Where do you think you are? " he asked. I turned sharply. "The McNay Art Museum!" He smiled, shaking his head. "Sorry, the McNay is on New Braunfels Street." "What’s this place?” I asked, still confused. "Well, it's our home." My heart jolted(震颤). I raced to the staircase and called out, "Sally! Come down immediately! " "There's some really good stuff(艺术作品) up there." She stepped down, looking confused. I pushed her toward the front door, waving at the family, saying, "Sorry, please forgive us, you have a really nice place." Outside, when I told Sally what happened, she covered her mouth, laughing. She couldn't believe how long they let us look around without saying anything. The real McNay was splendid, but we felt nervous the whole time we were there. Van Gogh, Picasso. This time, we stayed together, in case anything else unusual happened. Thirty years later, a woman approached me in a public place. "Excuse me, did you ever enter a residence, long ago, thinking it was the McNay Museum?" "Yes. But how do you know? We never told anyone." "That was my home. I was a teenager sitting in the hall. Before you came over, I never realized what a beautiful place I lived in. I never felt lucky before. You thought it was a museum. My feelings about my home changed after that. I've always wanted to thank you." 41. What do we know about Marian McNay? A. She was a painter. B. She was a community leader. C. She was a museum director. D. She was a journalist. 42. Why did the author refuse the help from the man in the house? A. She disliked people who were nosy. B. She felt nervous when talking to strangers. C. She knew more about art than the man. D. She mistook him for a tour guide. 43. How did the author feel about being stared at by the people in the hall? A. Puzzled. B. Concerned. C. Frightened. D. Delighted. 44. Why did the author describe the real McNay museum in just a few words? A. The real museum lacked enough artwork to interest her. B. She was too upset to spend much time at the real museum. C. The McNay was disappointing compared with the house. D. The event happening in the house was more significant. 45. What could we learn from the last paragraph? A. People should have good taste to enjoy life. B. People should spend more time with their family. C. People tend to be blind to the beauty around them. D. People tend to educate teenagers at a museum. 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章作者和朋友原想参观 McNay 博物馆，到了之后参观的时 候，发现很多人奇怪的看着她，最后才发现自己误将一个私人住宅当成 McNay 博物馆。30 年后，一位女士认出误撞入自己住宅的作者，指出正是因为作者的误撞入才让她意识到自己 住的地方有多么美丽。 41. 细节理解题。根据文章第一段 When I was 17, I read a magazine article about a museum called the McNay, once the home of a watercolorist named Marian McNay.可知，Marian McNay 是一名水彩画家。故选 A。 42. 细节理解题。根据文章第四段"May I help you?" a man asked. "No, "I said. "We're fine.” Tour guides got on my nerves.可知，导游令作者心烦，作者误认为屋子里的男人是位导游。 故选 D。 43. 推理判断题。根据文章第四段 The people in the hall seemed very nosy(爱窥探的), keeping their eyes on me with curiosity. What was their problem?（大厅的人看起来都非常爱窥探的，眼 睛不停的好奇的看着我。他们有什么问题？）可以推断出，作者当时感到困惑不解。故选 A。 44. 推理判断题。根据全文可知，作者着墨点主要在叙述参观误当成 McNay 博物馆的私人 住宅上，故这才是文章的重心，所以将真正的 McNay 博物馆叙述一带而过。故选 D。 45. 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段 Before you came over, I never realized what a beautiful place I lived in.可知，在作者未造访她家之前，这位女士从未意识到自己住的地方多么美丽， 从而可以推断出，人们往往对周围的美而不见。故选 C。 【点睛】本文是叙事性的文章，文章有一定的趣味性，整体难度中等，考查主要以细节理解 和推理判断两类题型。推理判断题属于主观性较强的高层次阅读理解题，做这类题目时，同 学们要严格依据作者所陈述的细节、事实以及作者的措词、态度和语气，找出能够表露作者 思想倾向和感情色彩的词句，然后利用自己已获得的相关知识进行推理判断，从而得出符合 逻辑的结论。如小题 3 中考查作者被人盯着看的感受，我们需要找到文章中作者的措词 nosy， curiosity 和 problem，可以推断出作者当时非常困惑不解的心理感受。 II.记叙文 1. 【2019·全国卷 I，B】 For Canaan Elementary’s second grade in Patchogue, N.Y.，today is speech day ,and right now it’s Chris Palaez’s turn. The 8-year-old is the joker of the class. With shining dark eyes, he seems like the of kid who would enjoy public speaking. But he’s, nervous.“I’m here to tell you today why you should … should…”Chris trips on the“-ld,”a. pronunciation difficulty for many non-native English speakers. His teacher ,Thomas Whaley ,is next to him, whispering support.“…Vote for …me …”Except for some stumbles, Chris is doing amazingly well. When he brings his speech to a nice conclusion ,Whaley invites the rest of the class to praise him. A son of immigrants, Chris stared learning English a little over three years ago. Whaley recalls(回想起)how at the beginning of the year，when called upon to read，Chris would excuse himself to go to the bathroom. Learning English as a second language can be a painful experience. What you need is a great teacher who lets you make mistakes. “It takes a lot for any student，” Whaley explains， “especially for a student who is learning English as their new language，to feel confident enough to say，‘I don’t know，but I want to know.’” Whaley got the idea of this second-grade presidential campaign project when he asked the children one day to raise their hands if they thought they could never be a president. The answer broke his heart. Whaley says the project is about more than just learning to read and speak in public. He wants these kids to learn to boast(夸耀)about themselves. “Boasting about yourself，and your best qualities,” Whaley says，“is very difficult for a child who came into the classroom not feeling confident.” 24. What made Chris nervous？ A. Telling a story. B. Making a speech. C. Taking a test. D. Answering a question. 25. What does the underlined word “stumbles” in paragraph 2 refer to? A. Improper pauses. B. Bad manners. C. Spelling mistakes. D. Silly jokes. 26. We can infer that the purpose of Whaley’s project is to _________. A. help students see their own strengths B. assess students’ public speaking skills C. prepare students for their future jobs D. inspire students’ love for politics 27. Which of the following best describes Whaley as a teacher? A. Humorous. B. Ambitious. C. Caring. D. Demanding. 【解析】本文属于记叙文，讲述 Thomas Whaley 为了帮助学生学英语以及树立信心专 门开展了一个演讲课程。 24.B 细节理解题。根据第一段 today is speech day 和本段最后一句 with shining dark eyes, he seems like the kind of kids who would enjoy public speaking. 以及第二段第一句 But he’s nervous.可知， Chris 眼睛黑亮，似乎是那种喜欢公共演讲的孩子，但是他却很紧张，故可知 Chris 是因为 做演讲紧张，故选 B。 25.A 词义猜测题。根据第二段 “I’m here to tell you today why you should…should…” Chris trips on the “-ld”, a pronunciation difficulty for many non-native English speakers. 以及后文 except for some stumbles, Chris is doing amazingly well 可知, Chris 发 ld 比较困难，这对于英语不是母 语的学习者来说都是一个困难，总体来说 Chris 做得出奇的好。根据前文可知，ld 发音不准， 因此有些结巴，停顿得不准，故选 A。 26.A 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段 Whaley says the project is about more than just learning to read and speak in public. He wants these kids to learn to boast about themselves. 以 及 最 后 一 段 “boasting about yourself, and your best qualities,” Whaley says, “is very difficult for a child who came into the classroom not feeling confident.”可知，这个课程不仅仅教孩子阅读以及公共演讲， 还要让孩子学会夸耀自己，而夸耀自己对于那些进入教室没有信心的学生来说很困难，故可 知，Whaley 老师这么做是为了帮助学生认识自己的优势增加信心，故选 A。 27. C 28. 推 理 判 断 题 。 根 据 倒 数 第 二 段 Whaley got the idea of this second-grade presidential campaign project when he asked the children one day to raise their hands if they thought they could never be a president.和最后一段 He wants these kids to learn to boast about themselves 可知，当他有一天问学生认为自己当不了总统请举手的时候，想到了一个 想法，这个课程就是帮助学生树立自己的信心，故可以看出这位老师很关心学生的成 长。humorous 幽默的， ambitious 有雄心壮志的；caring 关心的；demanding 要求高 的。故选 C。 2. 【2019·全国卷 II，B】 “You can use me as a last resort(选择), and if nobody else volunteers，then I will do it.” This was an actual reply from a parent after I put out a request for volunteers for my kids lacrosse(长曲 棍球)club. I guess that there's probably some demanding work schedule, or social anxiety around stepping up to help for an unknown sport. She may just need a little persuading. So I try again and tug at the heartstrings. I mention the single parent with four kids running the show and I talk about the dad coaching a team that his kids aren’t even on … At this point the unwilling parent speaks up,“Alright. Yes, I’ll do it.” I’m secretly relieved because I know there’s real power in sharing volunteer responsibilities among many. The unwilling parent organizes the meal schedule, sends out emails, and collects money for end-of-season gifts. Somewhere along the way, the same parent ends up becoming an invaluable member of the team. The coach is able to focus on the kids while the other parents are relieved to be off the hook for another season. Handing out sliced oranges to bloodthirsty kids can be as exciting as watching your own kid score a goal. Still, most of us volunteers breathe a sigh of relief when the season comes to a close. That relief is coupled with a deep understanding of why the same people keep coming back for more: Connecting to the community(社区)as you freely give your time, money, skills, or services provides a real joy. Volunteering just feels so good. In that sense, I’m pretty sure volunteering is more of a selfish act than I’d freely like to admit. However, if others benefit in the process, and I get some reward too, does it really matter where my motivation lies? 24. What can we infer about the parent from her reply in paragraph l？ A. She knows little about the club. B. She isn't good at sports. C. She just doesn't want to volunteer. D. She's unable to meet her schedule. 25. What does the underlined phrase“tug at the heartstrings”in paragraph 2 mean ? A. Encourage team work. B. Appeal to feeling. C. Promote good deeds. D. Provide advice. 26. What can we learn about the parent from paragraph 3? A. She gets interested in lacrosse. B. She is proud of her kids. C. She’ll work for another season. D. She becomes a good helper. 27. Why does the author like doing volunteer work? A. It gives her a sense of duty. B. It makes her very happy. C. It enables her to work hard. D. It brings her material rewards. 【解析】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了作者成功说服了一个家长参加志愿者团队，作 为一名志愿者作者发挥了自己的作用，并获得了快乐。 24.C 推理判断题。根据文章第一段中的 You can use me as a last resort（选择）, and if nobody else volunteers，then I will do it.可知，你可以当我是最后的候选人，如果没有其他的志愿者，那 么我就做。由此可推断出，她不想做自愿者。故选 C。 25.B 词义猜测题。根据划线前句 she may just need a little persuading.和下面的一句话 I mention the single parent with four kids running the show and I talk about the dad coaching a team that his kids aren't even on ...可知，作者为了劝服这位家长，举了两个例子。故可知，划线句此处应 是“煽情”之意。故选 B。 26.D 细节理解题。根据第三段中这位家长作出的贡献及 the same parent ends up becoming an invaluable member of the team 可知，她最终成为了志愿者队伍中的重要的一员，也即是说， 她成了一个好帮手。故选 D。 27.B 细节理解题。题干问作者为什么喜欢做志愿者工作。根据第四最两句 Connecting to the community（社区）as you freely give your time, money, skills, or services provides a real joy. Volunteering just feels so good.可知，为社区做贡献可以带来真正的快乐， 参加志愿者活动 活动能让人感觉快乐。故选 B。 3. 【2019·全国卷 III，C】 Before the 1830smost newspapers were sold through annual subscriptions in America, usually $8 to $10 a year. Today $8 or $10 seems a small amount of money, but at that time these amounts were forbidding to most citizens. Accordingly, newspapers were read almost only by rich people in politics or the trades. In addition, most newspapers had little in them that would appeal to a mass audience. They were dull and visually forbidding. But the revolution that was taking place in the 1830s would change all that. The trend, then, was toward the "penny paper"-a term referring to papers made widely available to the public. It meant any inexpensive newspaper; perhaps more importantly it meant newspapers that could be bought in single copies on the street. This development did not take place overnight. It had been possible(but not easy)to buy single copies of newspapers before 1830,but this usually meant the reader had to go down to the printer's office to purchase a copy. Street sales were almost unknown. However, within a few years, street sales of newspapers would be commonplace in eastern cities. At first the price of single copies was seldom a penny-usually two or three cents was charged-and some of the older well-known papers charged five or six cents. But the phrase "penny paper " caught the public's fancy, and soon there would be papers that did indeed sell for only a penny. This new trend of newspapers for "the man on the street" did not begin well. Some of the early ventures(企业)were immediate failures. Publishers already in business, people who were owners of successful papers, had little desire to change the tradition. It took a few youthful and daring businessmen to get the ball rolling. 28. Which of the following best describes newspapers in America before the 1830s? A. Academic. B. Unattractive. C. Inexpensive. D. Confidential. 29. What did street sales mean to newspapers? A. They would be priced higher. B. They would disappear from cities. C. They could have more readers. D. They could regain public trust. 30. Who were the newspapers of the new trend targeted at? A. Local politicians. B. Common people. C. Young publishers. D. Rich businessmen. 31. What can we say about the birth of the penny paper? A. It was a difficult process. B. It was a temporary success. C. It was a robbery of the poor. D. It was a disaster for printers. 【解析】本文为记叙文。文章叙述了“便士报纸”的诞生历史。 28.B 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Before1830s，... Accordingly newspapers were read almost only by rich people. In addition ,most newspapers had little in them that would appeal to mass audience. They were dull and visually forbidding.”可知，在 19 世纪 30 年代之前,只有富人才能读报纸， 而且大多数报纸中几乎没有能吸引大众的内容，让人感觉无聊，，视觉上令人望而却步。由 此可得出那时的报纸没有什么吸引力。分析选项，A . Academic 学术的；B. Unattractive 没 有吸引力， 无魅力的； C. Inexpensive 廉价的，不贵的； D. Confidential 机密的，保密的。 可知 A、C 和 D 是错误的，只有 B 符合题意，故选 B。 29.C 推理判断题。根据第二段提到“便士报纸”针对大众，很便宜的。更重要的是，在街上可以买 的到报纸。 结合第三段中间的“streets sales of newspapers would be commonplaced in eastern cities”可知，报纸的街头销售随处可见。由此可推断出，街头销售意味读报纸的多了。分析 选项可知 C 符合题，故选 C。 30.B 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“The trend, then, was ‘penny paper’—a term referring to papers made widely available to the public. perhaps more importantly it meant newspapers that could be bought in single copies on the street.”可知，这种“便士报纸”针对大众的，在街上可以买的到报 纸。分析选项可知，选项 B 符合题意，故选 B。 31.A 推 理 判 断 题 。 第 二 段“The trend, then, was ‘penny paper’”及 最 后 一 段“The new trend of newspapers for ‘the man on the street’ did not begin well. Some of the early ventures were immediately failures. Publishers already in business, people who owners of successful papers, had little desires to change the tradition. It took a few youthful and daring businessmen to get the ball rolling.”可知，“便士报纸”新趋势一开始并不好，一些早期的尝试立即失败了。已经进入商 业领域的成功的出版商，并不想改变这一传统。后来一些年轻而大胆的商人才推动了这件事。 由此可推断出“便士报纸”的诞生是一个困难而曲折的过程。分析选项可知，A 项符合题意， 故选 A。 4. 【2019·北京卷，B】 Alice Moore is a teenager entrepreneur(创业者), who in May 2015 set up her business AilieCandy. By the time she was 13，her company was worth millions of dollars with the invention of a super-sweet treat that could save kids' teeth，instead of destroying them. It all began when Moore visited a bank with her dad. On the outing, she was offered a candy bar. However, her dad reminded her that sugary treats were bad for her teeth. But Moore was sick of missing out on candies. So she desired to get round the warning, "Why can't I make a healthy candy that's good for my teeth so that my parents can't say no to it?" With that in mind, Moore asked her dad if she could start her own candy company. He recommended that she do some research and talk to dentists about what a healthier candy would contain. With her dad's permission, she spent the next two years researching online and conducting trials to get a recipe that was both tasty and tooth-friendly. She also approached dentists to learn more about teeth cleaning. Consequently, she succeeded in making a kind of candy only using natural sweeteners, which can reduce oral bacteria. Moore then used her savings to get her business of the ground. Afterwards, she and her father secured their first business meeting with a supermarket owner, who finally agreed to sell Moore's product-Cancandy. As CanCandy's success grows, so does Moore's credibility as a young entrepreneur. Moore is enthusiastic about the candy she created, and she's also positive about what the future might bring. She hopes that every kid can have a clean mouth and a broad smile. Meanwhile, with her parents' help, Moore is generally able to live a normal teenage life. Although she founded her company early on in life, she wasn't driven primarily by profit. Moore wants to use her unique talent to help others find their smiles. She donates 10% of AilicCandy's profits to Big Smiles. With her talent and determination, it appears that the sky could be the limit for Alice Moore. 34. How did Moore react to her dad's warning? A. She argued with him. B. She tried to find a way out. C. She paid no attention. D. She chose to consult dentists. 35. What is special about CanCandy? A. It is beneficial to dental health. B. It is free of sweeteners. C. It is sweeter than other candies. D. It is produced to a dentists' recipe. 36. What does Moore expect from her business? A. To earn more money. B. To help others find smiles. C. To make herself stand out. D. To beat other candy companies. 37. What can we learn from Alice Moore's story? A. Fame is a great thirst of the young. B. A youth is to be regarded with respect. C. Positive thinking and action result in success. D. Success means getting personal desires satisfied 【解析】这是一篇记叙文。主要讲述了 Alice Moore，一个年轻有为的创业者的故事， 故事告诉我们：积极的思考和行动会带来成功。 34.B 推理判断题。根据第二段的 But Moore was sick of missing out on candies. So she desired to get round the warning, "Why can’t I make a healthy candy that's good for my teeth so that my parents can't say no to it? "及下文她想方设法最终制作出了叫 CanCandy 的糖果可知，她对父亲的警 告的反应是：她试图找到一条出路。故选 B。 35.A 细节理解题。根据第三段的 Consequently, she succeeded in making a kind of candy only using natural sweeteners, which can reduce oral bacteria.可知，因此，这种糖只使用天然甜味剂，可 以减少口腔细菌，因此它对牙齿有利。故选 A。 36.B 细节理解题。根据最后一段的 Moore wants to use her unique talent to help others find their smiles.可知，Moor 想用她独特的才能帮助别人找到他们的笑容。故选 B。 37.C 推理判断题。文章主要讲述了 Moor 的创业故事，她之所以能成功源于面对问题和困难时， 她乐观的看待问题，积极的想方设法去解决问题。因此，通过她的故事让我们懂得积极的思 考和行动会带来成功。故选 C。 5. 【2019·天津卷，B】 I must have always known reading was very important because the first memories I have as a child deal with books. There was not one night that I don't remember mom reading me a storybook by my bedside. I was extremely inspired by the elegant way the words sounded. I always wanted to know what my mom was reading. Hearing mom say," I can't believe what's printed in the newspaper this morning," made me want to grab it out of her hands and read it myself. I wanted to be like my mom and know all of the things she knew. So I carried around a book, and each night, just to be like her, I would pretend to be reading. This is how everyone learned to read. We would start off with sentences, then paragraphs, and then stories. It seemed an unending journey, but even as a six-year-old girl I realized that knowing how to read could open many doors. When mom said," The C-A-N-D-Y is hidden on the top shelf," I knew where the candy was. My progress in reading raised my curiosity, and I wanted to know everything. I often found myself telling my mom to drive more slowly, so that I could read all of the road signs we passed. Most of my reading through primary, middle and high school was factual reading. I read for knowledge, and to make A's on my tests. Occasionally, I would read a novel that was assigned, but I didn't enjoy this type of reading. I liked facts, things that are concrete. I thought anything abstract left too much room for argument. Yet, now that I'm growing and the world I once knew as being so simple is becoming more complex, I find myself needing a way to escape. By opening a novel, I can leave behind my burdens and enter into a wonderful and mysterious world where I am now a new character. In these worlds I can become anyone. I don't have to write down what happened or what technique the author was using when he or she wrote this. I just read to relax. We're taught to read because it's necessary for much of human understanding. Reading is a vital part of my life. Reading satisfies my desire to keep learning. And I've found that the possibilities that lie within books are limitless. 41. Why did the author want to grab the newspaper out of mom's hands？ A. She wanted mom to read the news to her. B. She was anxious to know what had happened. C. She couldn't wait to tear the newspaper apart. D. She couldn't help but stop mom from reading. 42. According to Paragraph 3，the author's reading of road signs indicates___________ A. her unique way to locate herself B. her eagerness to develop her reading ability C. her effort to remind mom to obey traffic rules D. her growing desire to know the world around her. 43. What was the author's view on factual reading？ A. It would help her update test-taking skills. B. It would allow much room for free thinking. C. It would provide true and objective information. D. It would help shape a realistic and serious attitude to life. 44. The author takes novel reading as a way to___________. A. explore a fantasy land B. develop a passion for leaning C. learn about the adult community D. get away from a confusing world 45. What could be the best title for the passage？ A. The Magic of Reading B. The Pleasure of Reading C. Growing Up with Reading D. Reading Makes a Full Man 【解析】本文为夹叙夹议文，作者讲述了自己的读书经历和感悟。 41.B 细节理解题。根据第二段主题句 I always wanted to know what my mom was reading.和 Hearing mom say … made me want to grab it out of her hands and read it myself 可知，作者一直想知道 妈妈在读什么。作者抢过妈妈读的报纸，因为作者自己迫切想看一看报纸上写的内容，故选 B。 42. D 推理判断题。根据第三段 My progress in reading raised my curiosity, and I wanted to know everything，可以推断出，让妈妈开车开慢一点，他能够读出所有路标，正是作者在阅读方 面的进步引起了他的好奇心，想要了解周围的一切，故选 D。 43.C 推理判断题。根据第四段第一句 Most of my reading through primary, middle and high school was factual reading. I read for knowledge, and to make A’s on my test.可知，小学和中学阶段的 阅读都是事实性阅读，读书是为了获取知识，考试得 A。因此事实性阅读能够提供真实的客 观的信息，故选 C。 44. D 细节理解题。根据第五段 By opening a novel, I can leave behind my burdens and enter into a wonderful and mysterious world where I am now a new character. In these worlds I can become anyone.( 打开一本小说，我可以摆脱我的负担，进入一个奇妙而神秘的世界，我现在是一个 新的角色。在这个世界上，我可以成为任何人。) 可知，阅读小说可以让作者避开复杂的现 实而投入到小说中的世界中去，故选 D。 45.C 主旨大意题。根据上下文可知，作者以时间顺序回忆了自己的阅读经历和感悟，伴着 阅读成长，故选项 C 符合题意。 6. 【2019·江苏卷，D】 The 65-year-old Steve Goodwin was found suffering from early Alzheimer’s(阿尔楚海默症). He was losing his memory. A software engineer by profession, Steve was a keen lover of the piano, and the only musician in his family. Music was his true passion, though he had never performed outside the family. Melissa, his daughter, felt it more than worthwhile to save his music, to which she fell asleep catch night when she was young. She thought about hiring a professional pianist to work with her father. Naomi, Melissa’s best friend and a talented pianist, got to know about this and showed willingness to help. “Why do this?” Steve wondered. “Because she cares.” Melissa said. Steve nodded, tears in eye. Naomi drove to the Goodwin home. She told Steve she’d love to hear him play. Steve moved to the piano and sat at the bench, hands trembling as he gently placed his fingers on the keys. Naomi put a small recorder near the piano, Starts and stops and mistakes. Long pauses, heart sinking. But Steve pressed on, playing for the first time in his life for a stranger. “It was beautiful." Naomi said after listening to the recording. “The music was worth saving.” Her responsibility, her privilege, would be to rescue it. The music was still in Steve Goodwin. It was bidden in rooms with doors about to be locked. Naomi and Steve met every other week and spent hours together. He’d move his fingers clumsily on the piano, and then she’d take his place. He struggled to explain what he heard in his head. He stood by the piano, eyes closed, listening for the first time to his own work being played by someone else. Steve and Naomi spoke in musical code lines, beats, intervals, moving from the root to end a song in a new key. Steve heard it. All of it. He just couldn’t play it. Working with Naomi did wonders for Steve. It had excited within him the belief he could write one last song. One day, Naomi received an email. Attached was a recording, a recording of loss and love, of the fight. Steve called it “Melancholy Flower”. Naomi heard multiple stops and starts, Steve struggling, searching while his wife Joni called him “honey” and encouraged him. The task was so hard, and Steve, angry and upset, said he was quitting. Joni praised him, telling her husband this could be his signature piece. Naomi managed to figure out 16 of Steve’s favorite, and most personal songs. With Naomi’s help, the Goodwin family found a sound engineer to record Naomi playing Steve’s songs. Joni thought that would be the end. But it wasn’t. In the months leading up to the 2016 Oregon Repertory Singers Christmas concert, Naomi told the director she had a special one in mind: “Melancholy Flower” She told the director about her project with Steve. The director agreed to add it to the playing list. But Naomi would have to ask Steve’s permission. He considered it an honor. After the concert, Naomi told the family that Steve’s music was beautiful and professional. It needed to be shared in public. The family rented a former church in downtown Portland and scheduled a concert. By the day of the show, more than 300 people had said they would attend. By then, Steve was having a hard time remembering the names of some of his friends. He knew the path his life was now taking. He told his family he was at peace. Steve arrived and sat in the front row, surrounded by his family. The house lights faded. Naomi took the stage. Her fingers. His heart. 65. Why did Melissa want to save her father’s music? A. His music could stop his disease from worsening. B. She wanted to please her dying old father. C. His music deserved to be preserved in the family. D. She wanted to make her father a professional. 66. After hearing Steve’s playing, Naomi ________. A. refused to make a comment on it B. was deeply impressed by his music C. decided to free Steve from suffering D. regretted offering help to her friend 67. How can the process of Steve’s recording be described? A. It was slow but productive. B. It was beneficial to his health. C. It was tiresome for Naomi. D. It was vital for Naomi’s career. 68. Before Steve finished “Melancholy Flower," his wife Joni _______. A. thought the music talent of Steve was exhausted B. didn’t expect the damage the disease brought about C. didn’t fully realize the value of her husband’s music D. brought her husband’s music career to perfection 69. How did Steve feel at the concert held in downtown Portland？ A. He felt concerned about his illness. B. He sensed a responsibility for music. C. He regained his faith in music. D. He got into a state of quiet. 70. What can be a suitable title for the passage? A. The Kindness of Friends B. The Power of Music C. The Making of a Musician D. The Value of Determination 【解析】本文属于记叙文，主要讲述一个钢琴师帮助一个患老年痴呆症的老人录制音乐 的故事，其录制过程比较艰苦，但是录制的音乐很成功，也让老人对音乐充满了信心。 65.C 细节理解题。根据第二段可知，Steve 的专业软件工程，还是一个钢琴的热爱者，是家里唯 一的音乐家，音乐是他真正热爱的东西，尽管没有在家以外的地方弹奏过钢琴。根据第三段 Melissa, his daughter ,felt it more than worthwhile to save his music.可知他的女儿 Melissa 觉得 保存他的音乐很有价值，故选 C。 66.B 推理判断题。根据第十段 “it was beautiful,” Naomi said after listening to the recording. “ the music was worth saving.”可知，听了录音之后 Naomi 说很美，值得保存，故可以得出 Naomi 对 Steve 的音乐印象深刻，故选 B。 67.A 推理判断题。根据第十二段 He’d move his fingers clumsily on the piano, and then she’d take his place. He struggled to explain what he heard in his head.以及第十三段 Steve and Naomi spoke in musical code: lines, beats, intervals, moving from the root to end a song in a new key. Steve heard it. All of it, he just couldn’t play it.可知，Steve 会笨拙地把手指放在钢琴上，然后 Naomi 把手 指放在他放的地方，并且 Steve 努力解释脑海里的内容，所有的这些，都是 Naomi 在弹奏， 而 Steve 在听，故可知这个录制过程很慢。根据第十六段 Naomi managed to figure out 16 of Steve’s favorite, and most personal songs.可知作品很多。故选 A。 68.C 推理判断题。根据第十六段 Joni thought that would be the end. But it wasn’t. 以及后文 Steve 取得的成就可知在完成 Melancholy Flower 之前，他的妻子还没完全意识到丈夫的音乐的真 正价值，故选 C。 69.D 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段 He knew the path his life was now taking. He told his family he was at peace.可知，他知道自己一生要选择的路，告诉家人他很平静，故可知，家乡的音乐 会让他重新坚定了对音乐的信念，故选 D。 70.B 标题归纳题。本文主要讲述一个钢琴师帮助一个患老年痴呆症的人录制音乐的故事，其录制 过程比较艰苦，但是录制的音乐很成功，也让老人对音乐充满了信心。B 项“音乐的力量”概 括了全文内容，是最佳标题。故选 B。 7. 【2019·浙江卷，A】 Zachariah Fike has an unusual hobby. He finds old military(军队的)medals for sale in antique stores and on the Internet.But unlike most collectors, Zac tracks down the medals’ rightful owners, and returns them. His effort to reunite families with lost medals began with a Christmas gift from his mother, a Purple Heart with the name Corrado A. G. Piccoli, found in an antique shop. Zac knows the meaning of a Purple Heart-he earned one himself in a war as a soldier. So when his mother gave him the medal, he knew right away what he had to do. Through the Internet, Zac tracked down Corrado’s sister Adeline Rockko. But when he finally reached her, the woman flooded him with questions: "Who are you？What antique shop？ " However, when she hung up, she regretted the way she had handled the call. So she called Zac back and apologized. Soon she drove to meet Zac in Watertown, N.Y. "At that point, I knew she meant business, " Zac says. "To drive eight hours to come to see me." The Piccolis grew up the children of Italian immigrants in Watertown. Corrado, a translator for the Army during WWII, was killed in action in Europe. Before hearing from Zac, Adeline hadn’t realized the medal was missing. Like many military medals, the one Zac’s mother had found was a family treasure." This medal was very precious to my parents. Only on special occasions(场合)would they take it out and let us hold it in our hands," Adeline says. As a child, Adeline couldn't understand why the medal was so significant. “But as I grew older,” Adeline says, "and missed my brother more and more, I realized that was the only thing we had left." Corrado Piccoli’s Purple Heart medal now hangs at the Italian American Civic Association in Watertown. Zac recently returned another lost medal to a family in Alabama. Since he first reunited Corrado’s medal, Zac says his record is now 5 for 5. 21. Where did Zac get a Purple Heart medal for himself？ A. In the army. B. In an antique shop. C. From his mother. D. From Adeline Rockko. 22. What did Zac realize when Adeline drove to meet him？ A. She was very impolite. B. She was serious about the medal. C. She suspected his honesty. D. She came from a wealthy family. 23. What made Adeline treasure the Purple Heart? A. Her parents’ advice. B. Her knowledge of antiques. C. Her childhood dream. D. Her memory of her brother. 【解析】这是一篇记叙文。Zachariah Fike 有一个不同寻常的业余爱好：他在网上和古 董店里寻找旧的军队勋章，然后将这些勋章归还它们的合法主人。文章主要叙述了他这一爱 好的起源。 21.A 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“Zac knows the meaning of a Purple Heart—he earned one himself in a war as a soldier”可知，当 Zac 还是一名士兵的时候，在一次战争中他获得了一枚 Purple Heart。故 A 选项正确。 22.B 推理判断题。根据第三段中的“To drive eight hours to come to see me”可以推知，Adeline 为了 那枚 Purple Heart 开车八个小时来见 Zac，由此可知，她对于这件事是认真地。因此，At that point, I knew she meant business 应该指的是 Zac 意识到 Adeline 对这枚勋章是认真的。故 B 选项正确。 23.D 推理判断题。根据第四段中的“Corrado, a translator…was killed in action in Europe”和倒数第 三段中的“as I grew older…and missed my brother more and more, I realized that was the only thing we had left ”这枚勋章寄托了 Adeline 对于去世的哥哥 Corrado 的回忆和思念，这是他们 家留下的唯一关于哥哥的东西了。因此她很珍惜这枚勋章。故 D 选项正确。 8. 【2019·浙江卷，B】 Money with no strings attached. It’s not something you see every day. But at Union Station in Los Angeles last month, a board went up with dollar bills attached to it with pins and a sign that read, "Give What You Can, Take What You Need." People quickly caught on. And while many took dollars, many others pinned their own cash to the board. “People of all ages, races, and socio-economic(社会经济的)backgrounds gave and took, ”said Tyler Bridges of The Toolbox, which created the project. "We even had a bride in her wedding dress come up to the board and take a few dollars." Most of the bills on the board were singles, but a few people left fives, tens and even twenties. The video clip(片段)shows one man who had found a $ 20 bill pinning it to the board. “What I can say for the folks that gave the most, is that they were full of smiles,” Bridges said. “There’s a certain feeling that giving can do for you and that was apparent in those that gave the most." Most people who took dollars took only a few, but Bridges said a very small number took as much as they could. While the clip might look like part of a new ad campaign, Bridges said the only goal was to show generosity and sympathy. He added that he hopes people in other cities might try similar projects and post their own videos on the Internet. “After all, everyone has bad days and good days," he said. “Some days you need a helping hand and some days you can be the one giving the helping hand.” 24. What does the expression "money with no strings attached" in paragraph 1 mean? A. Money spent without hesitation. B. Money not legally made. C. Money offered without conditions. D. Money not tied together. 25. What did Bridges want to show by mentioning the bride? A. Women tended to be more sociable. B. The activity attracted various people. C. Economic problems were getting worse. D. Young couples needed financial assistance. 26. Why did Bridges carry out the project? A. To do a test on people’s morals. B. To raise money for his company. C. To earn himself a good reputation. D. To promote kindness and sympathy. 【解析】这是一篇新闻报道。短文报道了上个月在洛杉矶的联合车站,一块牌子上别针 别满了美元，上面写着“给予你所能给与的，拿走你所需要的”。这样的活动吸引了各种各样 的人，组织者希望通过这样的活动来提倡仁慈和同情。 24.C 词义猜测题。由第一段“But at Union Station in Los Angeles last month, a board went up with dollar bills attached to it with pins and a sign that read, "Give What You Can, Take What You Need.”可知，但是上个月在洛杉矶的联合车站，一块牌子上别针别满了美元，上面写着“给 予你所能给与的，拿走你所需要的”。所以通过下文的语境，判断出第 1 段中的 money with no strings attached 是“无条件提供的钱”的意思。故 B 选项正确。 25.B 推 理 判 断 题 。 由 第 二 段 ““People of all ages, races, and socio-economic （ 社 会 经 济 的 ） backgrounds gave and took, ”said Tyler Bridges of The Toolbox, which created the project. "We even had a bride in her wedding dress come up to the board and take a few dollars.”可知，发起该 项活动的泰勒·布里奇斯说:“所有年龄、种族和社会经济背景的人都会付出和索取。”甚至有 一位穿着婚纱的新娘来到了牌子前，拿走了一些钱。所以通过泰勒·布里奇斯所说的，可以 判断出，他提到新娘就是想说明这项活动吸引了各种各样的人。故 B 选项正确。 26.D 细节理解题。由倒数第二段“While the clip might look like part of a new ad campaign, Bridges said the only goal was to show generosity and sympathy”可知，尽管这段视频看起来像是一项新 的广告活动的一部分，但是布里奇斯说这次活动唯一的目标是表现出慷慨和同情。所以布里 奇斯实施这个活动是为了提倡仁慈和同情。故 D 选项正确。